Service Ai-2301l 3010l

R
PointSource Ai 3010
SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in Apr. ’00
2AR70765
Revision 5
3010 S/M (MCA)

Service
Manual
PointSource
Ai 3010
CAUTION
DANGER OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS INCORRECTLY RE-
PLACED. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENT
TYPE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DISPOSE
OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE MANUFAC-
TURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
ATTENTION
IL Y A DANGER D’EXPLOSION S’IL Y A REMPLACEMENT IN-
CORRECT DE LA BATTERIE. REMPLACER UNIQUEMENT
AVEC UNE BATTERIE DU MÊME TYPE OU D’UN TYPE REC-
OMMANDÉ PAR LE CONSTRUCTEUR. METTRE AU RÉBUT
LES BATTERIES USAGÉES CONFORMÉMENT AUX INSTRUC-
TIONS DU FABRICANT.
Safetyprecautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service
personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well
as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are
advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the
warnings and precautions described here before engaging in
maintenance activities.
Safety warnings and precautions
Varioussymbolsareusedtoprotectourservicepersonneland
customersfromphysicaldangerandtopreventdamagetotheir
property.Thesesymbolsaredescribedbelow:
DANGER : High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
WARNING : Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient

attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages
using this symbol.
CAUTION : Bodily injury or damage to property may result from

insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger
and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside
the symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is

shown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific action
required is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.
Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric
shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is
adequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding

the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire
to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or
electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:
gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water
pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may
tip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire
or electric shock. .....................................................................................
• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or
near flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to
keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may
cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.

Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or
topple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner

or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in
the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the
eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain
medical attention. ....................................................................................
• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and
precautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING
• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting
machine disassembly. ............................................................................
• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service

manual and other related brochures. ......................................................
• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features

including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................
• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service

manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece
of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a

distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale
and measure carefully. ...........................................................................
• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a

ground connection. .................................................................................
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the
power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or
electric shock. .........................................................................................
• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.

Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high
potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as

ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in
rotating sections. .....................................................................................
• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away

from chains and belts. .............................................................................
• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be

extremely hot. .........................................................................................
• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.
Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for
routine replacement. ...............................................................................
• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage

components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If

necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire
to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................
• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or

damaged. ................................................................................................
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors
and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special
attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and
missing screws. ......................................................................................
• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine
according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.
Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions

below: .....................................................................................................
· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.
· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.
· Always wash hands afterwards.
• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause

sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power
plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents

such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic
gas. .........................................................................................................
2AR
CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications .............................................................................. 1-1-1
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................ 1-2-1
1-2-2 Developer and toner .................................................................... 1-2-1
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Part names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................. 1-3-3
1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................ 1-3-4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction .............................................................. 1-3-6
II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................. 2-1-1
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection .............................................................. 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions ............................................ 2-2-2
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-1
2-3-2 Main PCB .................................................................................... 2-3-3
2-3-3 Scanner control PCB ................................................................... 2-3-5
2-3-4 Engine PCB ................................................................................. 2-3-6
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB .................................................................... 2-3-7
2-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB
and operation unit left PCB ......................................................... 2-3-8
2-3-7 CCD PCB .................................................................................. 2-3-10
2-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB .............................. 2-3-11
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ........................................................... 3-1-1
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes .......................................................... 3-1-16
3-1-3 Installing the add-on memory SIMM (option) ............................ 3-1-17
3-1-4 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................. 3-1-19
3-1-5 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................. 3-1-21
3-1-6 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (option) ...... 3-1-24
3-1-7 Installing the DF (option) ........................................................... 3-1-26
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ...................................................................... 3-2-1
3-2-2 Copier management .................................................................. 3-2-86
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1
3-3-2 Paper feed section ......................................................................... 3-3-3
3-3-3 Optical section .............................................................................. 3-3-24
3-3-4 Main charging section .................................................................. 3-3-43
3-3-5 Drum section ................................................................................ 3-3-47
2AR-1
2AR
(4) Scanner control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-32

(5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. 3-6-35
(6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-37
(7) Operation unit main PCB ........................................................... 3-6-39
(8) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 3-6-42
(9) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 3-6-43
(10) LCD ........................................................................................... 3-6-44
3-6-4 Electrical problems .......................................................................... 3-6-45
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is
turned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-45
(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ 3-6-45
(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-46
(4) The upper lift motor does not operate (C241). .......................... 3-6-46
(5) The lower lift motor does not operate (C242). ........................... 3-6-46
(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-47
(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... 3-6-47
(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47
(10) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ 3-6-48
(11) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... 3-6-48
(12) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-48
(15) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-49
(16) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-49
(17) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ 3-6-49
(18) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-50
(19) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... 3-6-50
(20) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off
(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C630). .................................... 3-6-50
(21) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... 3-6-50
(22) Transfer charging is not performed. .......................................... 3-6-51
(23) No developing bias is output. .................................................... 3-6-51
(24) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-51
(25) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-52
(26) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when
paper is present in the upper drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52
paper is present in the lower drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52
(28) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53
(29) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53
(30) A paper jam in the paper feed or paper conveying section
is indicated when the main switch is turned on. ........................ 3-6-54
(31) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the front, left 1 and left 2 covers are closed. .................... 3-6-54
(32) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-54
2AR-1
2AR
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ....................................................................... 3-6-55

(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-55
(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-55
(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-55
(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-56
(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-56
(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-56
(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-56
(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-56
I
Construction Section
I Theory and
THEORY AND
CONSTRUCTION
SECTION
3010 S/M (MCA)

2AR
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ..................................................................................... 1-1-1
2AR-1
2AR
1-1-1 Specifications
Type ............................................... Desktop

Copying system ............................. Dry, indirect electrostatic system
Originals ......................................... Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" x 17"
Original feed system ...................... Fixed
Copy paper .................................... Drawer: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)
Bypass table (optional for 120 V specificaitons):
Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2)
Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper,
colored paper and letterhead
Note: Use the bypass table for special paper.
Copying sizes ................................. Maximum: A3/11" x 17"
Minimum: A6R (when the bypass table is used) /
51/2" × 81/2"
Magnification ratios ........................ Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% increments
(25 – 200%, when the SRDF is used)
Auto copy mode: fixed ratios
Metric
1:1 ± 1.0%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.27/1:1.06/
1:0.90/1:0.75/1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25
Inch
1:1 ± 1.0%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.54/1:1.29/1:1.21/
1:0.78/1:0.77/1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25
Copy speed .................................... At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:
A4: 31 copies/min.
A4R: 23 copies/min.
A3: 17 copies/min.
B4 (257 x 364 mm): 19 copies/min.
11" x 81/2": 30 copies/min.
81/2" x 11": 24 copies/min.
11" x 17": 16 copies/min.
81/2" x 14": 19 copies/min.
First copy time ................................ From 5 to 6 s (A4/11" x 81/2", 100% magnification,
upper drawer, ejection to the eject tray)
Warm-up time ................................ 45 s or less (room temperature 20°C/68°F, 65%
RH)
In preheat/energy saver mode: 30 s or less (room
temperature 20°C/68°F, 65% RH)
Paper feed system ......................... Automatic feed
Capacity:
Drawers: 550 sheets
Manual feed
Capacity:
Bypass: 200 sheets
1-1-1
2AR
2AR-1
Continuous copying ....................... 1 – 999 sheets

Photoconductor .............................. OPC (drum diameter 30 mm)
Charging system ............................ Single positive corona charging
Exposure light source .................... Semiconductor laser
Exposure scanning system ............ Polygon mirror
Developing system ......................... Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)
Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T
black toner
Toner density control: toner sensor
Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge
Transfer system ............................. Transfer roller
Fixing system ................................. Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heaters (main 550 W, sub
400 W)
Control temperature: 175°C/347°F (at normal
ambient temperature)
Abnormally high temperature protection device:
140°C/284°F thermostat
Fixing pressure: 49 N
Charge erasing system .................. Exposure by cleaning lamp
Cleaning system ............................ Cleaning blade
Scanning system ............................ Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor
Bit map memory ............................. 12 MB (standard)
Image storage memory .................. 16 MB (standard)
Resolution ...................................... 600 x 600 dpi
Light source ................................... Inert gas lamp
Dimensions .................................... 585 (W) x 600 (D) × 745 (H) mm
231/16" (W) x 235/8" (D) x 295/16" (H)
Weight ............................................ Approx. 81 kg/178.2 lbs
Floor requirements ......................... 585 (W) x 600 (D) mm
231/16" (W) x 235/8" (D)
Functions ....................................... Self-diagnostics, preheat,
automatic copy density control,
original size detection, automatic paper selection,
automatic magnification selection,
enlargement/reduction copy, fixed ratio selection,
XY zoom mode, photo mode, margin copy,
print page numbers function, split copy,
border erasing, form overlay, combine copy,
sort copy, invert copy, mirror image mode,
program copy, department control and
language selection
Power source ................................. 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10 A
220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 A
Power consumption ....................... 1200 W (120V)
1320W (220 – 240V)
1-1-2
2AR-1
2AR
Options ........................................... SRDF, duplex unit, job separator, mailbox,

eject unit, feedshift unit, paper feed desk,
large paper deck, finisher, key counter, key card*,
add-on memory SIMM,
bypass unit*, original cover, fax board, printerboard
and network board.
* Optional for 120 V specifications only.
1-1-3
2AR
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-1 Drum .................................................................................................. 1-2-1
1-2-2 Developer and toner .......................................................................... 1-2-1
2AR
1-2-1 Drum
Note the following when handling or storing the drum.
•When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct
light.
•Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between 0°C/32°F and 35°C/95°F and at a
relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and
humidity.
•Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum.
•Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained
with oil, clean it.
•If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and
store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020).
1-2-2 Developer and toner

Store the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity.
1-2-1
2AR
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction

1-3-1 Part names and their functions .......................................................... 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ....................................................................... 1-3-3
1-3-3 Drive system ...................................................................................... 1-3-4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction .................................................................... 1-3-6
(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-6
(2) Main charging section ............................................................... 1-3-10
(3) Optical section ........................................................................... 1-3-13
(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-19
(5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-29
(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-32
(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-33
(8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-35
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
1-3-1 Part names and their functions
¤
1
%
⁄
2
$
3
4
5 ^
8
‹
9
! )
6 0
(
7 ! &
* ‹
‹ @
# @
Figure 1-3-1
1 Original cover 8 Toner cartridge % Original size scales ¤ Insert guides*1

2 Operation panel 9 Toner cartridge release lever ^ Ejection section ‹ Handles for transport
3 Feedshift unit (eject unit)*2 0 Paper feed section knob*1 & Length adjustment lever *1: Optional for 120 V specifications.
4 Paper transfer section cover ! Front cover * Width adjustment lever *2: Optional.
5 Paper transfer section cover release lever @ Upper drawer ( Main switch
6 Left 1 cover # Lower drawer ) Eject tray
7 Left 2 cover $ Contact glass ⁄ Bypass table*1
1-3-1
E E
A A
2AR (MCA)
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR
Metric 1 Start key

2 Stop/clear key
3 Reset key
„‚ ‡ fl ⁄ ¤‹) ( * & 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 Numeric keys
5 Printer/on line key (indicator)
6 Interrupt key (indicator)
7 Energy saver (preheat) key
(indicator)
8 Drawer select indicators
9 Misfeed location indicators
3 0 Message display
! Data indicator
@ Paper select key
2 # Preset R/E/enter key
$ Copy exposure adjustment
keys/Copy exposure indicators
1 % Auto Exp. key (indicator)
^ Copy quality selection key/
Photo/text & photo indicators
& Manual/cursor up key
* Cursor down key
4 ( Zoom (+)/cursor right key
´ Œ °· fi › ^ % $ # @!
) Zoom (–)/cursor left key
⁄ Layout key (indicator)
Inch
¤ Booklet key (indicator)
„‚ ‡ fl ⁄ ¤‹) ( * & 0 9 8 7 6 5 ‹ Auto selection/filing key
(indicator)
› Duplex key (indicator)
fi Page separation key
(indicator)
fl Image key (indicator)
‡ Page # key (indicator)
° Margin/border erase key
3 (indicator)
· Presentation/sheet/insert key
(indicator)
2 ‚ */language key
Œ Program key
1 „ Staple key (indicator)
´ Sort key/Sort indicator/Group
indicator
4
´ Œ °· fi › ^ % $ # @!
Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel
1-3-2
E E
A A
2AD (MCA)
E A E A A E
2AR
1-3-2 Machine cross section
8
7
6
2
5
4
1
Light path
Paper path
Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section
1 Paper feed section (page 1-3-6)

2 Main charging section (page 1-3-10)
3 Optical section (page 1-3-13)
4 Developing section (page 1-3-19)
5 Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-29)
6 Cleaning section (page 1-3-32)
7 Charge erasing section (page 1-3-33)
8 Fixing section (page 1-3-35)
1-3-3
2AR
1-3-3 Drive system
˜ ı ◊ ˜
˜ ¸
Ç
˛
^
%
#
$
5@
6 ! 0
7 9
8 2&
41
3 * ‹›
· ¤) fi
‚
Œ°
⁄ (
‡ ‰ fl
ˆ „
Ø ´
ˇ
Î¨Á ”
Ô Å

Ò Í
Ú ˝ Ï
Ó
As viewed from the machine front
Figure 1-3-4 Drive system
1 Drive motor gear ! Gear 32

2 Gear 67/20 @ Gear 30
3 Drum drive belt # Fixing drive gear
4 Drum drive pulley $ Gear 30
5 Gear 92/35 % Gear 30
6 Cleaning drive gear ^ Eject gear 39/25
7 Gear 30 & Gear 45
8 Gear 16 * Image formation idle gear
9 Gear 53/37 ( Gear 62/46
0 Gear 30 ) Developing drive gear 18
1-3-4
2AR
⁄ Gear 25 Ø Feed clutch 2 gear

¤ Registration clutch gear ∏ Gear 25
‹ Gear 50T Å Gear 25
› Bypass idle gear Í Gear 25
fi Bypass drive gear 24 Î Lower paper feed clutch gear
fl Feed drive gear Ï Feed idle gear 3
‡ Feed clutch 1 gear ˝ Feed idle gear 4
° Duplex idle gear Ó Feed idle gear 5
· Gear 24 Ô Feed idle gear 6
‚ Gear 18 Feed idle gear 7
Œ Duplex drive gear 25 Ò Gear 25
„ Gear 25 Ú Feed clutch 3 gear
´ Gear 25 ¸ Scanner motor pulley
‰ Upper paper feed clutch gear ˛ Scanner drive belt
ˇ Gear 30 Ç Scanner drive pulley
Á Feed idle gear 1 ◊ Scanner wire drum
¨ Feed idle gear 2 ı Scanner wire
ˆ Feed gear 25 ˜ Scanner wire pulley
1-3-5
2AR
1-3-4 Mechanical construction
(1) Paper feed section

The paper feed section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.
Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer or lower drawer to the left and right
registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to
the transfer section in sync with the printing timing.
⁄ ¤
0
)
8 ° 9
∏
¨ fi·ˇ
7
( *2
1
&
4
fl ! Œ
‹
ˆ3 ‚Á @ ´
6 %2
^
1
$
! „
6
3 › @ ‰
5
‡
# Ø
Figure 1-3-5 Paper feed section
1-3-6
2AR
1 Forwarding pulley ⁄ Transfer guide

2 Paper feed pulley ¤ Right transfer guide
3 Separation pulley ‹ Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)
4 Feed roller 1 › Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)
5 Feed roller 2 fi Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)
6 Feed pulley fl Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)
7 Right feed roller ‡ Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)
8 Left feed roller ° Registration clutch (RCL)
9 Right registration roller · Upper paper switch (PSW-U)
0 Left registration roller ‚ Lower paper switch (PSW-L)
! Drawer lift Œ Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U)
@ Lift operation plate „ Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L)
# Desk paper conveying guide ´ Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U)
$ Lower left vertical paper conveying ‰ Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L)
guide ˇ Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U)
% Upper vertical paper conveying guide Á Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L)
^ Vertical paper conveying guide ¨ Feed switch 1 (FSW1)
& Left vertical paper conveying guide ˆ Feed switch 2 (FSW2)
* Lower feed guide Ø Feed switch 3 (FSW3)
( Duplex junction guide ∏ Registration switch (RSW)
) Feed guide
1-3-7
2AR
2AR-1
Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Each
drawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper.
Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and paper feed
pulley. The separation pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time, via
the torque limiter.
EPCB
RCL CN10-A5
CN8-25
RSW
FCL1 CN10-A7
CN15-5
FSW1
PSW-U LICSW-U
CN12-8
PFCL
CN12-11
U
CN10-B1
FCL2 CN10-A9
PSW-L LICSW-L
FSW2 CN12-2
PFCL
CN12-5
L
CN10-B3
FCL3 CN10-A11
CN15-11
FSW3
CN15-8
Figure 1-3-6 Paper feed section block diagram
1-3-8
2AR
Image ready
Start key
100 ms
DM
48 ms 110 ms
RCL
30 ms
FCL1
88 ms
PFCL-U
RSW
FSW1
A B C D E
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the upper drawer
A 100 ms after the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on to start the drive
for the paper feed section. At the same time, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)
turns on, and the forwarding and paper feed pulleys rotate to start primary paper
feed.
B At the same time as the leading edge of the paper turns feed switch 1 (FSW1) on,
feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and the right feed roller rotates.
C 88 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, the
upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) and feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turn off.
D 48 ms after image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and
the right registration roller rotates to start secondary paper feed. At the same time,
feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on for 30 ms.
E 110 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,
the registration clutch (RCL) turns off.
1-3-9
2AR
(2) Main charging section

The main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly.
The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the
surface, the shield grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly.
Main charger assembly
Tungsten wire
Shield grid
Drum
Figure 1-3-7 Main charging section
1-3-10
2AR
3
6
5
4
Figure 1-3-8 Main charger
1 Main charger housing 5 Charger spring

2 Main charger front lid 6 Charger terminal
3 Main charger rear lid 7 Charger pin
4 Tungsten wire 8 Shield grid
MC REM
CN9-14 CN1-1 MC
GRID CONT
CN9-13 CN1-2
MC ALM
CN9-12 CN1-3
24 V DC
CN9-5 CN1-10
Grid
HVTPCB
Drum
EPCB
Figure 1-3-9 Main charging section block diagram
1-3-11
2AR
Start key
100 ms
DM
500 ms 200 ms
MC REM
FSM 518 ms
ESW
A B C
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" x 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-2 Main charging
A 100 ms after the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on.
B 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts.
C 200 ms after paper is ejected and the feedshift motor (FSM) turns off, main charging
(MC REM) is completed.
1-3-12
2AR
(3) Optical section

The optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit for
scanning and the laser scanner unit for printing.
4 6 9 8 0
7 1
$ 2 3
@
5
#
Figure 1-3-10 Optical section
1 Scanner 8 Image scanning unit

2 Mirror frame 9 Lens
3 Mirror 1 0 Optical rail
4 Mirror 2 ! Laser scanner unit (LSU)
5 Mirror 3 @ CCD PCB (CCDPCB)
6 Exposure lamp (EL) # Scanner motor (SM)
7 Reflector $ Scanner home position switch
(SHPSW)
1-3-13
2AR
Original scanning
The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD
PCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light
being converted to an electrical signal.
The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear of
the machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed
of the scanner. When the SRDF* is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DF
original scanning position to start scanning.
* Optional.
Original
SHPSW
CCDPCB
SM EL
CN4-2
CN2-1–
CN2-1
SMPCB INPCB CN2-4

CN2-6
CN3-1– CN1-1–
CN1-1–
CN1-14
CN3-6 CN1-6
CN2-1–
CN2-14
CN4-1–
CN3-1–
CN3-10
CN4-6
CN9-A12,
CN9-A1–
CN9-B1–
CN9-B12
SCPCB
CN5-A12,
CN5-A1–
CN5-B1–
CN5-B12
CN2-120
CN2-1–
CN8-1–
CN8-13
MPCB
LSU
Drum
CN3-120
CN3-1–
EPCB
Figure 1-3-11 Optical section block diagram
1-3-14
2AR
Start key
270 P
Fwd. rotation
SM 414 P
Rev. rotation
9921 P 120 P
SHPSW
FVSYNC signal
A B C D
Original: A3/11" ¥ 17", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-3 Scanner operation
A When the start key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 270 pulses and
then rotates forward.
B 414 pulses after the scanner motor (SM) starts rotating forward, the FVSYNC signal
turns on for 9921 pulses for scanning.
C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position.
D 120 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner
motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position.
1-3-15
2AR
Image printing
The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB
(MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By
repeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image on
the drum surface.
• Laser scanner unit
23
4
1
9
6 5
Figure 1-3-12 Laser scanner unit (1)
1 Laser diode (laser diode PCB)

2 Collimator lens
3 Cylindrical lens
4 Polygon mirror
5 Lenses
6 BD sensor mirror
7 Cylindrical correcting lens
8 BD sensor (beam detection PCB)
9 Glass dust filter
0 Polygon motor (PM)
1-3-16
2AR
Drum
8
7
1
2
3
9
4
5
Figure 1-3-13 Laser scanner unit (2)
1 Laser diode: Generates the laser beam which forms a latent image on the drum.
2 Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode to
convert it into a cylindrical beam.
3 Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution.
4 Polygon mirror: Six-facet mirror that rotates at approximately 31890 rpm with each
face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum for one main-direction scan.
5 Lens: Corrects for non-linearity of the laser beam scanning speed on the drum
surface, keeps the beam diameter constant and corrects for the vertical alignment of
the polygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser beam is on the drum
surface.
6 BD sensor mirror: Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the main-
direction (horizontal) sync signal.
7 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by
the BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor.
8 BD sensor: Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror, outputting a signal
to the main PCB (MPCB) to provide timing for the main-direction sync signal.
9 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit.
1-3-17
2AR
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-14.
70 µm
65 µm
Figure 1-3-14
Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while
scanning in the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static
latent image on the drum.
The static latent image of the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface as
shown in Figure 1-3-15. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface
irradiated by the laser.
The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly
overlap each other.
Main
scanning
direction
Auxilary
scanning
direction
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-15
1-3-18
2AR
(4) Developing section

The developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner cartridge.
Toner cartridge
Toner feed motor (TFM)
Developing unit
Figure 1-3-16 Developing section
The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed,
the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.
In the toner recycling assembly, new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with the
residual toner recovered from the cleaning section. This mixture is conveyed to the
developing unit.
1-3-19
2AR
Left developing
spiral
Cleaning spiral Right developing

spiral
Toner recycling
assembly
Toner recycle
spiral
Flow of the recycled toner
Figure 1-3-17 Toner recycling
1-3-20
2AR
Formation of magnetic brush
The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller.
Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turn
forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnet
brush is regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the position
of the poles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade.
A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) is
applied to the developing roller to provide image contrast.
Magnetic poles on the developing roller

A 4
S1
7 68.2˚
N2
6 5
60˚
N1
S2
92˚ 69.3˚
2 1 3 S3
A: Distances beteen the doctor blade and N1: 860 × 10–4 T

developing roller: 0.6 ± 0.05 mm N2: 640 × 10–4 T
S1: 590 × 10–4 T
S2: 485 × 10–4 T
S3: 605 × 10–4 T
Figure 1-3-18 Forming a magnetic brush
1 Developing unit housing 5 Right developing spiral

2 Developing roller 6 Left developing spiral
3 Toner sensor (TNS) 7 Developing paddle
4 Doctor blade
1-3-21
2AR
TFM+
CN8-17
TFM
TFM–
CN8-18
TNS SIG
CN8-22
TNS CONT
CN8-24
DB REM
CN9-11 CN1-4
DB CONT DB
CN9-10 CN1-5
24 V DC
CN9-5 CN1-10
EPCB HVTPCB
Figure 1-3-19 Developing section block diagram
Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).

The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in the
developer near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of toner
to carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage.
When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor output
voltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrier
returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner
replenishing stops.
1-3-22
2AR-1
2AR
Toner density control
Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which is
the toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer is
loaded for the first time.
Toner being replenished message Toner request message

(forced toner feed) (Toner cartridge to be replaced.)
Toner sensor
output voltage (V)
180 s
Toner empty detection

level
Toner feed start level

(TARGET set by U130)
Toner feed stop level
Copying
AB C D E F
Figure 1-3-20 Toner density control
A If the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level 3 s after the
drive motor (DM) has turned on (end of toner empty detection inhibit time), the toner
feed motor (TFM) turns on to replenish toner.
B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage falls until it drops below the
toner feed stop level and replenishing stops.
C When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level after
toner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appears
disabling copying and forced toner feed starts. If the toner sensor output voltage fails
to fall to the toner feed stop level within 180 s of the start of forced toner feed, the
toner request message appears.
D When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage falls until it drops below
the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. After 60 s aging (15 s while
copying) the toner being replenished message disappears and copying is enabled.
1-3-23
2AR
E After replacing the toner cartridge, the toner feed motor (TFM) turns on to replenish
toner.
F When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage falls until it drops to the
toner feed stop level. The toner being replenished message disappears and
replenishing stops.
1-3-24
2AR
Correcting the toner sensor control voltage
The toner sensor control voltage is corrected based on the absolute humidity and the
total drive motor time so that the toner density is kept constant regardless of the
changes in humidity and the total drive motor time.
Toner sensor control voltage after correction = A + B + C
A: Toner sensor control voltage before correction (value set by maintenance item 131)
B: Correction data based on the absolute humidity
C: Correction data based on the total drive motor time
• Correction based on the absolute humidity
Correction data
A
B
+10
C
0
–25
E
–35
0
2.0 4.0 10.0 20.0 32.0
Absolute humidity (g/m3)
Figure 1-3-21 Correction based on the absolute humidity
A When the absolute humidity is between 0 and 2.0 g/m3, a constant value of +10 is
added to the toner sensor control voltage.
B When the absolute humidity is between 2.0 and 4.0 g/m3, the correction data is
reduced according to the rise in absolute humidity.
C When the absolute humidity is between 4.0 and 10.0 g/m3, the correction data
becomes 0.
D When the absolute humidity is between 10.0 and 32.0 g/m3, the correction data is
decreased according to the rise in absolute humidity, reducing the toner sensor
control voltage.
E When the absolute humidity exceeds 32.0 g/m3, the correction data becomes a
constant value of –35, decreasing the toner sensor control voltage.
1-3-25
2AR
Computing the absolute humidity

The external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor
(ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humidity
sensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensing
element into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB
(MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and the
temperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH).
EPCB MPCB
HUMPCB CN3 CN2

ETTH
4 ETTH
CN15-1
Humidity 3 GND
sensing CN15-2
element
2 EHUMSENS CN15-3
EHUMSENS
1 5V
CN15-4
Figure 1-3-22 Absolute humidity computation block diagram
1-3-26
2AR
• Correction based on the total drive motor time

The toner sensor control voltage is also corrected based on the total time the drive
motor (DM) has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the toner
sensor output voltage is regulated properly.
Correction data
A
B
0
C D
–10
E
–20
0
150 300 800 1500
Drive time (min)
Figure 1-3-23 Correction based on the total drive motor time
A When maintenance item U130 is run for initial developer setting, the total drive
motor time is cleared and the toner sensor control voltage correction data becomes
0.
B When the total drive motor time is between 150 and 300 min., the correction data is
decreased according to the increase in the total drive motor time.
C When the total drive motor time is between 300 and 800 min., the toner sensor
control voltage is corrected with a constant value of –10.
D When the total drive motor time is between 800 and 1500 min., the correction data is
decreased according to the increase in the total drive motor time.
E When the total drive motor time exceeds 1500 min., the toner sensor control voltage
is corrected with a constant value of –20.
1-3-27
2AR
Correcting toner sensor output voltage
The toner sensor output voltage is corrected according to the absolute humidity at
power-on (the main switch turning on), fixing temperature and accumulated drive time.
Toner sensor output voltage after correction = Toner sensor output voltage before
correction – Correction data at power-on
Correction data at power-on = A – B
If A – B ⱕ 0, the correction data at power-on is 0
A: Correction data based on the absolute humidity and fixing temperature
B: Accumulated drive time from the main switch turning on (total drive motor on-time)
If the fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 50°C/122°F or below,

correction data A is determined as follows:
Condition Correction data A

The absolute humidity at the last main switch turning off was
+12
14 g/m3 or below.
The absolute humidity at the main switch turning on was
+12
14 g/m3 or below.
Other cases than above. 0
If the fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 50°C/122°F or above, the value
of correction data A applied when the main switch was last turned off is used.
1-3-28
2AR
(5) Transfer and separation section
Separation claw pulleys
Drum separation
claws
Transfer roller
Transfer cleaner
Figure 1-3-24 Transfer and separation section
The transfer and separation section consists mainly of the transfer roller and drum
separation claws.
A high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to
the transfer roller for transfer charging.
Toner adhered to the transfer roller is removed by the transfer cleaner.
1-3-29
2AR
TC REM
CN9-9 CN1-6 Transfer roller
TC CONT
CN9-7 CN1-8 Drum
24 V DC
CN9-5 CN1-10
TC
HVTPCB
EPCB
Figure 1-3-25 Transfer and separation section block diagram
1-3-30
2AR
Image ready
Secondary Secondary paper feed end
paper feed start
48 ms 110 ms
RCL
250 ms
FSM 518 ms
RSW
ESW
350 ms
TC REM 419 ms
215 ms
A B C
Timing chart 1-3-4 Transfer
A 250 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed,
transfer charging (TC REM) starts.
B 419 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,
transfer charging (TC REM) ends.
C 350 ms after the paper is ejected and the feedshift motor (FSM) turns off, transfer
charging (TC REM) is conducted again for 215 ms.
1-3-31
2AR
(6) Cleaning section

The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade that removes residual toner from
the drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral that carries the
residual toner back to the toner recycling assembly.
3
2
4 1
Figure 1-3-26 Cleaning section
1 Drum
2 Cleaning blade
3 Cleaning spiral
4 Lower cleaning seal
1-3-32
2AR
(7) Charge erasing section

The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 47 LEDs which remove residual charge from the
drum surface.
Cleaning lamp (CL)
Figure 1-3-27 Charge erasing section
CL REM
CN13-4 CL
Drum
EPCB
Figure 1-3-28 Charge erasing section block diagram
1-3-33
2AR
Start key
100 ms
DM 300 ms
CL
TC REM
215 ms
A B
Timing chart 1-3-5 Charge erasing
A 100 ms after the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) and cleaning lamp (CL)
turn on simultaneously to remove the residual charge from the drum surface after
the residual toner has been removed in the cleaning section.
B 300 ms after 215 ms of transfer charging (TC REM) ends, the drive motor (DM) and
cleaning lamp (CL) turn off simultaneously.
1-3-34
2AR
2AR-2
(8) Fixing section
5 4 1
$ 8
6
# 0
7
!
@
3
%
2
Figure 1-3-29 Fixing section
1 Fixing unit cover 8 Heat roller separation claws

2 Fixing unit front right guide 9 Fixing heater M (H1)
3 Fixing unit front left guide 0 Fixing heater S (H2)
4 Fixing unit rear right guide ! Fixing unit thermostat (TH)
5 Fixing unit rear left guide @ Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)
6 Heat roller # Press roller separation claws
7 Press roller $ Fixing unit pressure spring
% Fixing Cleaning Roller
1-3-35
2AR
The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-29. When paper reaches
the fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heat
roller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by the
fixing unit pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed
onto the paper.
When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by its
separation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject unit* or feedshift unit*
.
* Optional
TH
Heat roller
ILSW
FTH
CN1-1
CN1-3 H2 H1
CN1-4
PSPCB
CN2-2
CN2-3
H1 REM
H2 REM
FTH 5 V
FTH
CN13-2
CN13-1
CN1-7
CN1-6
EPCB
Figure 1-3-30 Fixing section block diagram
1-3-36
2AR
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
3
4
Figure 1-3-31 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
1 Heat roller 4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH)

2 Fixing heater M (H1) 5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)
3 Fixing heater S (H2)
The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surface
temperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixing
heaters turning on and off.
If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it or
fixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixing
heaters off.
1-3-37
2AR
Fixing temperature control
Secondary stabilization
fixing temperature
175°C/347°F
Primary stabilization
fixing temperature
Copying enabled Aging end
170°C/338°F
MSW
2s 500 ms
H1
500 ms
H2
300 ms
DM 10 s
100 ms
500 ms
DB REM
CFM1, 2
(half speed)
CFM1, 2 180 s
(full speed)
1000 ms
PM
500 ms
TC REM
AB C DE F G H IJ
Timing chart 1-3-6 Fixing temperature control
A 2 s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, fixing heater M (H1) turns on to heat
the heat roller. At the same time, cooling fan motors 1 and 2 (CFM1 and 2) turn on.
When the fixing temperature is 100°C/212°F or lower at the main switch (MSW)
turning on, and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher, cooling fan motors 1 and
2 (CFM1 and 2) rotate for 180 s at full speed. Otherwise, the motors rotate at half
speed.
B 500 ms after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, fixing heater S (H2) turns on.
C 1000 ms after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) of the laser
scanner unit turns on.
D When the fixing temperature reaches 170°C/338°F, the copier enters primary
stabilization. The developing bias (DB REM) turns on and, 100 ms later, the drive
motor (DM) turns on and primary stabilization starts.
1-3-38
2AR
E 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, transfer charging (TC REM) starts.
F When the fixing temperature reaches 175°C/347°F, the copier enters secondary
stabilization. Fixing heaters M and S (H1 and H2) are turned on and off to keep the
fixing temperature at 175°C/347°F and aging starts.
G Copying is enabled as follows:
1. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100°C/212°F or lower
Absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher:
Copying is enabled 120 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on.
2. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100°C/212°F or lower
The fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 13°C/55.4°F or higher and
the ambient temperature is 18°C/64.4°F or higher:
Copying is enabled at the earlier timing of either 41 s after fixing heater M (H1)
turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
Other than the above:
Copying is enabled at the later timing of either 69 s after fixing heater M (H1)
turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
3. Other conditions than 1 and 2
Copying is enabled when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
H 10 s after copying is enabled, transfer charging (TC REM) ends.
Note: If the fixing temperature at main switch (MSW) turning on is 100°C/212°F or
lower and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher, transfer charging (TC
REM) ends 60 s after the copying is enabled.
I 300 ms after transfer charging (TC REM) ends, the drive motor (DM) turns off and
aging ends.
J 500 ms after aging ends, developing bias (DB REM) turns off.
1-3-39
2AR
Paper separation
Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-
32.
Heat roller separation claws
Heat roller
Press roller
separation
claws
Press roller
Figure 1-3-32 Paper separation
1-3-40
II
ELECTRICAL
II Electrical Section
SECTION
3010 S/M (MCA)

2AR
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout ......................................................................... 2-1-1
(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1
2AR
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout
(1) Copier
7 15
14 5 8
13
16 12
6
3 1
10 9
11
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs)
1. Main PCB (MPCB) ....................................... Controls the other PCBs, electrical

components and optional devices;
modifies and modulates image signal.
• SIMM ......................................................... Stores data during memory copying.
2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC, 5V DC
and 3.3 V DC; controls fixing heaters M
and S.
2-1-1
2AR
2AR-1
3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals to

and from electrical components and
optional devices.
4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developing
bias and high voltages for transfer.
5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor.
6. Scanner control PCB (SCPCB) ................... Controls the scanning section, SRDF*
and image processing.
7. Inverter PCB (INPCB) .................................. Controls the exposure lamp.
8. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) .................................. Reads the image off originals.
9. Laser diode PCB (LDPCB) .......................... Generates and controls the laser light.
10. Beam detection PCB (BDPCB). .................. Detects the laser light.
11. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity.
• External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity.
• External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature.
12. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit.
13. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.
14. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) .............. Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.
15. LCD ............................................................. Displays copy modes and messages.
16. LCD inverter PCB (LCDINPCB) .................. Controls lighting of the CFL.
* Optional.
2-1-2
2AR
2
1
3
Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system)
1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) .... Detects the scanner in the home
position.
2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ............... Operates the original size sensor.
3. Original size sensor (OSS) .......................... Detects the length of the original on the
contact glass.
2-1-3
2AR
12
9
1 7
10 5 3
2 8
6 4
11
Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches and sensors in the paper feed and conveying
system)
1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ...................... Detects the presence of paper in the
upper drawer.
2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in the
lower drawer.
3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) ......... Detects the length of paper in the upper
drawer.
4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lower
drawer.
5. Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) ......... Detects the width of paper in the upper
drawer.
6. Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lower
drawer.
2-1-4
2AR-1
2AR
7. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reaching
the upper limit.
8. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reaching
the upper limit.
9. Feed switch 1 (FSW1) ................................. Controls the feed clutch 1 drive timing.
12. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the primary paper feed end
timing.
* Optional.
2-1-5
2AR
1
7
4
3
2
6
Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors)
1. Main switch (MSW) ...................................... Turns the AC power on and off.

2. Interlock switch (ILSW) ................................ Turns the AC power for the fixing
heaters on and off.
3. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the front
cover is opened; resets paper jam
detection.
4. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when left 1
detection.
5. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when left 2
detection.
6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in the
developing section.
7. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ......................... Detects the heat roller temperature.
2-1-6
2AR
7,8
6
5
Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors)
1. Drive motor (DM) ......................................... Drives each section of the copier.

2. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner.
3. Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift.
4. Lower lift motor (CLM-L) .............................. Drives the lower drawer lift.
5. Toner feed motor (TFM) .............................. Replenishes toner.
6. Paper conveying section fan motor ............. Assists paper advance along the paper
(PCFM) conveying path and exhausts heat.
7. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................ Cools the machine interior.
8. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................ Cools the machine interior.
2-1-7
2AR
3
1
Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids)
1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upper
drawer.
2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lower
drawer.
3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of the right feed
roller.
4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1.
5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2.
6. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Secondary paper feed.
2-1-8
2AR-2
2AR
7
4 5
3
2 6
Figure 2-1-7 Copier (other components)
1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals.

2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ...................................... Removes residual charge from the
drum surface.
3. Fixing heater M (H1) .................................... Heats the heat roller.
4. Fixing heater S (H2) .................................... Heats the heat roller.
5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) .......................... Prevents overheating in the fixing
section.
6. Laser scanner unit (LSU) ............................. Writes image.
• Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror.
• Laser diode PCB (LDPCB) ........................ Generates and controls the laser light.
• Beam detection PCB (BDPCB) ................. Detects the laser light.
7. Total counter (TC) ....................................... Displays the total number of copies
produced.
8. Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies drawer section (optional).
2-1-9
2AR
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection .................................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions ................................................... 2-2-2
2AR
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection
When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays a
message indicating a paper jam, the jam location and the jam code on the message display
in the operation unit.
To remove the jammed paper, open the drawer, front cover, left 1 cover or left 2 cover as
necessary.
To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safety
switch 1, 2 or 3 off and on.
7 4
2
6 3
Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication
1 Paper feed section 5 Paper feed unit*

2 Paper conveying section, 6 Finisher*
fixing section, feedshift unit* 7 Mailbox*
or eject unit*
3 Bypass unit
4 SRDF*
* Optional.
2-2-1
2AR-1
2AR
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions
FSSW*
ESW*
RCL
RSW
FSW1
PFCL-U
FSW2
PFCL-L
* Feedshift unit or eject unit (optional)
Figure 2-2-2
2-2-2
2AR
2AR-2
1. Jam at power-on
• One or more of the switches in the paper feed conveying system is on when the main
switch is turned on. (jam code 00)
2. Paper feed section [The detection time (ms) is for A4 (lateral)/81/2"×11" paper]
• No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10)
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn on within 1270 ms of the upper paper feed clutch
(PFCL-U) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch
again fails to turn on within 1270 ms of the retry.
Off
1s
PFCL-U
On
Off
1270 ms 1270 ms
FSW1
On
Timing chart 2-2-1
• No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11)

Feed switch 2 (FSW2) does not turn on within 1369 ms of the lower paper feed clutch
(PFCL-L) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch
again fails to turn on within 1369 ms of the retry.
Off
1s
PFCL-L
On
Off
1369 ms 1369 ms
FSW2
On
Timing chart 2-2-2
• Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18)

The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 1448 ms of feed switch 1 (FSW1)
turning on.
Off
FSW1
On
Off
1448 ms
RSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-3
2-2-3
2AR
2AR-2
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn on within 1674 ms of feed switch 2 (FSW2) turning
on.
Off
FSW2
On
Off
1674 ms
FSW1
On
Timing chart 2-2-4
• Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)

When paper is fed from the upper drawer, feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within
3113 ms of turning on.
Off
FSW1 3113 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-5
When paper is fed from the lower drawer, feed switch 2 (FSW2) does not turn off within
3113 ms of turning on.
Off
FSW2 3113 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-6
2-2-4
2AR
2AR-2
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within 1270 ms of the upper paper feed clutch
(PFCL-U) turning on.
Off
PFCL-U
On
Off
FSW1 1270 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-7
Feed switch 2 (FSW2) does not turn off within 1369 ms of the lower paper feed clutch
(PFCL-L) turning on.
Off
PFCL-L
On
Off
FSW2 1369 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-8
• Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22)

Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within 1674 ms of feed switch 2 (FSW2) tuning
off.
Off
FSW2
On
Off
FSW1 1674 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-9
2-2-5
2AR-2
2AR
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within 1674 ms of feed switch 2 (FSW2) turning
on.
Off
FSW2
On
Off
FSW1 1674 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-10
3. Paper conveying section [The detection time (ms) is for A4 (lateral)/81/2"×11"

paper]
• Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30)
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 1448 ms of feed switch 1 (FSW1)
turning off.
Off
FSW1
On
Off
1448 ms
RSW
On
Timing chart 2-2-11
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 1448 ms of feed switch 1 (FSW1)
turning on.
Off
FSW1
On
Off
RSW 1448 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-12
2-2-6
2AR
2AR-2
4. Fixing section [The detection time (ms) is for A4 (lateral)/81/2"×11" paper]

• Jam in fixing section (jam code 40)
The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 3762 ms of the registration clutch (RCL)
turning on.
Off
RCL
On
Off
ESW* 3762 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-13
The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 3888 ms of the registration clutch
(RCL) turning on.
Off
RCL
On
Off
FSSW* 3888 ms
On
Timing chart 2-2-14
* Feedshift unit or eject unit (optional)
2-2-7
2AR
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs

2-3-1 Power source PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-1
2-3-2 Main PCB ........................................................................................... 2-3-3
2-3-3 Scanner control PCB ......................................................................... 2-3-5
2-3-4 Engine PCB ....................................................................................... 2-3-6
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ........................................................................... 2-3-7
2-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB and operation
unit left PCB ....................................................................................... 2-3-8
2-3-7 CCD PCB ......................................................................................... 2-3-10
2-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB ..................................... 2-3-11
2AR
2-3-1 Power source PCB
PSPCB
Rectifier circuit
Noise
filter
circuit T1 24 V DC
AC input DB1 D30 24 V DC
L1
and output
C30 ,C32, C36 circuit
L2
C40, C48 IC30
C6
GND
Fixing Q1 Overload
heater Q2 detection
control
circuit
circuit
5 V DC
5 V DC
5V Switching C37 output C40 ,C41 5 V
control C50 circuit C51
PC TRC IC40 GND
20 circuit
20
IC1 D50 12 V DC
H1 REM D51 12 V DC
output
C53 circuit
5V GND
IC51
PC TRC
3.3 V DC 3.3 V DC
21 21
output
H2 REM PC1 circuit GND
IC41
PC2
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram
2-3-1
2AR
The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input to
generate 24 V DC, 5 V DC, 3.3 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of a noise filter circuit,
rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5 V DC output circuit, 3.3
V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit and fixing heater control circuit.
The noise filter circuit, which consists mainly of the line filters L1 and L2 and capacitors,
attenuates external noise, and prevents the switching noise generated on the power
source PCB from leaving the machine via the AC line.
The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noise
filter circuit using the diode bridge DB1. The smoothing capacitor C6 smoothes out the
pulsed voltage from the diode bridge.
The switching control circuit turns on/off the power MOSFET Q1 and Q2 via the PWM
controller IC1 to switch the current induced in the secondary coil of the transformer T1.
The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes out the voltage from the current induced in the
secondary coil of the transformer T1 via diode D30 and smoothing capacitors C30, C32,
C36, C40 and C48, and outputs a stable 24 V DC by the function of shunt regulator
IC30. The output status of the 24 V DC is fed back to the PWM controller IC1 in the
switching control circuit via the photo-coupler PC1. Based on the feedback, the PWM
controller IC1 changes the duty cycle of the pulse that turns power MOSFET Q1 and Q2
on/off in order to adjust the 24 V DC output.
The 5 V DC output circuit converts the 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit to a
stable 5 V DC by means of the 4-pin regulator IC40.
The 3.3 V DC output circuit converts the 5 V DC from the 5 V DC output circuit to a
stable 3.3 V DC by means of the 4-pin regulator IC41.
The 12 V DC output circuit smoothes out the voltage from the current induced in the
secondary coil of the transformer T1 via diodes D50 and D51 and smoothing capacitor
C53, and generates a stable 12 V DC by the function of the 4-pin regulator IC51.
The fixing heater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater M light signal H1 REM
from the engine PCB (EPCB). The phototriac PC20 turns on when this signal goes low.
When phototriac PC20 turns on, it will turn the triac TRC20 on (continuity present),
which then passes AC current. The fixing heater M (H1) then turns on. The sub fixing
heater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater S light signal H2 REM. Its
components include phototriac PC21 and triac TRC21.
2-3-2
2AR
2-3-2 Main PCB
OMPCB
MPCB
Main CPU
IC22
Communication
SRAM
processor 1
IC25 and IC26
IC30
Communication
EPROM
processor 2
IC24
IC28
RAM CODEC SIMM

IC27 IC20
Bit map memory
DRAMs
CPLD IC14 to IC19
ASIC
IC21 IC11
Scan data
Engine LVD ISU
Memory
CPU
image data
IC35
BUF
Fax reception data FCPCB*
SRAM VTC BUF
IC38 IC6
Printer data
BUF PCPCB*
Communication
EPROM
processor 3
IC37
IC41 Print data
LVD LSU
XIO SPLD
IC43 and IC45 IC36
Data bus
EPCB Control signal
* Optional.
Figure 2-3-2 Main PCB block diagram
2-3-3
2AR
The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU IC22 and the engine CPU IC35. The
main CPU IC22 controls the memory copying and communication with other PCBs. The
engine CPU IC35 controls the engine drive system and communication with other
PCBs.
The main CPU IC22 operates basically on a 16-bit bus (8 bits for some devices). It
uses SRAM IC25 and IC26 for work memory. In accordance with the control program in
EPROM IC24, the main CPU IC22 communicates with the engine CPU IC35, the
operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), fax control PCB (FCPCB)*, and printer control PCB
(PCPCB)* via the serial communication function in the CPU, communication processor
1 IC30, and communication processor 2 IC28. The main CPU IC22 also controls the
ASIC IC11 and CODEC IC20 during memory copying for sort and rotation copies. The
main CPU IC22 is connected to the backup RAM IC27 that stores the machine status.
The engine CPU IC35 operates on an 8-bit bus, using SRAM IC38 for work memory.
In accordance with the control program in EPROM IC37, the engine CPU IC35
communicates with the main CPU IC22 and external devices such as the paper feed
unit* and the finisher* via the serial communication function of the CPU and
communication processor 3 IC41. The engine CPU IC35 also controls the LSU via VTC
IC6, which is for the image output control, and drives the machine, conveys paper and
detects abnormality via XIO IC43 and IC45.
* Optional
2-3-4
2AR
2-3-3 Scanner control PCB
SCPCB
Image control signals
Image control signals (differential transmission)
Driver Image signal
Image signal IC16 (differential transmission) MPCB
MIP
IC17
Data bus SRAM
Address bus
IC18
Data bus SRAM

Address bus SM control signals
IC19
EL control signals SMPCB
Image data bus (8 bits)
SHPSW detection signal

CPU
Address bus IC5
Data bus
EP- Detection input signal

ROM Control output signals SRDF*
IC7
Image data Analog image

SHD ADC signal
bus
IC11 8 bits (odd) IC14 Op- (odd)
S/H
Image data amp Analog image
IC12
bus ADC IC21 signal
8 bits (even) IC13 (even) CCDPCB
Control signal
Clock signal Buffer
IC10
Figure 2-3-3 Scanner control PCB block diagram
The scanner control PCB (SCPCB) consists of CPU IC5, MIP IC17, SHD IC11, and
EPROM IC7. In accordance with the control program in EPROM IC7, the CPU IC5
controls the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB), SRDF*, MIP IC17 and SHD IC11. SHD IC11
outputs clock signals to the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) to drive the CCD, which produces
analog image signals (odd and even) according to the scanned image. The analog
signals are converted to a digital image data by ADC IC13 and IC14 via operational
amplifier IC21 and S/H IC12, and fed to SHD IC11. The digital image data obtained is
processed by SHD IC11 and MIP IC17, serialized by driver IC16 in LVDS (Low Voltage
Differential Signaling), and then differentially transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB).
* Optional
2-3-5
2AR
2-3-4 Engine PCB
EPCB
MPCB
Drivers
Feedshift unit* IC1, IC2
and IC4
Engine
Drivers CPU
Duplex unit*
IC6, IC7, IC35
IC10,
IC11
Paper feed unit and IC12
XIOs
IC43
and IC45
Developing unit
Op-amps
IC3,
IC5
FTH and IC9
HUMPCB
Motor
TFM driver
IC8
Figure 2-3-4 Engine PCB block diagram
The engine PCB (EPCB), which is directly connected to the main PCB (MPCB) via
connectors, serves to interface control signals between the engine CPU IC35 on the
main PCB (MPCB) and each drive system unit.
The control signal from the main PCB (MPCB) controls the drive system units via
drivers IC1, IC2, and IC4, and drivers IC6, IC7, IC10, IC11, and IC12.
The control signal from the main PCB (MPCB) also controls the toner feed motor (TFM)
via the motor driver IC8.
The detection signals from components such as the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and
humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) are sent to the main PCB (MPCB) via operational
amplifiers IC3, IC5 and IC9.
2-3-6
2AR
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB
SMPCB
SCPCB
SM Vref
SM M1 SM A
SM M2 SM _A
Stepper
SM M3 SM B SM
motor
SM CLK driver IC1 SM _B
SM CWB
SM ENABLE EL
DT1
EL ON REM EL
DT2 INPCB
ODSW
ODSW
SHPSW
SHPSW
Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram
The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) consists of the stepper motor driver IC1 and digital
transistors DT1 and DT2.
The current setting voltage SM Vref, mode signals SM M1, SM M2, SM M3, and SM
CWB, phase switching clock signal SM CLK, and drive/stop signal SM ENABLE from
the scanner control PCB (SCPCB) control the scanner motor (SM).
The control signal EL REM sent from the scanner control PCB (SCPCB) to the inverter
PCB (INPCB) via the digital transistor DT2 controls the exposure lamp (EL).
The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) is also a relay circuit that transmits signals from the
original detection switch (ODSW) and scanner home position switch (SHPSW).
2-3-7
2AR
2AR-1
2-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB and
operation unit left PCB
OMPCB
Serial communication Key detection signal

MPCB LED on signal FAPCB*2
Scan signal
Serial communication Key detection signal

FCPCB*2 Fax data ROM detection signal LED on signal
OLPCB
Flash tool assembly detection signal Scan signal
CPU
IC5
Address bus
Key detection signal
Data bus
FLASH LED on signal
ROM Scan signal ORPCB
IC2 _RD CFL remote signal
Flash _WR
tool LCD
assembly reference LCD
VEE
VEE voltage INPCB
SRAM generator
IC4 CD1
FDPCB*1 LCD
reference LCD C
VO
GAL VO voltage F
address LCD generator L
LCD decoder controller IC8
display IC3 IC1
font
ROM 24 V DC
Address bus 5 V DC
Data bus
PSPCB
_RD
*1 Flash tool assembly is connected when updating the flash ROM IC2.
*2 Optional.
Figure 2-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB and operation
unit left PCB block diagram
2-3-8
2AR-1
2AR
The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) consists of the CPU IC5; flash ROM IC2, which
contains the control program and LCD display font; SRAM IC4 for executing the control
program and LCD controller IC1. The CPU IC5 controls the entire operation unit directly
or via LCD controller IC1, driver IC and transistors.
The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), operation unit left PCB (OLPCB), and fax
operation unit PCB (FAPCB)* consist of key switches and LEDs. They are controlled by
the scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB).
The LCD inverter PCB (LCDINPCB) is turned on/off by the CFL remote signals from the
operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the operation unit right PCB (ORPCB).
For operation of fax*, the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) selects the ROM on the
fax data ROM PCB (FDPCB)* for LCD display font. Upon detection of the flash tool
assembly (which is connected when it is required to update the flash ROM), the
operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) writes to the flash ROM IC2.
* Optional.
2-3-9
2AR
2-3-7 CCD PCB
CCDPCB
SCPCB
CLK (×6) CLK

RS (×2) Clock RS
driver Clock signal
CLP (×2) CLP
IC3 generator
SHIFT SHIFT
CCD
IC1 Analog image
Emitter signal
Odd
follower (odd)
TR1 Image
Analog image processor
Even Emitter signal
follower (even)
TR2
Op-amp
IC2
Figure 2-3-7 CCD PCB block diagram
The clock signals SHIFT, CLP, RS and CLK from the clock signal generator on the
scanner control PCB (SCPCB) are sent to the CCD PCB (CCDPCB), where clock driver
IC3 generates eleven clock signals to drive CCD IC1. Upon reception of clock signals,
the CCD IC1 outputs analog image signals according to the density of the image. Even-
and odd-numbered pixels are output separately. These analog image signals are
amplified by the operational amplifier IC2 via the emitter followers TR1 and TR2, and
then sent to the image processor of the scanner control PCB (SCPCB).
2-3-10
2AR-1
2AR
2-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB
LDPCB
MPCB
_ADJUST
BDPCB Laser _ENABLE
Photo driver
sensor IC1
Laser
IC diode
PS1 D2
_VIDEO+
Differential transmission
_DATA
_VIDEO–
_BD _BD+
Differential transmission
_BD–
Trans-
Trans
ceiver
ceiver
IC2
Figure 2-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB block diagram
The laser diode PCB (LDPCB) consists of laser diode D2, laser driver IC1, and
transceiver IC2.
The laser driver IC1 on the laser diode PCB (LDPCB) turns the laser diode D1 on/off
according to the image data (_DATA) differentially transmitted from the main PCB
(MPCB) transceiver to the laser diode PCB (LDPCB) transceiver IC2.
Upon detection of laser beam from the laser diode D2 of the laser diode PCB (LDPCB),
the beam detection PCB (BDPCB), on which photo sensor IC PS1 is mounted, outputs
horizontal sync signal (_BD). This signal is sent to the laser diode PCB (LDPCB), and
differentially transmitted from the transceiver IC2 to the main PCB (MPCB) transceiver.
The laser diode PCB (LDPCB) adjusts the laser diode drive current (APC) for each line
scanned outside the image area when _ADJUST is low to keep the laser beam output
constant.
2-3-11
III
SET UP AND
ADJUSTMENT
SECTION
Adjustment Section
III Set Up and
3010 S/M (MCA)

2AR
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1
(1) Installation environment ............................................................... 3-1-1
(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................ 3-1-16
3-1-3 Installing the add-on memory SIMM (option) ................................... 3-1-17
3-1-4 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ....................................... 3-1-19
3-1-5 Installing the key counter (option) .................................................... 3-1-21
3-1-6 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (option) ............ 3-1-24
3-1-7 Installing the DF (option) .................................................................. 3-1-26
2AR-1
2AR
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation
( 1 ) Installation environment
1. Temperature: 10 - 35°C/50 - 95°F
2. Humidity: 15 - 85%RH
3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A
220 - 240 V AC, 5.5 A
4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ±0.3%/60 Hz ±0.3%
5. Installation location
• Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be
exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
• Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature
changes, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine.
• Avoid dust and vibration.
• Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.
• Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1° ).
• Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic of alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses,
NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
• Select a room with good ventilation.
6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8" Machine rear: 100 mm/4"
Machine right: 700 mm/275/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"
e g
h
d
c f
a
b
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions
a: 855 mm/3311/16" d: 1010 mm/393/4" g: 423 mm/165/8"

b: 1170 mm/461/16" e: 633 mm/2415/16" h: 1630 mm/643/16"
c: 585 mm/231/16" f: 1530 mm/601/4"
3-1-1
2AR
( 2 ) Installation procedure
Start
Unpack.
Remove the tapes.
Remove pins holding light source

units 1 and 2.
Connect the power cord.
Install the optional devices.
Carry out initial developer setting

Remove the image formation unit. (maintenance item U130).
Load developer. Exit maintenance mode.
Release the cleaning blade. Install a toner cartridge.
Adjust the fixing pressure. Install the transfer roller assembly.
Make test copies.
Completion of the machine installation.
3-1-2
2AR-1
2AR
Light source
unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Transfer roller
assembly
Spacers*
Figure 3-1-2
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

Note: The original cover is standard for 220 - 240 V specifications.
3-1-3
2AR
2AR-1
Unpack.
4
@ ^
1
3
!
8
6
9
5
0 2
Figure 3-1-3 Unpacking
1 Copier 7 Machine cover @ Plastic bag

2 Bottom pads 8 Air-padded bag # Instruction handbook
3 Outer case 9 Transfer roller $ Spacers*1
4 Top pads assembly % Power cord*1
5 Skid 0 Hinge joint ^ Business reply mail*2
6 Inner frame ! Bar code labels
*1: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

*2: For 120 V specifications only.
Note: The original cover is standard for 220 - 240 V specifications.
3-1-4
2AR
2AR-5
Remove the tapes.
1. Remove the two tapes holding the front cover.

2. Remove the two tapes each holding the drawers.
3. Remove the tape holding the left 1 cover.
4. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.
5. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.
Light source unit 1 pins

Power cord
Front cover
Power cord Drawers
For 120V specifications

only.
Light source
uint 2 pin
Left 1 cover
Figure 3-1-4
3-1-5
2AR
2AR-5
6. Remove the tapes covering the original detection switch and bypass unit*.
7. Open the bypass table and remove the two spacers.*
Original detection switch
Bypass unit*
Spacers*
Figure 3-1-5
8. Open the front cover and remove the tape holding the cartridge mount.
Cartridge mount
Figure 3-1-6
3-1-6
2AR-5
2AR
9. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them.
Figure 3-1-7
Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.
1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2.
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Figure 3-1-8
3-1-7
2AR
Install the optional devices.
1. Install the optional devices (eject unit, feedshift unit, bypass unit*, job separator,
duplex unit, SRDF and/or original cover*) as necessary (see the respective
installation manuals or service manuals).
Note: Be sure to install either the eject unit or feedshift unit.
* Standard for 220 - 240 V specifications.
Remove the image formation unit.
1. Open the front cover, left 1 cover and the paper transfer section cover.
2. Remove the two screws and detach the image formation unit.
Image formation unit
Screws
Figure 3-1-9
3-1-8
2AR
Load developer.
1. Remove the four screws and detach the developing unit upper cover.
Caution: Be sure to place the image formation unit on a level surface when
loading developer.
Developing unit upper cover
Screws
Figure 3-1-10
2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer.

3. While turning the magnet roller gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram,
uniformly pour developer into the image formation unit.
Caution: Never turn the magnet roller gear in the reverse direction.
Developer Magnet roller gear
Figure 3-1-11 Loading developer
4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the four screws.
3-1-9
2AR
2AR-1
Release the cleaning blade.
1. Slide the cleaning blade release lever in the direction of the arrow in the
diagram.
Cleaning blade release lever
Figure 3-1-12
2. Refit the image formation unit using the two screws.

3. Connect the 12-pin connector.
12-pin connector
Figure 3-1-13
4. Close the front cover.
3-1-10
2AR
Adjust the fixing pressure.
1. Adjust the fixing pressure by turning the fixing pressure pins on the front and
rear of the fixing unit clockwise until each pin stops.
Caution: Never turn the fixing pressure nuts.
Fixing pressure pin
Fixing pressure pin
Figure 3-1-14 Adjusting the fixing pressure
2. Close the paper transfer section cover and left 1 cover.
3-1-11
2AR
Connect the power cord.
1. Connect the power cord to the connector on the machine.*

2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet.
Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).
1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering
“10871087” using the numeric keys.
2. Enter “130” using the numeric keys and press the start key.
3. Press the start key to execute the maintenance item.
• The drive stops within approximately 2 minutes and the toner feed start level
and toner sensor control voltage are automatically set. The settings are
displayed on the message display.
Display example
INPUT: 135 (Toner sensor input level)
CONTROL: 181 (Toner sensor control voltage)
TARGET: 138 (Toner feed start level)
HUMID: 57 (Absolute humidity)
4. Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
1. Enter "001" using the numeric keys and press the start key.
The machine exits the maintenance mode.
3-1-12
2AR
Install a toner cartridge.
1. Open the front cover.

2. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right until it stops.
Toner cartridge release lever
Figure 3-1-15
3. Shake the toner cartridge horizontally eight to ten times to agitate the toner.
Figure 3-1-16
3-1-13
2AR
4. Insert the toner cartridge in the direction of the arrows on the top of the toner
cartridge by fitting the projection on the cartridge bottom into the groove inside
the machine.
5. Secure the toner cartridge by shifting the toner cartridge release lever to the left
until it stops.
Toner cartridge
Toner cartridge release lever

Figure 3-1-17
6. Close the front cover.
3-1-14
2AR
2AR-5
This page has been left blank intentionally
3-1-15
2AR
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes
Factory settings are as follows:
Maintenance
item No. Contents Factory setting
U253 Switching between double and single counts Double count

U254 Turning auto start function on/off ON
U255 Setting auto clear time 90 s
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver ON
function on/off
U258 Switching copy operation at toner SINGLE MODE, 70
empty detection
U260 Changing the copy count timing EJECT
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex Simplex copy
copy mode
U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode Energy Star
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection ON
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range SPECIAL AREA
3-1-16
2AR
3-1-3 Installing the add-on memory SIMM (option)
Installation of add-on memory to the main PCB requires the following part:
Add-on memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM)
<Procedure>
1. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover.
2. Remove the eleven screws holding the upper shield and then the shield.
Screws
Upper shield
Screws
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-19
3-1-17
2AR
3. Fit the add-on memory into the add-on memory slot on the main PCB.
Caution: The add-on memory should only be inserted into add-on memory slot CN7
when a memory has already been inserted into memory slot CN6. If add-
on memory slot CN7 is used only, the main PCB does not recognize the
presence of the add-on memory.
Main PCB
Memory slot CN6
Add-on memory
Add-on memory slot CN7
Figure 3-1-20
4. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-18
2AR
3-1-4 Installing the drawer heater (service part)
Drawer heater installation requires the following parts:

Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications
Drawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications
Two (2) BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)
ON/OFF sticker (P/N 3A105020)
<Procedure>
2. Pull the upper and lower drawers out.
3. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the
cable hole.
4. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws.
Screws
Drawer heater Cable hole
Figure 3-1-21
3-1-19
2AR
5. Remove the open connector from the 2-pin connector of the relay cable clamped to
the option connector attachment panel, and insert the 2-pin connector of the drawer
heater into the 2-pin connector of the relay cable.
Open connector
Option connector
attachment panel
2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Figure 3-1-22

7. Affix the ON/OFF sticker exactly onto the marked area above the main switch.
ON/OFF sticker
Main switch
Figure 3-1-23
3-1-20
2AR
3-1-5 Installing the key counter (option)
Key counter installation requires the following parts:

Key counter set (P/N 66069782)
Contents of the set:
• Key counter cover (P/N 66060010)
• Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030)
• Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021)
• Key counter mount (P/N 66060040)
• Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240)
• Four (4) M4 × 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060)
• Two (2) M4 × 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100)
• One (1) M4 × 20 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304200)
• One (1) M4 × 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060)
• Two (2) M3 × 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060)
• One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000)
<Procedure>
1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and
nut.
2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach
the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws.
Key counter retainer (66060030)

M4 × 6 screws
(B4304060) Key counter mount (66060040)
M3 nut (C2303000)
Key counter cover (66060010)
M4 × 6 bronze screws
(B4304060)
Key counter assembly (29236240)
M3 × 6 flat-head screws (B2303060)
Figure 3-1-24
3-1-21
2AR
3. Remove the six screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover.
4. Cut out the aperture plate on the upper right cover using nippers.
5. Pass the 4-pin connector inside the machine through the aperture.
Upper right cover

4-pin connector
Aperture
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-25
3-1-22
2AR
6. Refit the upper right cover using four of the six screws.
7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the aperture in the key counter
cover retainer, and insert into the 4-pin connector of the machine.
8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the upper
right cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the remaining two screws.
9. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter
cover retainer on the machine using the screw.
4-pin connector Jumper
Key counter cover retainer

(66060021)
M4 × 10 screw
(B4304100)
Key counter cover
4-pin connector
M4 × 20 screw
(B4304200) M4 × 6 screw
(B4104060)
Upper right cover
Figure 3-1-26
10. Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly.
11. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode.
12. Run maintenance item U204 and select “KEY COUNTER.”
13. Exit the maintenance mode.
14. Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed
when the key counter is pulled out.
15. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made.
3-1-23
2AR
2AR-1
3-1-6 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device

(optional for 120 V specifications only)
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover.
Signal cable cover
Screws
Figure 3-1-27
2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert the
connector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable.
Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1.
10-pin connector
10-pin connector
Signal cable
Jumper
Screws
Figure 3-1-28
3-1-24
2AR-1
2AR
3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two screws.
4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD host
monitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable.
MMD host monitoring

system device
Screw
Screw
Screws
Rear cover
Figure 3-1-29
5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on the
MMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack.
Modular connector cable
LIN
E
TE
L
Figure 3-1-30
3-1-25
2AR
3-1-7 Installing the DF (option)
<Procedure>
1. Insert the DF into the machine.
Figure 3-1-31
2. Close the DF.

Remove the two screws holding the cover and then the cover.
Cover
Screws
Figure 3-1-32
3-1-26
2AR
3. Remove the screw holding the tray mounting fixture and then the fixture.
Tray mounting fixture
Screw
yy
;;
Figure 3-1-33
4. Insert the tray assembly over the pin on the front of the DF.
5. Fit the rear of the tray assembly to the DF using the tray mounting fixture removed
in step 3 and the screw.
Tray assembly
Tray mounting fixture
Screw
Figure 3-1-34
3-1-27
2AR
6. Insert the tray assembly connector into the DF connector.
Connector
Connector
Figure 3-1-35
7. Refit the cover removed in step 3.

8. Insert the DF connector into the machine.
Connector
Figure 3-1-36
3-1-28
2AR
9. Prepare an original with four lines drawn 15 mm from the edges and one center line
(see Figure 3-1-37).
15 mm 15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
Figure 3-1-37
10. Place the original on the DF and make a test copy.

If the copy image is different from the original, run maintenance item U070
"Adjusting the DF magnification," U071 "Adjusting the DF scanning timing" or U072
"Adjusting the DF center line" as necessary (see the SRDF service manual).
11. If the leading or trailing edge of the copy image is skewed (the lateral squareness is
not correct), adjust the lateral squareness of the DF.
Caution:
• Before performing this adjustment, output a VTC-PG2 pattern in maintenance item
U993 to use as the original for the adjustment.
• Adjust the amount of slack in the paper (see page 3-3-22) and the lateral
squareness (reference) (see page 3-3-35) first. Check for lateral squareness of
the copy image and if squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness of
the DF.
3-1-29
2AR
<Procedure>
Start
Place the original on the SRDF.

Adjustment on a machine without
an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-39)
Press the start key Loosen the four screws and adjust the
to make a test copy. position of the SRDF.
• For copy example 1, move the SRDF in
the direction of the white arrow (e).
• For copy example 2, move the SRDF in
the direction of the black arrow (b).
Is the image correct? No

Secure the SRDF by retightening the four screws.
Adjustment on a machine equipped with

Yes an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-40)
Adjust the position of the SRDF.
• For copy example 1, rotate the
adjustment screw in the direction of the
white arrow (e).
End • For copy example 2, rotate the
adjustment screw in the direction of the
black arrow (b).
Original Copy Copy

example 1 example 2
Figure 3-1-38
3-1-30
2AR
• Adjustment on a machine without an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-39):

1. Disconnect the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine.
2. Loosen the four screws securing the right leg of the SRDF.
3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by moving the right leg back and forth.
4. Retighten the four screws loosened in step 2.
• Adjustment on a machine equipped with an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-40):
1. Open the SRDF.
2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right.
3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right
leg of the SRDF.
4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2.
Screws
SRDF right leg
Screw
Figure 3-1-39
SRDF right leg
Adjustable hinge
Adjustment
screw
Figure 3-1-40
3-1-31
2AR
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode

3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................ 3-2-1
(1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1
(2) Maintenance mode item list ......................................................... 3-2-4
(3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8
3-2-2 Copier management ........................................................................ 3-2-86
(1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-86
(2) Department management .......................................................... 3-2-87
(3) Copy default .............................................................................. 3-2-89
(4) Machine default ......................................................................... 3-2-92
(5) Language .................................................................................. 3-2-94
2AR
3-2-1 Maintenance mode
The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and
service the machine.
(1) Executing a maintenance item
Start
Enter 10871087. · · · · · · · Entering the maintenance mode
Enter the number of the maintenance

item to be executed using the · · · · · · · Selecting a maintenance item
numeric or cursor up/down keys.
Press the start key.
The maintenance item is run.
Press the stop/clear key.
Yes
Run the item again?
No
Yes
Run another maintenance
mode?
No
Enter 001 using numeric or cursor · · · · · · · Exiting the maintenance mode

up/down keys, and press the start key.
End
3-2-1
2AR
• Data setting
Data is changed by pressing the cursor left/right keys, and the new data is set by pressing
the start key. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to be
changed is selected by pressing the cursor up/down keys.
Correcting position of FOLIO U035 Metric /C

3
LENGTH DATA : 330
1
WIDTH DATA : 210
4
2
Inch
Stop/
Clear 3
Start
4
Figure 3-2-1
1 Items ................................... Displays the selected item in reverse.

2 Setting ................................. Displays the current setting.
3 Stop/clear key ..................... Cancels the change.
4 Start key .............................. Sets the changed setting.
3-2-2
2AR
• Operation execution
The specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the start key. In
a maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executed
is selected by pressing the cursor up/down keys.
Drive motors and fans ON U030 Metric /C

2
MAIN EJECT (REV, L) EJECT (REV, L)
1 EJECT (FWD, L) EJECT (REV, H)
EJECT (FWD, H) 3
Inch
Stop/
Clear 2
Start
3
Figure 3-2-2
1 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse.

2 Stop/clear key ····················· Stops operation.
3 Start key ······························ Starts operation.
• Interrupt copy mode

Outputting a test copy or PG pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such an
output is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.
However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, only
outputting may be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good as
that made in normal copy mode.
To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interrupt
key again.
3-2-3
2AR
(2) Maintenance mode item list
Item Initial
Section No. Maintenance item contents setting*
General U000 Outputting an own-status report ———
U001 Exiting the maintenance mode ———
U003 Setting the service telephone number ———
U004 Setting the machine number ———
U005 Copying without paper ———
U019 Displaying the ROM version ———
Initializa- U020 Initializing all data ———
tion U021 Initializing memories ———
U022 Initializing backup data ———
Drive, U030 Checking motor operation ———
paper U031 Checking switches for paper conveying ———
feed,
paper U032 Checking clutch operation ———
conveying U033 Checking solenoid operation ———
and
U034 Adjusting the print start timing
cooling
• Adjusting the leading edge registration of +0.5
system
image printing
• Adjusting the leading edge registration of 0
image printing for duplex copying
• Adjusting the center line of image printing –0.5
• Adjusting the center line of image printing for 0.0
duplex copying
U035 Setting folio size
• Length 330
• Width 210
U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper
• Regist data ———
• Feed data ———
U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed
• Drive motor 3
• Feedshift motor 7
• Polygon motor 0
U059 Setting the cooling fan mode MODE 0
Optical U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties
• Text/text and photo/photo mode 12
U061 Turning the exposure lamp on ———
U063 Adjusting the shading position 0
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

3-2-4
2AR
Item Initial
Optical U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification
• Main scanning direction/auxiliary scanning 0
direction
U066 Adjusting the leading edge registration for 0
scanning an original on the contact glass
U067 Adjusting the center line for scanning an 0
original on the contact glass
U070 Adjusting the DF magnification 0
U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing 0
U072 Adjusting the DF center line 0
U073 Checking scanner operation ———
U074 Adjusting the DF input light luminosity 4
U087 Turning the DF scanning position adjust mode OFF
on/off
U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode) OFF
U091 Checking shading ———
U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically ———
U093 Setting the exposure density gradient
• Text/text and photo/photo mode 0
U099 Checking the original size detection ———
High U100 Setting the surface potential 193
voltage U101 Setting high voltages
• Developing bias 191/34
• Transfer voltage 168
• Transfer voltage output timing 0
U110 Checking/clearing the drum count ———
U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time ———
Develop- U130 Initial setting for the developer ———
ing U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage 170
U132 Replenishing toner forcibly ———
U135 Checking toner feed motor operation ———
U155 Displaying the toner sensor output ———
U156 Changing the toner control level
• Toner feed start level 138
• Toner empty level 44
U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time ———
U158 Checking/clearing the developing count ———

3-2-5
2AR-1
Item Initial
Fixing and U161 Setting the fixing control temperature
cleaning • Normal stabilization fixing temperature 175
• Primary stabilization fixing temperature 170
• Secondary stabilization fixing temperature 175
• Degree of temperature to be reduced from 10
CONT TEMP during duplex copying
• Aging time after secondary stabilization 30
U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly ———
U196 Turning the fixing heater on ———
U199 Checking the fixing temperature ———
Operation U200 Turning all LEDs on ———
panel and U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system ———
support
equipment U203 Operating DF separately ———
U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card ———
or key counter
U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin OFF
vender
U208 Setting the paper size for the large paper deck A4
U210 Reversing the LCD OFF
U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, ———
solenoids and clutch
U244 Checking the DF switches ———
U245 Checking messages ———
U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck ———
and paper feed desk
U249 Checking the paper ejection to optional devices ———
Mode U250 Setting the maintenance cycle 50
setting U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count ———
U252 Setting the destination JAPAN
U253 Switching between double and single counts DOUBLE
COUNT
U254 Turning auto start function on/off ON
U255 Setting auto clear time 120
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off ON
U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty SINGLE
detection MODE, 70
U260 Changing the copy count timing EJECT
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode OFF
3-2-6
2AR-1
Item Initial
Mode U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode ENERGY
setting STAR
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication 0
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection ON
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range SPECIAL
AREA
Image U402 Adjusting margins of image printing ———
process- U403 Adjusting margins for scanning an original on ———
ing the contact glass
U404 Adjusting margins for scanning an original from ———
the DF
U407 Adjusting the leading edge registration for ———
memory image printing
Fax board U600 Initializing all data ———
U601 Initializing permanent data ———
U602 Setting factory defaults ———
U603 Setting the user registration data
• Setting the self telephone number ———
• Setting the type of telephone line ———
• Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone ———
auto select mode
• Setting remote diagnostic transmission ———
U604 Clearing data
• Clearing transmission history ———
• Initializing the cipher key password ———
• Initializing the confidential box ID ———
• Initializing the F-code confidential box ID ———
U605 Setting the system (operational)
• Setting how to proceed if memory becomes ———
full during memory transmission
• Setting an alarm for when reception is completed ———
• Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary ———
direction is to be performed
• Setting the addition of an image to the report ———
• Setting the error report display format ———
• Setting the line-monitoring period ———
• Setting the one-shot detection time for remote ———
switching
• Setting the continuous detection time for ———
remote switching
• Setting the initial condition of fax image ———
scanning quality

3-2-7
2AR-1
Item Initial
Fax board U606 Setting the system (operation unit and display)
• Setting the conditions under which an error ———
indicator turns off
• Setting the date format ———
• Setting if the image scanning quality in fax ———
mode is initialized
• Setting if the scanning density in fax mode is ———
initialized
U607 Setting the system (communication 1)
• Setting the auto redialing interval ———
• Setting the number of times of auto redialing ———
• Setting the voice response ———
• Setting the communication starting speed ———
• Setting the reception speed ———
• Setting no-ring reception when using the F OFF
network
• Setting the mode for remote switching ———
• Setting the transmission intervals ———
U608 Setting transmission
• Setting the method to process errors ———
• Setting the number of times of DIS signal ———
reception
• Setting the reference for RTN signal output ———
• Setting the waiting period to prevent echo ———
problem at the sender
• Setting the waiting period to prevent echo ———
problem at the receiver
• Setting ECM transmission ———
• Setting ECM reception ———
• Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 1 ———
• Setting the frequency of the CED signal ———
U609 Setting communication time
• Setting the T0 time-out time ———
• Setting the T1 time-out time ———
• Setting the T2 time-out time 60
• Setting the Ta time-out time 30
• Setting the Tb time-out time 50
• Setting the Tc time-out time 60
• Setting the Td time-out time ———
U610 Setting the modem output level
• Setting the modem output level ———
• Adjusting the modem output level ———
• Setting the voice response level ———
U612 Setting the modem detection level ———

3-2-8
3-2-7-1
2AR-1
Item Initial
Fax board U613 Setting the DTMF output level
• Setting the DTMF (high-frequency group) ———
output level
• Setting the DTMF (low-frequency group) ———
output level
U614 Adjusting the DTMF output level
• Adjusting the DTMF (high-frequency group) ———
output level
• Adjusting the DTMF (low-frequency group) ———
output level
U615 Setting the NCU
• Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN ———
• Setting PSTN dial tone detection ———
• Setting the busy tone detection ———
• Setting for a PBX ———
U616 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of dial
pulses
• Make time (10 PPS) ———
• Make time (20 PPS) ———
U617 Outputting lists
• Settings list ———
• Action list ———
• Monitor list ———
• Own-status report ———
• Protocol list ———
U650 Setting the fax paper size
• Setting the number of lines to be ignored 3
when receiving a fax at 100% magnification
when receiving a fax in auto reduction mode
when receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in auto
reduction mode
• Setting the recording width for inch specifica- ———
tions
U651 Setting the number of lines to be ignored in 3
rotation mode
• Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 2 ———
• Setting the reception of a short protocol ———
transmission
• Setting the CNG detection times in fax/ ———
telephone auto select mode
U670 Setting if V.34 transmission is available ———
3-2-7-2
3-2-9
2AR-1
Item Initial
Fax board U680 Displaying the fax board ROM version ———
U894 Performing board test
• Performing tests on SRAM and DRAM ———
• Performing tests on optional memories ———
Others U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed ———
locations
U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts ———
U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts ———
U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices ———
U907 Setting the paper eject location when used as a
printer/fax
• Printer INNER TRAY
• Fax INNER TRAY
U910 Switching between fax/copier modes Copier
U906 Resetting partial operation control ———
U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure ———
lamp to light
U992 Checking or clearing the printer/fax count ———
U993 Outputting a VTC-PG pattern ———

3-2-10
3-2-7-3
2AR-1
This page is intentionally left blank.
3-2-11
2AR
(3) Contents of maintenance mode items
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U000 Outputting an own-status report
Description
Outputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance items, and paper
jam and service call occurrences.
Purpose
To check the current setting of the maintenance items, or paper jam or
service call occurrences.
Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the current
settings of the maintenance items to reenter the settings after initialization
or replacement.
Method
1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
2. Select the item to be output using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display Output list

MAINTENANCE List of the current settings of the
maintenance modes
JAM List of the paper jam occurrences
SERVICE CALL List of the service call occurrences
3. Press the start key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list is
output.
When A4/11" × 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output.
If not, specify the paper feed location.
When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is dis-
played.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for
selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-8
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U001 Exiting the maintenance mode

Description
Exits the maintenance mode and returns to the normal copy mode.
Purpose
To exit the maintenance mode.
Method
Press the start key. The normal copy mode is entered.
U003 Setting the service telephone number
Description
Sets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code is
detected.
Purpose
To set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine.
Method
Press the start key. The currently set telephone number is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter a telephone number (up to 16 digits) using the numeric keys.
Move the cursor using the cursor left/right keys and select a number
or symbol using the cursor up/down keys.
To enter symbols, press the keys shown below as required.
Key Symbol
* key *
# key #
Copy quality selection key (
Auto Exp. key )
Copy exposure adjustment key (lighter) –
Copy exposure adjustment key (darker) (Space)
2. Press the start key. The phone number is set, and the screen for
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press
the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-9
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U004 Setting the machine number

Description
Displays and changes the machine number.
Purpose
To check or set the machine number.
Method
Press the start key. The currently set machine number is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key.
Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7.
2. Press the start key. The machine number is set.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-10
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U005 Copying without paper

Description
Simulates the copy operation without paper feed.
Purpose
To check the overall operation of the machine.
Method
2. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys. The
Display Operation
PPC Only the copier operates.
PPC + DF Both the copier and SRDF operate
(continuous operation).
3. Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.

4. Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen.
Changes in the following settings can be made.
• Paper feed locations
• Magnifications
• Simplex or duplex copy mode
• Number of copies: continuous copying is performed when set to
999.
• Copy density
• Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver (preheat)
key
5. To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers,
or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does not
operate.
6. Press the start key. The operation starts.
Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions.
When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item is
displayed.
7. To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
3-2-11
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U019 Displaying the ROM version

Description
Displays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB.
Purpose
To check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from the
last digit of the number.
Method
Press the start key. The last six digits of the part number indicating the
ROM version are displayed.
Display Description
MAIN Main ROM IC
ENGINE Engine ROM IC
SCAN. Scanner ROM IC
MMI Operation 1 ROM IC
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.
is displayed.
U020 Initializing all data
Description
Initializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the original
settings.
Purpose
Used when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB.
Method
1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.
2. Select EXECUTE using the cursor up/down keys. It is displayed in
reverse.
3. Press the start key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and the
original settings for Japan specifications are set.
When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to
the same status as when the main switch is turned on and the display
language to the initial setting of English.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without executing initialization, press the
stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-12
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U021 Initializing memories

Description
Initializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variations
between respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call history
and mode settings. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according to
the specifications depending on the destination selected in U252.
Purpose
Used to return the machine settings to the factory settings.
Method
reverse.
3. Press the start key. All data other than that for adjustments due to
variations between machines is initialized based on the destination
setting.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-13
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U022 Initializing backup data

Description
Initializes only the data set for the optical section.
Purpose
To be executed after replacing the scanner unit.
Method
2. Select SCANNER using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key.
reverse.
5. Press the start key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099,
U403, U404 and U990) is initialized.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-14
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U030 Checking motor operation

Description
Drives each motor.
Purpose
To check the operation of each motor.
Method
2. Select the motor to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The selected item is displayed in reverse and the
operation starts.
Display Operation
MAIN Drive motor turns on and developing bias turns on
EJECT (FWD, L) Feedshift motor* rotates forward at low speed
EJECT (FWD, H) Feedshift motor* rotates forward at high speed
EJECT (REV, L) Feedshift motor* rotates in reverse at low speed
EJECT (REV, H) Feedshift motor* rotates in reverse at high speed
* Optional.
4. To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
Press the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-15
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U031 Checking switches for paper conveying

Description
Displays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paper
path.
Purpose
To check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly.
Method
1. Press the start key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which
can be checked, are displayed.
2. Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status.
When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed in
reverse.
Display Switches
F1 Feed switch 1 (FSW1)
F4 Desk feed switch*1 (DFSW)
BYP Bypass feed switch*2 (BYPFSW)
RES Registration switch (RSW)
EJE Eject switch*1 (ESW)
BRA Feedshift switch*1 (FSSW)
DUP Duplex paper conveying switch*1 (DUPPCSW)
JOB Job separator eject switch*1 (JBESW)
*1: Optional.
*2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-16
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U032 Checking clutch operation

Description
Turns each clutch on.
Purpose
To check the operation of each clutch.
Method
2. Select the clutch to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the
clutch turns on for 1 s.
Display Clutches
PF1 Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)
PF2 Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)
PFBYP Bypass paper feed clutch*2 (BYPPFCL)
FEED1 Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)
BYPF Bypass feed clutch*2 (BYPFCL)
RES Registration clutch (RCL)
DUPF Duplex clutch*1 (DUPCL)
*1: Optional.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-17
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U033 Checking solenoid operation

Description
Turns each solenoid on.
Purpose
To check the operation of each solenoid.
Method
2. Select the solenoid to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the
solenoid turns on for 1 s.
Display Solenoids
BRANCH1 SOL Feedshift solenoid 1* (FSSOL1)
BRANCH2 SOL Feedshift solenoid 2* (FSSOL2)
MAIN SW SOL Main switch turns off
* Optional.
Completion
is displayed.
U034 Adjusting the print start timing
Adjustment
See pages 3-3-18 and 20.
3-2-18
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U035 Setting folio size

Description
Changes the image area for copying onto folio size paper.
Purpose
To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper
from not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used.
Method
Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting
1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display Setting Setting range Initial setting

LENGTH DATA Length 330 to 356 mm 330
WIDTH DATA Width 200 to 220 mm 210
3. Press the start key. The value is set.

Completion
is displayed.
3-2-19
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper

Adjustment
See page 3-3-22.
U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed
Description
Performs fine adjustment of the speeds of the motors.
Purpose
Used to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnification
is not correct.
Method
Setting
Display Description Setting range Initial setting

MAIN MOTOR Drive motor speed adjust- 0 to 14 3
ment
EJECT MOTOR Feedshift motor* speed 0 to 14 7
adjustment
POLYGON Polygon motor speed –20 to +20 0
MOTOR adjustment
* Optional.
MAIN MOTOR
Increasing the setting makes the image shorter in the auxiliary
scanning direction, and decreasing it makes the image longer in the
auxiliary scanning direction.
POLYGON MOTOR
Increasing the setting makes the image longer in the main scanning
direction and shorter in the auxiliary scanning direction; decreasing
the setting makes the image shorter in the main scanning direction
and longer in the auxiliary scanning direction.
3-2-20
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U053 Interrupt copy mode

(cont.) While this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shown
below is output in interrupt copy mode.
Correct values for an A3/11" × 17" output are:
A = 300 ± 0.75 mm
B = 260 ± 1.3 mm
B
Figure 3-2-3
Adjustment
1. Output an A3/11" × 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode.
2. Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform
the following adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes:
A: Drive motor speed adjustment
B: Polygon motor speed adjustment
Completion
3-2-21
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U059 Setting the cooling fan mode

Description
Switches the fixing temperature control method when the absolute
humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher.
Purpose
Used to reduce the time between main switch turning on and copying
enabled by switching to MODE 1 if the user wishes to have the time
shortened. Note that in MODE 1, black dots may appear on the copy
image under high humidity since the drum may not be cooled down
sufficiently.
Method
Setting
1. Select the control mode using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Operation
MODE 0 Regular operation (When the absolute humidity is
15 g/m3 or higher, copying is enabled 120 s after
the main switch turning on.)
MODE 1 When the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher,
only the control of cooling fan motors 1 and 2
changes to that for high humidity but others
operate on the same control as when humidity
is low (copying is enabled 43 s after the main
switch turning on even when the absolute humidity
is 15 g/m3 or higher).
Initial setting: MODE 0
2. Press the start key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-22
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties

Description
Adjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode.
Purpose
Used when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specified
mode.
Method
Setting

TEXT γ adj Density in text mode 0 to 23 12
MIX γ adj Density in text and photo 0 to 23 12
mode
PHOTO γ adj Density in photo mode 0 to 23 12
Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing it
makes the density higher.
Interrupt copy mode
While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original
can be made in interrupt copy mode.
Completion
Caution
The following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing this
maintenance item:
• Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093)
• Exposure set in the copy default item of the copier management mode
3-2-23
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U061 Turning the exposure lamp on

Description
Turns the exposure lamp on.
Purpose
To check the exposure lamp.
Method
2. Press the start key. The exposure lamp lights.
3. To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
is displayed.
U063 Adjusting the shading position
Description
Changes the shading position.
Purpose
Used when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image after
the shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside the
shading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should be
changed so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws or
stains.
Method
1. Press the start key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.
Description Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step

Shading position –2 to +2 0 0.17 mm
Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machine
right, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
Press the stop/clear key at the screen for adjustment. The screen for
3-2-24
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification

Adjustment
See pages 3-3-38 and 39.
U066 Adjusting the leading edge registration for scanning an original on the
contact glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-40.
U067 Adjusting the center line for scanning an original on the contact glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-41.
3-2-25
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U070 Adjusting the DF magnification

Description
Adjusts the DF original scanning speed.
Purpose
To be executed if the correct magnification is not obtained in the auxiliary
scanning direction when the optional SRDF is used.
Caution
Before making this adjustment, ensure that the following adjustments have
been made in maintenance mode.
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
Method
Setting
Setting Initial Change in value

Display Description range setting per step
CONVEY SPEED Original conveying –25 to +25 0 0.1%
motor speed
Increasing the setting makes the image longer, and decreasing it
makes the image shorter.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-26
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing

Description
Adjusts the DF original scanning timing.
Purpose
To be executed if there is a regular error between the leading or trailing
edges of the original and the copy image when the optional SRDF is used.
Caution
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
Method
Setting
Setting Initial Change in value

Display Description range setting per step
LEAD EDGE ADJ DF leading edge –32 to +32 0 0.17 mm
registration
TRAIL EDGE ADJ DF trailing edge –32 to +32 0 0.17 mm
registration
Increasing the setting moves the copy image backward, and decreas-
ing it moves the copy image forward.
Interrupt copy mode
3-2-27
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U071 Adjustment
(cont.) 1. In interrupt copy mode, make a copy using the DF.
2. Check the copy image and adjust the registration as follows.
For copy example 1, increase the setting of LEAD EDGE ADJ.
For copy example 2, decrease the setting of LEAD EDGE ADJ.
Original Copy Copy

example 1 example 2
Figure 3-2-4
Completion
3-2-28
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U072 Adjusting the DF center line

Description
Adjusts the scanning start position for the DF original.
Purpose
To be executed if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and the copy image when the optional SRDF is used.
Caution
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
Method
Setting

DF center line –39 to +39 0 0.17 mm
Increasing the setting moves the image to the right, and decreasing it
moves the image to the left.
Interrupt copy mode
3-2-29
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U072 Adjustment
(cont.) 1. In interrupt copy mode, make a copy using the DF.
2. Check the copy image and adjust the center line as follows.
For copy example 1, increase the setting.
For copy example 2, decrease the setting.
Reference
Original Copy Copy

example 1 example 2
Figure 3-2-5
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-30
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U073 Checking scanner operation

Description
Simulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions.
Purpose
To check scanner operation.
Method
2. Select the item to be changed using the cursor up/down keys. The
Display Operating conditions Setting range

ZOOM Magnification 25 to 400%
SIZE Paper size See below.
LAMP On and off of the exposure lamp 0 (off) or 1 (on)
Paper sizes for each setting in SIZE

Setting Paper size Setting Paper size
8 A4 42 A5R
9 B5 47 Folio
24 11" × 81/2" 52 11" × 17"
36 A3 53 11" × 15"
39 B4 55 81/2" × 14"
40 A4R 56 81/2" × 11"
41 B5R 58 51/2" × 81/2"
4. Press the start key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a
3-2-31
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U074 Adjusting the DF input light luminosity

Description
Adjusts the luminosity of the exposure lamp for scanning originals from the
optional SRDF.
Purpose
Used if the exposure amount differs significantly between when scanning
an original on the contact glass and when scanning an original from the
DF.
Method
Setting
Description Setting range Initial setting

DF input light 0 to 8 4
luminosity
Increasing the setting makes the luminosity higher, and decreasing it

makes the luminosity lower.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-32
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U087 Turning the DF scanning position adjust mode on/off

Description
Turns on or off the DF scanning position adjust mode, in which the DF
original scanning position is adjusted automatically by determining the
presence or absence of dust on the slit glass. Also changes the reference
data for identifying dust.
Reference
In the DF original scanning position adjust mode, the presence or absence
of dust is determined by comparing the scan data of the original trailing
edge and that taken after the original is conveyed past the DF original
scanning position. If dust is identified, the DF original scanning position is
adjusted for the following originals.
Purpose
Used to prevent appearance of black lines due to dust adhering in the
original scanning position on the slit glass when the DF is used.
Method
2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The screen
for the selected item is displayed.
Display Description
ON/OFF Setting the mode on/off
DATA Setting the reference data for identifying dust
Setting the mode on/off

1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys. The selected item
is displayed in reverse.
Display Description
ON DF scanning position adjust mode on
OFF DF scanning position adjust mode off
Initial setting: OFF
2. Press the start key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting an
item is displayed.
3-2-33
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U087 Setting the reference data for identifying dust

(cont.) Available only when the mode is turned on.
Display Setting Initial

Description range setting
DOT WIDTH Minimum dot width to be 2 to 15 8
regarded as image
DENSITY Minimum density to be 10 to 95 35
regarded as dust
BACKGROUND Density difference between –1 to –20 –5
background and detection dot
Example
DOT WIDTH: When the setting is 8, 8-dot data or larger is regarded
as image and data of less than 8 dots is regarded as dust on the slit
glass.
DENSITY: The figure indicates the density in 256 levels of gray
(0: white, 255: black). When the setting is 35, data of the level of 35 or
higher is regarded as dust and data of lower level is regarded as the
background (scan data taken when there is no original).
BACK GROUND: When the setting is –5, data of the level of that set
for DENSITY minus 5 is regarded as the background.

4. Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is dis-
played.
Completion
3-2-34
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)

Description
Turns moiré reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on and
off.
Purpose
Used to prevent regular density unevenness (moiré) on halftone image
areas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Such
moiré is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy is
made in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas.
Method
Setting
Display Description
ON Moiré reduction mode
OFF Normal copy mode
If moiré on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON.
Note that when the moiré reduction mode is turned on, the resolution
may be slightly reduced.
2. Press the start key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-35
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U091 Checking shading

Description
Performs scanning under the same conditions as before and after shading
is performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of the
contact glass.
Purpose
To check the change in original scanning values before and after shading.
The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness
(uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical
(shading or CCD) or other problems.
Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally.
Method
Display Output list

SHD BEFORE Performs scanning before shading and
displays the result.
SHD AFTER Performs scanning after shading and
displays the result.
3-2-36
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U091 3. Press the start key. Scanning is performed under the selected
(cont.) conditions and the result is displayed.
When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at the
machine center should be slightly different from those at the machine
front and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, there
should be no difference between respective values. Any differences
between the values at machine front and rear indicates that scanner
problem causes the fixing unevenness.
If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixing
unevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than in
the scanner section (shading or CCD).
If a black line appears, the cause may be assumed based on the
results of the scanning operation before shading: if a white line
appears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanning
operation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness and
location of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use this
method to determine the cause. This is because the displayed values
obtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient to
provide significant information.
20 mm from the machine left 011 024 015

100 mm from the machine Machine center

center toward machine front
100 mm from machine
center toward machine rear
Figure 3-2-6
4. Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is dis-
played.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item is
displayed.
3-2-37
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically

Description
Makes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specified
original.
• Adjusting the scanner center line (U067)
• Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066)
• Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065)
When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 and
U067 are also changed.
Purpose
Used to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner.
Method
1. Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass.
3. Press the start key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment is
complete, each adjusted value is displayed.
Display Description
SCAN CENTER Scanner center line
SCAN TIMING Scanner leading edge registration
SUB SCAN Scanner magnification in the auxiliary
scanning direction
If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, DATA: XX (XX is

replaced by an error code) is displayed and operation stops. Should
this happen, determine the details of the problem and either repeat
the procedure from the beginning, or adjust the remaining items
manually by running the corresponding maintenance items.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen for
If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stops
and no settings are changed.
3-2-38
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U093 Setting the exposure density gradient

Description
Changes the exposure density gradient in manual density mode, depend-
ing on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo).
Purpose
To set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in the
manual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker or
lighter.
Start
2. Select the image mode to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Display Description
TEXT Density in text mode
MIXED Density in text and photo mode
PHOTO Density in photo mode
Setting
1. Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys. The
2. Adjust the setting using the cursor left/right keys.

DARKER Change in density when 0 to 3 0
manual density is set dark
LIGHTER Change in density when 0 to 3 0
manual density is set light
Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, and

decreasing it makes the change smaller.
3-2-39
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U093
(cont.)
Image density Setting: 3 Setting: 0
Dark
Set to LIGHTER Set to DARKER
Light
Density adjustment
Light Center Dark
Density adjustment range: Normal

Density adjustment range: Special area
Figure 3-2-7 Exposure density gradient

4. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
3-2-40
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U099 Checking the original size detection

Description
Displays the original width detection data and sets the original width
detection threshold.
Purpose
To check the original width detection. Also to change the original size
detection threshold if the size of the original on the contact glass is
detected incorrectly.
Start
2. Select the item.
Display Description
DATA Checking the original width detection data
B/W LEVEL Setting or checking the original width
detection threshold
Method to display the original width detection data

1. Place an original on the contact glass and turn the original detection
switch on. The exposure lamp turns on and the width of the original is
detected. The scanner data taken at the nine points from (1) at the
machine rear to (9) at the machine front is displayed on the message
display as follows.
The data is displayed within the range of 000 to 255, 000 indicating
white (original present) and 255 indicating black (no original).
(1) (2) (3)

(4) (5) (6)
(7) (8) (9)
Figure 3-2-8
3-2-41
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U099 Method to set or check the original size detection threshold

(cont.) 1. Place an original on the contact glass and turn the original detection
switch on. The original size detection starts and detection data is
displayed.
Display Data
Description range Remarks
LEVEL Scanner data threshold 0 to 255 Adjustable
WAIT TIME Time between original detection 0 to 100 ms Adjustable

switch turning on and reading-in
of scanner data
ORIGINAL AREA Detected original width 0 to 350 mm
SIZE Original size detected by scanner 0 to 63*

data and original size sensor
detection data
B_DATA Black (no original) data at the 0 to 255
point on the boundary between
original area and no original area
W_DATA White (original present) data at 0 to 255

the point on the boundary
between original area and no
original area
* See Paper size in U073 for the paper size for each setting.
2. To change the original size detection threshold, select LEVEL or

WAIT TIME using the cursor up/down keys and change the setting
using the cursor left/right keys.
Completion
3-2-42
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U100 Setting the surface potential

Description
Changes the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Also
performs main charging.
Purpose
To set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used when
reentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data.
Start
Display Description
MC DATA Changing the grid control voltage
MC ON Turning the main charger on
LASER ON/OFF Turning the main charger on and the laser
scanner unit on and off
Method for main charger output

1. Select either MC ON or LASER ON/OFF using the cursor up/down
keys.
2. Press the start key. The selected operation starts.
Setting the grid control voltage
1. Select MC DATA using the cursor up/down keys.

Grid control voltage 0 to 255 193
Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, and

decreasing it makes the potential lower.
Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when main
charger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-43
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U101 Setting high voltages

Description
Changes the developing bias voltage and transfer voltage by changing the
developing bias control voltage and transfer control voltage. Also checks
the transfer output voltage.
Purpose
To check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage.
Start
2. Select the item to be set or checked using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Description
DEV BIAS SET Setting the developing bias
TC SET Setting and checking the transfer voltage
Setting the developing bias

1. Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys. The

DB DATA Developing bias control 0 to 255 191
voltage during image
formation
DB DATA2 Developing bias control 0 to 255 34
voltage during no image
formation
DB DATA values corresponding to the drum ranks are displayed on

the message display. When replacing the drum, be sure to set the DB
DATA value to the figure corresponding to the letter (A, B or C)
situated at the left end of the figure printed on the drum flange.
drum rank A: 191 B: 188 C: 185

DB DATA : 191
DB DATA2 : 34
Figure 3-2-8 (a)

3-2-44
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U101 Setting the transfer voltage

(cont.) 1. Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys. The
2. Change the TC DATA setting using the cursor left/right keys.

TC DATA Transfer control voltage 0 to 255 168
TC TIMING Transfer voltage output –100 to +100 0
timing
Increasing the TC DATA setting makes the transfer voltage higher,

and decreasing it makes the voltage lower.
Increasing the TC TIMING setting makes the transfer voltage output
timing later and improves paper separation performance.
4. To check the transfer voltage output, select TC ON using the cursor
up/down keys and press the start key. The currently set transfer
voltage is output.
5. To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key.
6. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key
after the transfer voltage output is stopped.
Interrupt copy mode
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-45
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U110 Checking/clearing the drum count

Description
Displays the drum counts for checking, clearing or changing the figure,
which is used as a reference when correcting the main charger potential
output.
Purpose
To check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing the
drum during regular maintenance.
Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it when
installing.
Method
Press the start key. The drum counter count is displayed.
Clearing
1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting
a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a
Completion
To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/
clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-46
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time

Description
Displays the drum drive time for checking, clearing or changing a figure,
which is used as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on
time.
Purpose
To check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacing
the drum.
Method
Press the start key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing
2. Press the start key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a
Setting
1. Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance No. is displayed.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/
3-2-47
2AR
2AR-5
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U130 Initial setting for the developer

Description
Automatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start
level for the installed developer.
Purpose
To set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine or
replacing the developer.
Method
2. Press the start key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and
the result is displayed.
Display Description
INPUT Toner sensor output value
CONTROL Toner sensor control voltage
TARGET Toner feed start level
HUMID Absolute humidity
Supplement
The following data is also renewed or cleared by performing this mainte-
nance item:
• Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131)
• Renewing the toner feed start level (U156)
• Clearing the developing drive time (U157)
• Clearing the developing count (U158)
• Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection
Completion
After initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen for
3-2-48
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage

Description
Displays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set in
maintenance item U130.
Purpose
To check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also to
change the toner density if an image is too dark or light.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltage
is displayed.
Setting

Toner sensor control 0 to 255 170
voltage
Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it

makes the density lower.
Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-49
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U132 Replenishing toner forcibly

Description
Replenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches the
toner feed start level.
Purpose
Used when the toner empty is detected frequently.
Method
2. Press the start key. Operation starts, and the current data is dis-
played.
Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches the
toner feed start level.
Display Description
INPUT Toner sensor output value after start key
is pressed
TARGET Current toner feed start level
CONTROL Current toner sensor control voltage

Completion
Press the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen for
3-2-50
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U135 Checking toner feed motor operation

Description
Drives the toner feed motor.
Purpose
To check the operation of the toner feed motor.
Caution
Note that driving the motor unnecessarily long may cause a toner jam,
resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive the motor for only a few
seconds.
Method
2. Press the start key. The toner feed motor turns on.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a
U155 Displaying the toner sensor output
Description
Displays the toner sensor output value, and related data.
Purpose
To check the toner sensor output value.
Method
2. Press the start key. The current data is displayed.
Display Description
INPUT Toner sensor output value after start key
is pressed
TARGET Current toner feed level
(value corrected based on humidity and
drive time)
CONTROL Current toner sensor control voltage
3. Press the stop/clear key. The sampling operation stops.

Completion
is displayed.
3-2-51
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U156 Changing the toner control level

Description
Changes the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or the
toner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feed
start level.
Purpose
To check the toner feed start level and toner empty level.
Method
Display Description
TARGET Toner feed start level
EMPTY Difference between the toner feed start
level and toner empty level
Setting for the toner feed start level

1. Select TARGET using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right key.
Description Setting range

Toner feed start level 0 to 255
Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower.

Setting for the toner empty level
1. Select EMPTY using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right key.

Difference between 0 to 255
the toner feed start level
and the toner empty level
Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the toner
density is lower when the toner empty is detected.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-52
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time

Description
Displays the developing drive time for checking, clearing or changing a
figure, which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It is
automatically cleared when U130 is executed.
Purpose
To check the developing drive time after replacing the developer.
Method
Press the start key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing
2. Press the start key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a
Setting
1. Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/
U158 Checking/clearing the developing count
Description
Displays the developing count for checking, clearing or changing a figure,
which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It is
automatically cleared when U130 is executed.
Purpose
To check the developing count after replacing the developer.
Method
Press the start key. The developing count is displayed.
Clearing
Setting
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/
3-2-53
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U161 Setting the fixing control temperature

Description
Changes the fixing control temperature.
Purpose
Normally no change is necessary. However, can be used to prevent
curling or creasing of paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper.
Method
Setting

CONT TEMP Normal stabilization 160 to 190 (°C) 175
fixing temperature
1ST TEMP Primary stabilization 150 to 180 (°C) 170
fixing temperature
2ND TEMP Secondary stabilization 160 to 190 (°C) 175
fixing temperature
DUP TEMP Degree of temperature to 0 to 20 (°C) 10
be reduced from
CONT TEMP during
duplex copying
RUN TIME Aging time after 0 to 120 (s) 30
secondary stabilization
The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONT TEMP ≥

2ND TEMP ≥ 1ST TEMP.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is
displayed.
3-2-54
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly

Description
Stops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing tempera-
ture.
Purpose
To forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reaches
stabilization temperature.
Method
2. Press the start key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, and
stabilization operation stops regardless of fixing temperature. The
screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization,
press the stop/clear key.
U196 Turning the fixing heater on
Description
Turns the fixing heater M or S on.
Purpose
To check fixing heaters.
Method
2. Select the heater to be turned on using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The selected heater turns on for 3 s and then
turns off.
Display Description
MAIN Fixing heater M (H1)
SUB Fixing heater S (H2)
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when fixing heaters M and S are off. The screen
for selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-55
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U199 Checking the fixing temperature

Description
Displays the fixing temperature and the ambient temperature.
Purpose
To check the fixing temperature and the ambient temperature.
Method
Press the start key. The fixing temperature and ambient temperature are
displayed in centigrade (°C).
Completion
is displayed.
U200 Turning all LEDs on
Description
Turns all the LEDs on the operation panel on.
Purpose
To check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light.
Method
Press the start key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light.
Press the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and the
screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-56
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system

Description
Initializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system*.
* Optional for 120 V specifications only.
Purpose
Used when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or
repair.
Method
1. Press the start key. The basic status screen is displayed.
2. Select the item to be executed using the cursor up/down keys and
press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.
3. Operate the device following the instructions on the screen.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key on the basic status screen. The screen for
[Basic status]
MMD initialization
Technician arrive 1
Maintenance count clear 2
Service report (leave) 3
Cursor up/down keys
MMD initialization
Service report (leave)
Phone number setting 4

Device initialization 5
• During regular maintenance or service, run the

following items in order:
· Technician arrive 1
· Maintenance count clear 2
· Service report (leave) 3
• To initialize the MMD host monitoring system,

run the following items in order:
· Phone number setting 4
· Device initialization 5
3-2-56-1
3-2-57
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
1 2
Stop/
Maintenance parts check/clear
clear key Ready to send
1. Pulley, separation (upper) 00000008
Push start key
| > 2. Pulley, forwarding (upper) 00000125
3. Pulley, paper feed (upper)

Start key
Transmission starts. Cursor up/down keys
Maintenance parts check/clear
Basic status screen 17. Thermistor, fixing unit 00000000
18. Separation claw, heat roller 00000025
19. Separation claw, press roller 00000001
Select the replaced item and

press the enter key.
Reset key
Ready to send
Push start key
Start key
Counts are cleared.
Basic status screen
3-2-58
3-2-56-2
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
Service report (leave)
Preventive maintenance Select an item using the

| Repair cursor up/down keys.
PM & Repair
Courtesy call
Start key
Ready to send
Push start key
Start key
Transmission starts.
Basic status screen
Phone number setting

Select an item using the cursor
up/down keys and enter the digits
1. Prefix Code 0000000000
using the numeric keys.
| 2. Host tel No 000000000000000
Press the interrupt key to enter a
3. Suffix Code 000000000000000
space.
Cursor up/down keys
Phone number setting
2. Host tel No 000000000000000
3. Suffix Code 000000000000000

Select “Dial Type” and
| 4. Dial Type ∗∗ tone ∗∗
press the start key.
Start key
Select the dial type.
Ready to send Start key
Push start key tone
| pulse
Start key
The phone number is stored.
Basic status screen
3-2-56-3
3-2-59
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
Device initialization
| Standard Select an item using the

Special by MODEL cursor up/down keys.
Retry initialization
Start key
Standard Special by MODEL
PPC ID 000000 Model 000000
Enter the digits using Enter the digits using

the numeric keys and the numeric keys and
press the start key. press the start key.
Initialization ID 000000 Personal ID 000000

Total count 00000000 Total count 00000000

5–1
3-2-60
3-2-56-4
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
5 –1
Ready to send xxxx

Push start key (Reason for failure)
Start key
Start key
Initialization starts. Yes MMD system

problem?
Initialization No No
succeeded?
Screen depending
Yes on the reason for failure
Initialization
successful
Device initialization
Start key
Standard
Basic status screen Special by MODEL
| Retry initialization
Select “Retry initialization”

and press the start key.
5 –1
3-2-56-5
3-2-61
2AR-1
3-2-62
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U203 Operating DF separately

Description
Simulates the original conveying operation separately in the optional
SRDF.
Purpose
To check the SRDF.
Method
2. Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper.
Display Operation
ADF With paper, single-sided original
RADF With paper, double-sided original
ADF (NON-P) Without paper, single-sided original
(continuous operation)
RADF (NON-P) Without paper, double-sided original
(continuous operation)

5. To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen for
3-2-57
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter

Description
Sets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter.
Purpose
It is not necessary to run this maintenance item if a key card is installed on
a 120 V specification machine. A key card is not available for 220 – 240 V
specifications.
Method
Setting
1. Select the optional counter to be installed using the cursor up/down
keys. The selected counter is displayed in reverse.
Display Description
KEY CARD The key card is installed
KEY COUNTER The key counter is installed
2. Press the start key. The setting is set and the screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-58
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender

Description
Sets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets the
details for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price.
This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanese
specification machines, so no setting is necessary.
U208 Setting the paper size for the large paper deck
Description
Sets the size of paper used in the optional large paper deck. Note that the
setting cannot be changed on inch-specification machines since the paper
size for the large paper deck is fixed.
Purpose
To change the setting when the size of paper used in the large paper deck
is changed.
Method
Setting
1. Select the paper size (A4 or B5) using the cursor up/down keys.
Initial setting: A4
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
3-2-59
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U210 Reversing the LCD

Description
Sets whether to reverse the message display (LCD) in the operation
panel.
Purpose
To reverse the message display.
Method
Setting
1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Description
ON Reverse
OFF Normal
Completion
displayed.
3-2-60
3-2-59-1
2AR-1
3-2-61
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, solenoids and clutch

Description
Turns the motors, solenoids or clutch in the optional SRDF on.
Purpose
To check the operation of the SRDF motors, solenoids and clutch.
Method
2. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Motors, solenoids and clutch Operation

F MOT Original feed motor (OFM) In operation
C MOT Original paper conveying motor (OCM) In operation
FD CL Original feed clutch (OFCL) On for 0.5 s
EJ SL Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) On for 0.5 s
RJ SL Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) On for 0.5 s
FD SL Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) On and off
RP SL Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) On and off
4. To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key.

Completion
Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a
3-2-60
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U244 Checking the DF switches

Description
Displays the status of the respective switches in the optional SRDF.
Purpose
To check if respective switches in the optional SRDF operate correctly.
Start
2. Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked using the
cursor up/down keys.
Display Type of switches

SW On/off switches
VR Volume switch
Method for the on/off switches

1. Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status.
If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch is
displayed in reverse.
Display Switches
SET SW Original set switch (OSSW)
FEED SW Original feed switch (OFSW)
REV SW Original switchback switch (OSBSW)
TMG SW DF timing switch (DFTSW)
SZ A SW Original size length switch (OSLSW)
Method for the volume switch
1. Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the
original size width switch.
The detected original width is displayed as a numerical value with the
decimals omitted.
3-2-61
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U244 Numerical
(cont.) Original width to be detected
value
000
51/2" × 81/2"
····
49.664
····
A5R
50.176
····
61.440
····
61.952
····
B5R
103.936 81/2" × 14"/
81/2" × 11"
····
104.448
····
Folio/A4R
139.264
····
139.776
····
146.432
····
B4/B5
146.994
····
197.120
····
197.632 11" × 17"/

CF (11" × 15") 11" × 15"/
····
197.720 11" × 81/2"

····
223.232
····
A3/A4
256
For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when the
original insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates that
the original width is detected correctly.
Completion
3-2-62
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U245 Checking messages

Description
Displays a list of messages and graphics to be displayed.
Purpose
To check the messages and graphics to be displayed.
Method
2. Select either messages or graphics using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key. The message display screen or graphic display
screen is displayed.
4. Enter the message number or graphic number to be checked using
the numeric keys and press the start key. The selected message or
graphic is displayed.
5. To check the messages in the listing order, use the cursor up/down
keys.
Completion
U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk
Description
Turns on motors and clutches of the optional large paper deck or the
optional paper feed desk.
Purpose
To check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paper
feed devices.
Start
2. Select the paper feed device to be checked using the cursor up/down
keys.
Display Paper feed device

3000 DECK Large paper deck
500 × 2 DESK Paper feed desk
3-2-63
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U247 Method
(cont.) 1. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.
• Large paper deck
Display Motors and clutches Operation
LCF MOT Deck paper conveying motor (CM) On for 5 s
B CL Paper conveying clutch (CCL) On for 1 s
PCL1 Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) On for 1 s
PCL2 Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) On for 1 s
• Paper feed desk
Display Motors and clutches Operation
DESK MOT Desk drive motor (DDM) On for 5 s
FEED CL Desk feed clutch (DFCL) On for 1 s
UPP CL Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U) On for 1 s
LOW CL Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L) On for 1 s
Completion
3-2-64
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U249 Checking the paper ejection to optional devices

Description
Ejects paper to an optional mailbox or job separator, or to the ejection slot
at the machine left.
Purpose
To check paper conveying operation to optional paper eject devices or the
ejection slot at the machine left.
Method
2. Select the paper eject location using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Paper eject device

MAIL BOX Mailbox
JOB SEPARATOR Job separator
LEFT BIN OUTPUT Ejection slot at the machine left
(finisher not installed)
3. When selecting the mailbox, specify the mail tray number (1 to 7) to

which paper is to be ejected by using the cursor left/right keys. If 0 is
selected, paper is ejected to the mail trays in ascending order from
mail tray 1 to mail tray 7 repeatedly.
4. Press the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.
5. Make a test copy and check paper ejection.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-65
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U250 Setting the maintenance cycle

Description
Displays and changes the maintenance cycle.
Purpose
To check and change the maintenance cycle.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed as follows:
Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting × 1000
Setting

Maintenance 0 to 600 50 1000 (copies)
cycle
For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to

120000.
2. Press the start key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting a
Completion
displayed.
U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count
Description
Displays, clears and changes the maintenance count.
Purpose
To check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count during mainte-
nance service.
Method
Press the start key. The maintenance count is displayed.
Clearing
Setting
2. Press the start key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/
3-2-66
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U252 Setting the destination

Description
Switches the operations and screens of the machine according to the
destination.
Purpose
To be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB or
initializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order to
return the setting to the value before replacement or initialization.
Method
Setting
1. Select the destination using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
Display Description
JAPAN METRIC Metric (Japan) specifications
INCH Inch (North America) specifications
EUROPE METRIC Metric (Europe) specifications
ASIA PACIFIC Metric (Asia Pacific) specifications
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the machine automatically
returns to the same status as when the power is turned on.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the current count, press
displayed.
Supplement
The specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations in
the maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items,
be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination.
• Initial setting according to the destinations
Maintenance Europe Metric,
Title Japan Inch
item No. Asia Pacific
253 Switching between double Single Double Double
and single counts
255 Setting auto clear time 120 s 90 s 90 s
348 Setting the copy density Normal Special Special area
adjustment range area
3-2-67
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U253 Switching between double and single counts

Description
Switches the count system for the total counter and other counters.
Purpose
According to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" × 17"
paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (double
count).
Method
Setting
1. Select double or single count using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Description
DOUBLE COUNT Double count for A3/11" × 17" paper only
SINGLE COUNT Single count for all size paper
Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT
Completion
displayed.
3-2-68
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U254 Turning auto start function on/off

Description
Selects if the auto start function is turned on.
Purpose
Normally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn the
function off: this may solve the problem.
Method
Setting
1. Select either ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
Display Description
ON Auto start function on
OFF Auto start function off
Initial setting: ON
Completion
displayed.
3-2-69
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U255 Setting auto clear time

Description
Sets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete.
Purpose
To be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long time
for continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively short
time for frequent copying at various settings.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting

Auto clear time 0 to 270 90
The setting can be changed by 30 s per step.

When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-70
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off

Description
Selects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set to
ON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copy
management mode.
Purpose
According to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, or
enable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode.
Method
Setting
Display Description
ON Auto preheat/energy saver function on
OFF Auto preheat/energy saver function off
Initial setting: ON
When the setting is changed from OFF to ON, the auto preheat time is
set to the initial setting of 15 minutes.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-71
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection

Description
Selects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, and
sets the number of copies that can be made after the detection.
Method
Setting
1. Select single or continuous copying using the cursor up/down keys.
The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display Description
SINGLE MODE Enables only single copying.
CONTINUE MODE Enables single and continuous copying.
Initial setting: SINGLE MODE
2. Set the number of copies that can be made using the cursor left/right
keys.

Number of copies 0 to 200 (copies) 70
after toner empty
detection
The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step.

When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of the
setting for single or continuous copying.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-72
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U260 Changing the copy count timing

Description
Changes the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters.
Purpose
To be set according to user (copy service provider) request.
If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copies
is counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copy
counts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. To
prevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier.
If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sections
when the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches those
sections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this,
the copy timing should be made later.
Method
Setting
1. Select the copy count timing using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Description
COUNT: FEED When secondary paper feed starts
COUNT: EJECT When the paper is ejected
Initial setting: EJECT
Completion
displayed.
3-2-73
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode

Description
Switches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy.
Purpose
To be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently used
mode.
Method
Setting
Display Description
ON Duplex copy
OFF Simplex copy
Completion
displayed.
3-2-74
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode

Description
Changes the control for preheat/energy saver mode.
Purpose
According to user request, selects which has priority, the recovery time
from preheat or energy saver.
Method
Setting
1. Select control mode using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Control in preheat mode

INSTANT READY Without decreasing the fixing control tempera-
ture, the display on the operation panel is
turned off.
ENERGY STAR The fixing control temperature is decreased
by 80°C/144°F. When the ambient tempera-
ture at main switch turning on is 18°C/64.4°F
or higher, the copier is forcibly stabilized 30 s
after exiting preheat/energy saver mode.
E 2000 The fixing control temperature is decreased
by 80°C/144°F.
Initial setting: ENERGY STAR
Completion
displayed.
3-2-75
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication

Description
Sets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance is
about to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be made
before the current maintenance cycle ends.
When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenance
cycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, the
message is displayed.
Purpose
To change the time to display the maintenance due indication.
Method
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric or cursor left/right keys.

Display period for the next maintenance 0 to 9999
(remaining count before the end of the
maintenance cycle)
Initial setting: 0
Completion
displayed.
3-2-76
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection

Description
Turns the auto drawer size detection function on/off.
Purpose
To be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection off
and making copies onto only the specified size paper.
Method
Setting
Display Description
ON Detects the paper sizes in the drawers
automatically.
OFF Does not detect the paper sizes in the
drawers automatically.
Initial setting: ON
Completion
displayed.
3-2-77
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range

Description
Selects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL and
SPECIAL AREA (for wider range).
Purpose
To change the setting according to user request.
When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA.
Method
Setting
1. Select the density range using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Description
SPECIAL AREA 25 steps (enlargement mode)
NORMAL 13 steps
Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA
Completion
displayed.
U402 Adjusting margins of image printing
Adjustment
See page 3-3-21.
U403 Adjusting margins for scanning an original on the contact glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-42.
U404 Adjusting margins for scanning an original from the DF
Description
Adjusts margins for scanning the original from the DF.
Purpose
Used if margins are not correct when the optional SRDF is used.
Caution
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
Method
3-2-78
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U404 Setting
(cont.) 1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
Change in value
Display Description Setting range Initial setting per step
A MARGIN Left margin 0 to 20 2 0.5 mm
B MARGIN Leading edge 6 to 20 6 0.5 mm
margin
C MARGIN Right margin 0 to 20 2 0.5 mm
D MARGIN Trailing edge 0 to 20 6 0.5 mm
margin
Increasing the setting makes the margin wider, and decreasing it

makes the margin narrower.
DF leading edge margin (3 ± 1.0 mm)
Ejection direction
(reference) DF left margin DF right margin
(2 ± 0.5 mm) (2 ± 0.5 mm)
DF trailing edge margin

(3 ± 1.0 mm)
Figure 3-2-9 Correct margin amount

Interrupt copy mode
Completion
3-2-79
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U407 Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory image printing
Adjustment
See page 3-3-19.
U600 Initializing all data
Description
Initializes software switches and all the data in SRAM on the optional fax
board according to the destination and OEM.
Purpose
Used to initialize the fax board.
Method
1. Press the start key. The screen for entering the destination code is
displayed.
Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA

COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The screen for entering the OEM code is
displayed.
Default: 000
INI. ALL DATA

OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the stop/clear key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. ALL DATA

COMPLETED 000 000
INI. ALL DATA

COMPLETED V1.00
3-2-80
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U601 Initializing permanent data

Description
Initializes software switches other than that for machine data on the
optional fax board according to the destination and OEM.
Purpose
Used to initialize the fax board without changing the user registration data
and factory settings.
Method
1. Press the start key. The screen for entering the destination code is
displayed.
Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004
INI. KEEP DATA

COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The screen for entering the OEM code is
displayed.
Default: 000
INI. KEEP DATA

OEM CODE:000
INI. KEEP DATA

COMPLETED 000 000
INI. KEEP DATA

COMPLETED V1.00
3-2-80-1
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U602 Setting factory defaults

Description
Initializes software switches other than that for machine data and SRAM
on the optional fax board according to the destination and OEM.
Purpose
Used to initialize the fax board to the factory default.
Method
INI. SHIP DATA

COMPLETED 000 000
INI. SHIP DATA

COMPLETED V1.00
U603 Setting the user registration data

Description
Makes user settings to enable the use of the copier as a fax.
Purpose
To be run after installation of the optional fax board.
Start
2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.
Display Description
SELF TEL No. Sets the self telephone number.
LINE TYPE Sets the type of telephone line.
RINGS (F/T) # Sets the number of rings in fax/telephone
auto select mode.
REMOTE DIAG Sets remote diagnostic transmission.
3-2-80-2
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U603 Setting the self telephone number

(cont.) 1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys.
Up to 20 digits can be entered.
To correct the entered telephone number or to delete the stored
telephone number, reset by pressing the stop/clear key.
Setting the type of telephone line
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: DTMF DTMF
2: 10 10 PPS
3: 20 20 PPS

Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone auto select mode
According to the user request, used to increase or decrease the time
required to switch to a fax.
Number of fax/telephone rings 0 to 15
When set to 0, a fax is selected immediately after receiving a ring
tone.
Setting remote diagnostic transmission
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to select if remote diagnostic
transmission is to be enabled.
Display Description
1: ON Remote diagnostic transmission is enabled.
2: OFF Remote diagnostic transmission is disabled.

Completion
3-2-80-3
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U604 Clearing data

Description
Initializes data related to the fax transmission such as transmission history
and IDs.
Purpose
Used to clear the transmission history or if an ID has been forgotten.
Method
Display Description
COMM. REC Clears activity report; error list; action list; line
setting list; transmission history of each
department as listed on the department control
report; transmission history for displaying the
transmission results; and other transmission
history such as document numbers, excluding
items regarding the machine variation adjustment.
MANAGE PW Initializes the cipher key password.
CONFI ID Initializes the confidential box ID.
F-CODE ID Initializes the F-code confidential box ID.
3. Press the start key. Initialization starts. When initialized, “COM-

PLETED” is displayed.
Completion
Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen
for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-4
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U605 Setting the system (operational)

Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding operation.
Start
Display Description
MEM. FULL Sets how to proceed if memory becomes full
during memory transmission.
FIN. ALARM Sets an alarm for when reception is completed.
AUTO REDU Selects if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction
is to be performed.
ADD IMAGE Sets for the addition of an image to the report.
ERR. CODE Sets the error report display format.
MONITOR Sets the line-monitoring period.
TIME (ONE) Sets the one-shot detection time for remote
switching.
TIME (CON) Sets the continuous detection time for remote
switching.
RESOLUT Sets the initial condition of fax image scanning
quality.
Setting how to proceed if memory becomes full during memory

transmission
Used to select whether to send only stored data or to display an error
indication and cancel transmission if memory becomes full during memory
transmission.
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: CONT Whether to continue memory transmission or to
clear the memory can be selected by the user.
2: STOP Memory is forcibly cleared.

3-2-80-5
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U605 Setting an alarm for when reception is completed

(cont.) 1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON An alarm rings.
2: OFF An alarm does not ring.

Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is to be performed
Sets whether to receive a long document by automatically reducing in the
auxiliary direction or at 100% magnification.
Display Description
1: ON Auto reduction is performed if the received
document is longer than the fax paper.
2: OFF Auto reduction is not performed.

Setting the addition of an image to the report
Selects if an image is to be added to the transmission report.
Display Description
1: ON Image added.
2: OFF Image not added.

Setting the error report display format
Selects the format of the transmission report when a transmission error
occurs.
Display Description
1: WORDS Records an error message (BUSY, OK, ERROR
or STOP).
2: CODE Records a six-digit error code.
3: MIX Records either an error message or code.

3-2-80-6
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U605 Setting the line-monitoring period

(cont.) Sets the period to monitor the line. By monitoring a transmission from the
start to the end, it can be checked whether the transmission was correct or
not.
Display Description
1: END Until transmission is completed.
2: DIS After dialing is completed until reception of a DIS
signal.

Setting the one-shot detection time for remote switching
Sets the detection time when one-shot detection is selected for remote
switching. Used to change the setting if malfunction occurs due to external
noise during remote switching.
One-shot detection time for remote switching 0 to 255 ms

Setting the continuous detection time for remote switching
Sets the detection time when continuous detection is selected for remote
switching. Used to change the setting if malfunction occurs due to external
noise during remote switching.
Continuous detection time for remote switching 0 to 255 ms

3-2-80-7
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U605 Setting the initial condition of fax image scanning quality

(cont.) Set to the resolution that is most frequently used by the user.
Display Description
1: S Standard
2: F Fine
3: SF Super fine
4: UF Ultra fine

Completion
U606 Setting the system (operation unit and display)
Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding the operation unit and display.
Start
Display Description
ALARM LED OFF Sets the conditions under which an error
indicator turns off.
DATE PATTERN Sets the date format.
RESO. LOCK Sets if the image scanning quality in fax mode
is initialized.
DENS. LOCK Sets if the scanning density in fax mode is
initialized.
Setting the conditions under which an error indicator turns off

Display Description
1: RESET An error indicator turns off only when the
reset key is pressed.
2: COMM An error indicator turns off when any key is
pressed, an original is inserted or the next
transmission is started.

3-2-80-8
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U606 Setting the date format

(cont.) Selects the date format on the respective reports and sender’s information
record.
Display Order
1: YMD Year/month/day
2: MDY Month/day/year
3: DMY Day/month/year

Setting if the image scanning quality in fax mode is initialized
Sets if the resolution is to be initialized when fax operation is complete.
Display Description
1: ON Resolution is initialized.
2: OFF Resolution is not initialized.

Setting if the scanning density in fax mode is initialized
Sets if the scanning density is initialized when fax operation is complete.
Display Description
1: ON Density is initialized.
2: OFF Density is not initialized.

Completion
3-2-80-9
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.

Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
Start
Display Description
INTERVAL Sets the auto redialing interval.
TIMES Sets the number of times of auto redialing.
VOICE RES Sets the voice response.
TX SPEED Sets the communication starting speed.
RX SPEED Sets the reception speed.
F-NET Sets no-ring reception when using the F network.
REMOTE Sets the mode for remote switching.
CALL INT Sets the transmission intervals.
Setting the auto redialing interval

Change the setting to prevent the following problems: fax transmission is
not possible due to too short redial interval, or fax transmission takes too
much time to complete due to too long redial interval.
Redialing interval 1 to 9 min.

Setting the number of times of auto redialing
Number of redialing 0 to 9
When set to 0, no redialing is performed.
3-2-80-10
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U607 Setting the voice response

(cont.) 1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Voice response is performed.
2: OFF Voice response is not performed.

Setting the communication starting speed
Sets the initial communication speed when starting transmission. When
the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for transmission,
regardless of this setting.
Display Description
1: 144 V.17, 14400 bps
2: 96 V.17, 9600 bps
3: 48 V.27ter, 4800 bps
4: 24 V.27ter, 2400 bps

Setting the reception speed
Sets the reception speed that the sender is informed of using the DIS or
NSF signal. When the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is
selected, regardless of the setting.
Display Description
1: 144 V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27ter
2: 96 V.29, V.27ter
3: 48 V.27ter
4: 24 V.27ter (fallback only)

3-2-80-11
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U607 Setting no-ring reception when using the F network

(cont.) Sets whether to enable no-ring reception (a fax is received without the
machine ringing) when using F network. Note that since the F network is
only available in Japan, no setting is necessary for other destinations.
Display Description
1: ON No-ring reception is enabled.
2: OFF No-ring reception is disabled.
Initial setting: 2
Setting the mode for remote switching
Sets the signal detection method for remote switching. Be sure to change
the setting according to the type of telephone connected to the machine.
Display Description
1: ONE One-shot detection
2: CONT Continuous detection

Setting the transmission intervals
Sets the minimum time required for connection to the line for the next
transmission after the previous transmission was completed. Change the
setting if transmission problems occur during multi-transmission, such as
broadcasting and polling transmission, or reserved transmission.
Display Description
1: 10 10 s
2: 30 30 s
3: 70 70 s
4: 120 120 s

Completion
3-2-80-12
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U608 Setting transmission

Description
Makes settings regarding fax transmission.
Start
Display Description
ERROR Sets the method to process errors.
DIS-2 RES Sets the number of times of DIS signal reception.
RTN CHECK Sets the reference for RTN signal output.
TX ECHO Sets the waiting period to prevent echo problems
at the sender.
RX ECHO Sets the waiting period to prevent echo problems
at the receiver.
ECM TX Sets ECM transmission.
ECM RX Sets ECM reception.
TCF CHECK Sets the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 1.
CED FREQ. Sets the frequency of the CED signal.
Setting the method to process errors

Selects if transmission is to be treated as in error if a RTN or PIN signal is
received. If it is treated as in error, an alarm sounds and a transmission
report is output.
Display Description
1: OK Transmission is not treated as in error.
2: ERROR Transmission is treated as in error.

Setting the number of times of DIS signal reception
Sets the number of times to receive the DIS signal to once or twice. Used
as one of the correction measures for transmission errors and other
problems.
Display Description
1: ONCE Responds to the first signal.
2: TWICE Responds to the second signal.

3-2-80-13
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U608 Setting the reference for RTN signal output

(cont.) Sets the error line rate as the reference for RTN signal output. If transmis-
sion errors occur frequently due to the quality of the line, these can be
reduced by lowering the setting.
Display Description
1: 5 Error line rate of 5%

Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the sender
Sets the period before a DCS signal is sent after a DIS signal is received.
Used when problems occur due to echoes at the sender.
Display Description
1: 500 Sends a DCS 500 ms after receiving a DIS.
2: 200 Sends a DCS 200 ms after receiving a DIS.

Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the receiver
Sets the period before an NSF, CSI or DIS signal is sent after a CED
signal is received. Used when problems occur due to echoes at the
receiver.
Display Description
1: 500 Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS 500 ms after receiv-
ing a CED.
2: 75 Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS 75 ms after receiving
a CED.

3-2-80-14
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U608 Setting ECM transmission

(cont.) To be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher priority
than image quality.
Display Description
1: ON ECM transmission is enabled.
2: OFF ECM transmission is disabled.

Setting ECM reception
To be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher priority
than image quality.
Display Description
1: ON ECM reception is enabled.
2: OFF ECM reception is disabled.

Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 1
Sets the maximum number of error bytes judged acceptable when
receiving a TCF signal. Used as a measure to ease transmission condi-
tions if transmission errors occur.
Number of errors as a criterion for a TCF signal 0 to 255

3-2-80-15
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U608 Setting the frequency of the CED signal

(cont.) Sets the frequency of the CED signal. Used as one of the measures to
improve transmission performance for international communication.
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the frequency.
Display Frequency of the CED signal
1: 2100 2100 Hz
2: 1100 1100 Hz

Completion
3-2-80-16
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U609 Setting communication time

Description
Sets the time-out time for fax transmission.
Purpose
Used mainly to improve transmission performance for international
communication.
Start
Display Description
T0 Sets the T0 time-out time.
Ta Sets the Ta time-out time.
Tb Sets the Tb time-out time.
Tc Sets the Tc time-out time.
Td Sets the Td time-out time.
Setting the T0 time-out time

Sets the time before detecting a DIS signal after a dialing signal is sent.
Depending on the quality of the exchange, or when the auto select
function is selected at the destination unit, a line can be disconnected.
Change the setting to prevent this problem.
T0 time-out time 30 to 90 s

Setting the T1 time-out time
Sets the time before receiving the correct signal after detecting a CED
signal. No change is necessary for this maintenance item.
T1 time-out time 30 to 90 s

3-2-80-17
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U609 Setting the T2 time-out time

(cont.) The T2 time-out time decides the following.
• From CFR signal output to image data reception
• From image data reception to the next signal reception
• In ECM, from RNR signal detection to the next signal reception

T2 time-out time 1 to 255 60 100 ms

Setting the Ta time-out time
In fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time during which rings to call
an operator continue through the connected telephone after receiving a
call as a fax machine (see the diagram on the following page). A fax signal
is received within the Ta set time, or fax mode is selected automatically
when the time elapses. In fax/telephone auto select mode, change the
setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a
call.

Ta time-out time 1 to 255 s 30

Setting the Tb time-out time
In fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to start rings to call an
operator through the connected telephone after receiving a call as a fax
machine (see the diagram on the following page). In fax/telephone auto
select mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a
telephone fails to receive a call.

Tb time-out time 1 to 255 50 100 ms

3-2-80-18
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U609
Start of fax reception

(cont.)
as a fax machine
Line connection
Ring detection
Rings
Tb Ta
Figure 3-2-10 Ta/Tb time-out time
Setting the Tc time-out time

In TAD mode, set the time to check if there are any triggers to shift to fax
reception after a connected telephone receives a call. Only the telephone
function is available if shifting is not made within the set Tc time. In TAD
mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a
telephone fails to receive a call.

Tc time-out time 1 to 255 s 60

Setting the Td time-out time
Sets the length of the time required to determine silent status (fax), one of
the triggers for Tc time check. In TAD mode, change the setting when fax
reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call. Be sure not
to set too short; otherwise, the mode may be shifted to fax while the unit is
being used as a telephone.

Td time-out time 1 to 255 s

Completion
3-2-80-19
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U610 Setting the modem output level

Description
Sets the modem output level.
Start
Display Description
SGL LEVEL MODEM Sets the modem output level.
SGL OUTPUT ADJ Adjusts the modem output level.
VOICE RES. LEVEL Sets the voice response level.
Setting the modem output level

To be set when installing the machine to adapt to the line characteristics.
1. Change the setting using numeric keys 1 to 6. The bit setting in
accordance with the entered number is displayed.
SGL LEVEL MODEM

XXXX XXXX
Display Output level setting

bit 1 1: –0.25 dB
0: 0 dB
bit 2 1: –0.5 dB
0: 0 dB
bit 3 1: –1 dB
0: 0 dB
bit 4 1: –2 dB
0: 0 dB
bit 5 1: –4 dB
0: 0 dB
bit 6 1: –8 dB
0: 0 dB
bit 7 Setting is inhibited.

3-2-80-20
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U610 Adjusting the modem output level

(cont.) No change is necessary from the factory default.
Modem output level 4 to 12

Setting the voice response level
Sets the attenuation level for voice response.
Display Description
1: 0 0 dB
2: –6 –6 dB
3: –12 –12 dB
4: –18 –18 dB

Completion
U612 Setting the modem detection level
Description
Sets the modem detection level.
Purpose
Used to improve the transmission performance when a low quality line is used.
Method
Setting
Display Description
1: 33 –33 dBm
2: 38 –38 dBm
3: 43 –43 dBm
4: 47 –47 dBm

Completion
is displayed.
3-2-80-21
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U613 Setting the DTMF output level

Description
Sets the DTMF output level of a push-button dial.
Purpose
Used if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial.
Start
Display Description
DTMF TX LEVEL (H) Sets the DTMF (high-frequency group)
output level.
DTMF TX LEVEL (L) Sets the DTMF (low-frequency group)
output level.
Setting
DTMF (high-/low-frequency group) output level 0 to 255
E.g.: When set to 8, the DTMF output level is –8 dBm.
Completion
3-2-80-22
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U614 Adjusting the DTMF output level

Description
Adjusts the DTMF output level of a push-button dial.
Purpose
No change is necessary from the factory default.
Start
Display Description
SGL LVL DTMF (H) Adjusts the DTMF (high-frequency group)
output level.
SGL LVL DTMF (L) Adjusts the DTMF (low-frequency group)
output level.
Setting
DTMF (high-/low-frequency group) output level 4 to 12

Completion
3-2-80-23
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U615 Setting the NCU

Description
Makes setting regarding the network control unit (NCU).
Purpose
To be set when installing the optional fax board.
Start
Display Description
EXCHANGE Sets the connection to PBX/PSTN.
DIAL TONE Sets PSTN dial tone detection.
BUSY TONE Sets the busy tone detection.
PBX SETTING Setting for a PBX.
Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN

Selects if a fax is to be connected to either a PBX or public switched
telephone network.
Display Description
1: PSTN Connected to the public switched telephone network.
2: PBX Connected to a PBX.

Setting PSTN dial tone detection
Selects if the dial tone is detected to check off-hook when a fax is
connected to a public switched telephone network.
According to user request, set to 2 when sending a fax without dial tone.
Display Description
1: ON Detects the dial tone.
2: OFF Does not detect the dial tone.

3-2-80-24
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U615 Setting the busy tone detection

(cont.) When a fax signal is sent, sets whether the line is disconnected immedi-
ately after a busy tone is detected, or the busy tone is not detected and
the line remains connected until T0 time-out time.
Fax transmission may fail due to incorrect busy tone detection. When set
to 2, this problem may be prevented. However, the line is not discon-
nected within the T0 time-out time even if the destination line is busy.
Display Description
1: ON Detects busy tone.
2: OFF Does not detect busy tone.

Setting for a PBX
Selects the mode to connect an outside call when connected to a PBX.
According to the type of the PBX connected, select the mode to connect
an outside call.
Display Description
1: EARTH Earth mode
2: FLS Flashing mode
3: LOOP Code number mode

Completion
3-2-80-25
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U616 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of dial pulses

Description
Adjusts the ratio of make-to-break (ratio of make in pulse cycles) of dial
pulses.
Purpose
Change the setting if dial pulse transmission problems occur. Note that 20
PPS is for Japanese specifications only and no setting is necessary for
other specifications.
Start
Display Description
MAKE TIME (10 PPS) Make time (10 PPS)
MAKE TIME (20 PPS) Make time (20 PPS)
Setting
Make time in the pulse cycle (10 PPS) 1 to 99 (ms)
Make time in the pulse cycle (20 PPS) 1 to 49 (ms)

Completion
3-2-80-26
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U617 Outputting lists

Description
Outputs a list of data regarding fax transmissions.
Purpose
Used to check conditions of use, settings and transmission procedures of
the fax.
Method
Display Description
SETTING LIST Outputs a list of software switches, self
telephone number, confidential boxes, ROM
versions and other information.
ACTION LIST Outputs a list of error history, transmission
line details and other information.
MONITOR LIST Outputs a list of transmission speeds,
resolutions, minimum transmission time and
other information.
SELF ST RPT Outputs a list of settings in maintenance
mode (own-status report) regarding fax
transmission only.
PROTOCOL LIST Outputs a list of transmission procedures.
3. Press the start key. The selected list is output.
3-2-80-27
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U650 Setting the fax paper size

Description
Makes settings for fax reception regarding the sizes of the fax paper and
received images.
Start
Display Description
CUT LINE (100%) Sets the number of lines to be ignored when
receiving a fax at 100% magnification.
CUT LINE (AUTO) Sets the number of lines to be ignored when
receiving a fax in auto reduction mode.
CUT LINE (A4) Sets the number of lines to be ignored when
receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in auto reduction
mode.
RX WIDTH 11" Sets the recording width for inch
specifications.
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at

100% magnification
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data
volume exceeds the recording capacity when recording the data at 100%
magnification. If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting, those
lines are ignored. If over the setting, they are recorded on the next page.

Number of lines 0 to 22 3 6 lines
to be ignored
when receiving
at 100%
Increase the setting if a blank second page is received, and decrease

it if the received image does not include the entire transmitted data.
3-2-80-28
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U650 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in auto
(cont.) reduction mode
volume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in auto
reduction mode. If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting,
those lines are ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is
further reduced so that it can be recorded on the same page.

to be ignored
when receiving in
auto reduction
mode
Increase the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-

reduced and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the
received image does not include the entire transmitted data.
3-2-80-29
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U650 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R,
(cont.) letter) in auto reduction mode
volume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in auto
reduction mode onto A4R or letter-size paper under the conditions below.
If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting, those lines are
ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is further reduced so
that it can be recorded on the same page.
• With A4R present and folio absent in the drawers
• With letter-size paper present and legal-size paper absent in the drawers

to be ignored
when receiving a
fax (A4R, letter)
in auto reduction
mode
Increase the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-

reduced and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the
received image does not include the entire transmitted data.
Setting the recording width for inch specifications

Sets the maximum recording width and processing method when 11"
width fax paper is loaded on a inch-specification machine.
Display Description
1: 11 × 17 Detects 11" width as A3 width and records at
100% magnifications.
2: B4 Detects 11" width as B4 width.

Completion
3-2-80-30
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U651 Setting the number of lines to be ignored in rotation mode

Description
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored when the received data
volume exceeds capacity in rotation mode. When the number of the
exceeded lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored and the
remaining data only is received in rotation mode. If over the setting,
reception in rotation mode is disabled.
Purpose
Increase the setting if reception in rotation mode is disabled. However,
this can result in partially missing transmission data on the received
image.
Method
Setting

Number of lines 0 to 255 3
to be ignored in
the auxiliary
direction

Completion
is displayed.
3-2-80-31
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.

Description
Makes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
Purpose
To reduce transmission errors when a low quality line is used.
Start
Display Description
TCF CHECK 2 Sets the criteria for receiving a TCF
signal 2.
SHORT PROTOCOL RX Sets the reception of short protocol
transmission.
NUMBER of CNG Sets the CNG detection times in
(TEL/FAX) fax/telephone auto select mode.
Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 2

Sets the signal checking time as a criterion for a received TCF signal.
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Display Description
1: LONG Checks for 1.2 s.
2: SHORT Checks for 1.0 s.

3-2-80-32
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U660 Setting the reception of a short protocol transmission

(cont.) Selects whether to receive or ignore transmission using short protocol.
If a short protocol transmission is received when an auto switching device
is attached to the machine, communication problems, including auto
switching inability, sometimes occur. Change the setting to ignore short
protocol transmission to prevent such problems.
Display Description
1: ON Receives short protocol transmission.
2: OFF Ignores short protocol transmission.

Setting the CNG detection times in fax/telephone auto select mode

Sets the CNG detection times in fax/telephone auto select mode.
Display Description
1: 1 TIME Detects CNG once.
2: 2 TIMES Detects CNG twice.

Completion
3-2-80-33
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U670 Setting if V.34 transmission is available

Description
Selects if transmission by V.34 is available.
Purpose
Depending on the quality of the line to be used, change the setting to 2 if
any problems occur during transmission.
Method
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON V.34 transmission is available.
2: OFF V.34 transmission is inhibited.

Completion
is displayed.
U680 Displaying the fax board ROM version
Description
Displays the version of the ROM on the optional fax board.
Purpose
Used to check the version of the ROM on the fax board.
Method
1. Press the start key. The version of the ROM on the fax board is
displayed.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-80-34
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U894 Performing board test

Description
Performs tests on SRAM, DRAM (image memory, bitmap memory) and
optional memories on the optional fax board.
Purpose
Used to check if reading and writing are performed correctly in respective
installed memories.
Start
Display Description
BOARD MEMORY Performs tests on SRAM and DRAM.
BOARD OP. MEM Performs tests on optional memories.
Performing tests on SRAM and DRAM

1. Press the start key. The test is performed and the results displayed as
follows.
• When the test result is OK:
TEST MEMORY
OK
• If the test result is NG:
TEST MEMORY ∗∗∗∗∗∗: address

NG DRAM IMG 0x∗∗∗∗∗∗
DRAM IMG: DRAM (image memory) error

DRAM B.M: DRAM (bitmap memory) error
SRAM: SRAM error
3-2-80-35
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U894 Performing tests on optional memories

(cont.) 1. Press the start key. The test is performed and the result is displayed
as follows.
• When the test result is OK:
TEST OPTION MEMORY

OK
• If the test result is NG:
TEST OPTION MEMORY ∗∗∗∗∗∗: address

NG DRAM IMG 0x∗∗∗∗∗∗
IMG: Image memory error

B.M: Bitmap memory error
• If the test result is NG (memory is not installed):
TEST OPTION MEMORY

NG DRAM IMG
IMG: Image memory is not installed.

B.M: Bitmap memory is not installed.
Completion
If the test result is OK, press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting
an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
If the test result is NG, reset by turning the main switch off and on.
3-2-80-36
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations

Description
Displays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations.
Purpose
To check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the counts
after replacing the consumable parts.
Method
1. Press the start key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed.
2. Change the screen using the cursor left/right keys.
Display Paper feed locations

BYPASS*2 Bypass table
FIRST Copier upper drawer
SECOND Copier lower drawer
THIRD*1 Paper feed desk upper drawer
FORTH*1 Paper feed desk lower drawer
LCF*1 Large paper deck
DUPLEX*1 Duplex unit
*1: Optional.
When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the correspond-
ing count is not displayed.
Clearing
1. Select the count to be cleared using the cursor up/down keys. The
To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, select ALL using the
cursor up/down keys.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-80-37
2AR-1
3-2-38
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts

Description
Displays or clears the jam counts by jam locations.
Purpose
To check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacing
consumable parts.
Method
1. Press the start key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes.
Clearing
1. Select ALL using the cursor up/down keys. Jam counts cannot be
cleared individually.
Completion
displayed.
U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts
Description
Displays or clears the service call code counts by types.
Purpose
To check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the service
call code counts after replacing consumable parts.
Method
1. Press the start key. The service call count is displayed by service call
codes.
Clearing
1. Select the count to be cleared using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected count is displayed in reverse. To clear all counts, select ALL
using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared,
the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-81
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices

Description
Displays or clears the counts of the optional SRDF or finisher.
Purpose
To check the use of the SRDF and finisher. Also to clear the counts after
replacing consumable parts.
Method
2. Select the device, the count of which is to be checked using the
cursor up/down keys. The count of the selected device is displayed.
• SRDF (DF)
Display Description
CHANGE Original replacement count
ADF No. of single-sided originals that has
passed through the DF in ADF mode
RADF No. of double-sided originals that has
passed through the DF in RADF mode
• Finisher (SORTER)
Display Description
CP CNT No. of copies that has passed
STAPLE Frequency the stapler has been activated
STACK Frequency the stacker has been activated
Clearing
1. Select the item to be cleared using the cursor up/down keys. The
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared.
Completion
3-2-82
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U906 Resetting partial operation control

Description
Resets the service call code for partial operation control.
Purpose
To be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in the
drawers or other sections, and the related parts are serviced.
Method
2. Select EXECUTE using the cursor up/down keys.
3. Press the start key to reset partial operation control. The maintenance
mode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status as when
the main switch is turned on.
3-2-83
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U907 Setting the paper eject location when used as a printer/fax

Description
Sets the paper eject location when an optional device for using the copier
as a printer or fax is installed.
Purpose
Used to change the paper eject location when the copier is used as a
printer or fax.
Method
2. Select the item (printer or fax) to be set using the cursor up/down
keys.
Setting
1. Select the paper eject location using the cursor up/down keys.
• Printer
Display Paper eject location
INNER TRAY Eject tray
JOB SEPARATOR Job separator
• Fax
Display Paper eject location
IINNER TRAY Eject tray
OTHER Other paper eject locations*
* Other paper feed locations

Mailbox
Present Not present
Job Present Job separator Job separator
separator Not present Mailbox mail tray 1 Eject tray
2. Press the start key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting an
item is displayed.
Completion
3-2-83-1
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U910 Switching between fax/copier modes

Description
Switches between fax and copier modes when the optional fax board is
installed to use the copier as a fax.
Purpose
To be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently used
mode.
Method
Setting
1. Select the mode (copier or fax) to be given priority using the cursor
up/down keys.
Completion
displayed.
3-2-83-2
2AR-1
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light

Description
Displays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lamp
to light.
Purpose
To check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear the accumu-
lated time for the lamp after replacement.
Method
Press the start key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposure
lamp is displayed in minutes.
Clearing
2. Press the start key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screen
Setting
1. Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys.
Completion
To exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time,
press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.
is displayed.
U992 Checking or clearing the printer/fax count
Description
Displays, clears or changes the print count of the printer or fax when the
optional printer board or fax board is installed.
Purpose
To check the condition of use of the printer or fax.
Method
Press the start key. The print count of the printer or fax is displayed.
Setting
1. Select the count to be changed using the cursor up/down keys.
2. Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys. To clear both
of the printer and fax counts, press the reset key.
3. Press the start key. The count is set.
Completion
is displayed.
3-2-84
2AR
Mainte-
nance Description
item No.
U993 Outputting a VTC-PG pattern

Description
Selects and outputs a VTC-PG pattern created in the copier.
Purpose
When performing respective image printing adjustments, used to check
the machine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scanned
output VTC-PG pattern.
Method
2. Select the VTC-PG pattern to be output using the cursor up/down
keys.
Display PG pattern to be output Purpose
VTC-PG1 • Center line adjustment
VTC-PG2 • Lateral squareness adjustment

• Magnification adjustment
3. Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.

4. Press the start key. A VTC-PG pattern is output.
Completion
3-2-85
2AR
3-2-2 Copier management
In addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a manage-
ment function which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In this
copier management mode, settings such as default settings can be changed.
(1) Executing a copier management item
Start
Press the */language key.
Select “Default” and press

the enter key.
Enter the management Select “Management” and press

code. the enter key (see page 3-2-87).
Select “End” and

Select “Copy default” and press

the enter key (see page 3-2-89).

Select “Machine default” and press

the enter key (see page 3-2-92).

Select “Language” and press the enter key

(see page 3-2-94).
End
3-2-86
2AR
(2) Department management
Registering a new department code Altering the copy limit
Sets a department code and the limit 1. Select “Management setting” and
of the number of copies for that press the enter key.
department. 2. Select “Copy limit correction” and
1. Select “Management setting” and press the enter key.
press the enter key. 3. Select the department code to be
2. Select “Register” and press the altered.
enter key. 4. Press the enter key.
3. Enter a department code using 5. Enter the number of copies limit
the numeric keys: 7 digits for inch using the numeric keys.
specifications and 4 digits for 6. Press the enter key.
metric specifications. 7. Select “End” and press the enter
4. Select “Copy limit.” key.
5. Enter the number of copies limit 8. Select “End” and press the enter
using the numeric keys. Setting key.
is possible within the range of
1,000 to 999,000 sheets in
increments of 1,000 sheets. Set
to 0 for unlimited copies. Clearing copy counts
6. Press the enter key.
7. Select “End” and press the enter 1. Select “Management setting” and
key. press the enter key.
2. Select “Count delete” and press
the enter key.
3. Select “Yes” and press the enter
Deleting a department code key.
4. Select “End” and press the enter
1. Select “Management setting” and key.
2. Select “Code delete” and press
the enter key.
3. Select the department code to be Viewing copy counts
deleted.
4. Press the enter key. 1. Select “Reference” and press the
5. Select “Yes” and press the enter enter key.
key. 2. Select “All Department total” or
6. Select “End” and press the enter “Department.”
key. All Department total: Copy count
by paper size
Department: Copy count by
department
key.
key.
3-2-87
2AR
Printing management list
1. Set A4/11" × 81/2" copy paper.

2. Select “Printer management list”
and press the enter key.
key.
Turning copy management

function on/off
1. Select “Management on/off” and

2. Select “On” or “Off.”
3-2-88
2AR
(3) Copy default
Exposure mode Text original density
Selects auto or manual exposure to Adjusts the exposure to be used

be given priority in initial mode. when text mode is selected as the
1. Select “Exposure mode” and original quality.
press the enter key. 1. Select “Txt ori density” and press
2. Select “Auto” or “Manual.” the enter key.
3. Press the enter key. 2. Adjust the exposure using the
cursor left/right keys.
Exposure steps
Sets the exposure steps in manual Photo original density

exposure mode.
1. Select “Exposure step” and press Adjusts the exposure to be used
the enter key. when photo mode is selected as the
2. Select “7 steps” or “13 steps.” original quality.
3. Press the enter key. 1. Select “Pho ori density” and
2. Adjust the exposure using the
cursor left/right keys.
Auto exposure adjustment 3. Press the enter key.
Adjusts the exposure in auto density

mode.
1. Select “Auto exposure” and press Original quality
the enter key.
2. Adjust the exposure using the Sets which original quality is to be
cursor left/right keys. given priority in initial mode.
3. Press the enter key. 1. Select “Orig. quality” and press
the enter key.
2. Select “Auto,” “Text” or “Photo.”
Mix size density
Adjusts the exposure to be used

when text and photo mode is Paper selection
selected as the original quality.
1. Select “Mix size den.” and press Sets if the same sized paper as the
the enter key. original to be copied is automatically
2. Adjust the exposure using the selected.
cursor left/right keys. 1. Select “Paper selection” and
3. Press the enter key. press the enter key.
2. Select “Auto” or “Manual.”
3-2-89
2AR
Default drawer Border erase width
Set the drawer to be selected after Sets the default setting of the border
the reset key is pressed. width for sheet border erase copying
1. Select “Default drawer” and or book border erase copying.
press the enter key. 1. Select “Border Erase w” and
2. Select the default drawer. press the enter key.
3. Press the enter key. 2. Select the erasing boarder width.
For metric specifications, select
from 6, 12 or 18 mm.
For inch specifications, select
AMS mode from 1/4", 1/2" or 3/4".
Selects if auto magnification selection
or 100% magnification is to be given
priority when the sizes of the original
and copy paper are different. Erase size
1. Select “AMS mode” and press
the enter key. Sets the original size for “Custom” of
2. Select “AMS” or “100%.” the border erase copying.
3. Press the enter key. 1. Select “Erase size” and press the
enter key.
2. Select the original length using
the cursor up/down keys.
Copy limit 3. Set the length using the cursor
left/right keys.
Sets the number of copies limit for For metric specifications, setting
multiple copying. is possible within the range of 94
1. Select “Copy limit” and press the to 214 mm in increments of 8 mm.
enter key. For inch specifications, setting is
2. Enter the number of copies limit possible within the range of 311/16"
up to 999 using the numeric to 87/16" in increments of 5/16".
keys. 4. Select the original width using
3. Press the enter key. the cursor up/down keys.
5. Set the width using the cursor
left/right keys.
Margin width For metric specifications, setting
is possible within the range of 60
to 296 mm in increments of 4 mm.
Sets the default settings for the left
For inch specifications, setting is
and top margins for margin copying.
possible within the range of 23/8"
1. Select “Margin width” and press
to 115/8" in increments of 1/8".
the enter key.
2. Select the margin width.
For metric specifications, select
from 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 or 18 mm.
For inch specifications, select
from 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 5/8" or 3/4".
3-2-90
2AR
Insert tray
1. Select “Insert tray” and press the

enter key.
2. Select the paper source.
Rotate sort
Sets if rotate sort is available in sort

copy mode. Setting is not available
when the finisher is installed.
1. Select “Rotate sort” and press
the enter key.
3-2-91
2AR
(4) Machine default
Auto drawer switching Auto preheat time
Sets if the auto drawer switching Sets the auto preheat time.
function is available. Setting is not available when the
1. Select “Auto drawer SW” and preheat/energy saver function is
press the enter key. turned off in maintenance item U256.
2. Select “On” or “Off.” 1. Select “Auto preheat” and press
3. Press the enter key. the enter key.
2. Set the auto preheat time.
Setting is possible within the
range of 5 to 45 minutes in
Auto shutoff increments of 5 minutes.
Sets if the auto shutoff function is
available.
1. Select “Auto shut-off” and press
the enter key. Auto shutoff time
3. Press the enter key. Sets the auto shutoff time.
Setting is not available when the auto
shutoff function is turned off.
1. Select “Auto shut-off time” and
Special paper press the enter key.
2. Set the auto shutoff time. Setting
Selects the paper source for special is possible within the range of 15
paper. (A sign indicating special to 240 minutes in increments of
paper can appear on the message 15 minutes.
display.) 3. Press the enter key.
1. Select “Special paper” and press
the enter key.
2. Select the paper source.
3. Select whether to display the sign Display contrast adjustment
using the cursor left/right keys.
4. Select “End” and press the enter Adjusts the contrast of the LCD if the
key. message display is not clear.
1. Select “Display contrast adj.” and
2. Adjust the LCD density using the
APS for special paper cursor left/right keys.
Sets if auto paper selection is
available for the paper source with
the special paper.
1. Select “APS” and press the enter
key.
3-2-92
2AR
Management code change
Changes the management code to

be used.
1. Select “Management code
change” and press the enter key.
2. Enter the new management code
using the numeric keys.
Silent mode
Sets if the silent mode is available.

1. Select “Silent mode” and press
the enter key.
3-2-93
2AR
(5) Language
Switches the language to be displayed.
1. Select the language to be displayed.

• Available languages are as follows.
Metric Inch
English English
German French
French Spanish
Italian Japanese
Spanish
3-2-94
2AR
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ....................................... 3-3-1
(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1
(2) Running a maintenance item ....................................................... 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3
(1) Replacing the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys .... 3-3-3
(2) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches ................. 3-3-7
(3) Replacing the upper and lower paper feed clutches ................... 3-3-9
(4) Replacing feed clutches 1, 2 and 3 ........................................... 3-3-11
(5) Replacing the registration clutch ............................................... 3-3-12
(6) Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly
and left registration cleaner assembly ....................................... 3-3-13
(7) Replacing the right feed cleaner assembly
and right registration cleaner assembly ..................................... 3-3-15
(8) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17
(9) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18
(9-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration of image
printing .......................................................................... 3-3-18
(9-2) Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory
image printing ............................................................... 3-3-19
(9-3) Adjusting the center line of image printing .................... 3-3-20
(9-4) Adjusting the margins of image printing ....................... 3-3-21
(9-5) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper ................... 3-3-22
3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-24
(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................. 3-3-24
(2) Replacing the scanner wires ...................................................... 3-3-25
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires ........................................ 3-3-25
(2-2) Fitting the scanner wires ............................................... 3-3-27
(3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ................................................ 3-3-30
(4) Replacing the ISU (reference) .................................................... 3-3-32
(5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) ..................... 3-3-34
(6) Adjusting the lateral squareness (reference) .............................. 3-3-35
(6-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit ............. 3-3-35
(6-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU ................................... 3-3-37
(7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary
scanning direction ...................................................................... 3-3-38
(8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main
scanning direction ...................................................................... 3-3-39
(9) Adjusting the leading edge registration for scanning
an original on the contact glass .................................................. 3-3-40
(10) Adjusting the center line for scanning an original
on the contact glass ................................................................... 3-3-41
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original
on the contact glass ................................................................... 3-3-42
2AR
3-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-43

(1) Replacing the charger assembly ................................................ 3-3-43
(2) Replacing the tungsten wire and shield grid (reference) ............ 3-3-45
3-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-47
(1) Replacing the drum .................................................................... 3-3-47
(2) Cleaning the drum ...................................................................... 3-3-50
3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51
(1) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ................ 3-3-51
3-3-7 Transfer section ................................................................................. 3-3-53
(1) Replacing the transfer roller assembly ....................................... 3-3-53
3-3-8 Cleaning section ................................................................................ 3-3-54
(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................. 3-3-54
(2) Detaching the drum separation claw assemblies
and the cleaning lower seal assembly. ....................................... 3-3-56
3-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-57
(1) Replacing fixing heaters M and S ............................................... 3-3-57
(2) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor ............................................ 3-3-60
(3) Replacing the fixing unit thermostat ........................................... 3-3-61
(4) Replacing the press roller separation claws ............................... 3-3-62
(5) Replacing the heat roller separation claws ................................. 3-3-63
(6) Replacing the press roller and press roller bearings .................. 3-3-64
(7) Replacing the heat roller, heat roller bearings,
heat roller bushings, and fixing unit gear .................................... 3-3-65
(8) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) .................................... 3-3-66
2AR
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
( 1 ) Precautions
• Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly.
• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.
• Do not touch PCBs containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static
charge.
• Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit thermostat.
Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.
When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a
thickness gauge.
• Use the following testers when measuring voltages:
Hioki 3200
Sanwa MD-180C
Sanwa YX-360TR
Beckman TECH300
Beckman DM45
Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)
Arlec DMM1050
Arlec YF1030C
• Prepare the following as test originals:
1. NTC (new test chart)
2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)
3-3-1
2AR
( 2 ) Running a maintenance item
Start
Enter "10871087" using the numeric keys. · · · · Maintenance mode is entered.
Enter the maintenance item number

using the numeric keys · · · ·The maintenance item is selected.
or the cursor up/down keys.
The selected maintenance item is run.
Yes Repeat the same

maintenance item?
No
Yes Run another

maintenance item?
No
Enter "001" using the numeric keys · · · ·Maintenance mode is exited.

or the cursor up/down keys.
End
3-3-2
2AR
3-3-2 Paper feed section

( 1 ) Replacing the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys
Replace the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>
Removing the primary paper feed units
1. Remove the two pivot hinges holding the front cover and then the cover.
2. Remove the upper and lower drawers.
3. Remove the one screw from each of the primary paper feed units and then the
units.
Screw
Primary paper feed units
Screw
Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed units
3-3-3
2AR
Removing the forwarding pulley

4. Remove the stopper.
5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrow, and remove from the
primary paper feed unit.
Forwarding pulley retainer
Stopper
Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer
3-3-4
2AR
6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow,
and remove the forwarding pulley.
Forwarding pulley shaft
Stop ring
Forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley
Removing the paper feed pulley

7. Remove the two stop rings.
8. Pull the paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (in the
direction of the arrow) and remove the paper feed pulley and gear.
Stop rings
Paper feed shaft
Gear
Paper feed pulley
Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the paper feed pulley
3-3-5
2AR
2AR-1
Removing the separation pulley

9. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit.
10. Pull the separation shaft toward the machine rear (in the direction of the arrow) and
remove the separation pulley.
Stop ring
Separation shaft
Separation pulley
Figure 3-3-5 Detaching the separation pulley
11. Replace the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys.

Caution:
• When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-6.
Machine front Machine rear
Forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-6
• When fitting the paper feed pulley and gear, keep the blue end of the paper feed
pulley and the black end of the gear toward the machine rear.
3-3-6
2AR-1
2AR
( 2 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches

Replace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows.
Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (8) Adjusting the
position of the rack adjuster.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the drawer.
Drawer
Figure 3-3-7
2. Remove the two screws holding the 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer and
then the socket.
3. Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket.
4. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster.
5. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.
Screws
Rack adjuster
8-pin socket
Drawer lift
Screws
8-pin connector
Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the rack adjuster
3-3-7
2AR
2AR-1
6. Remove the two screws holding the paper width switch from the back of the rack
adjuster and then the switch.
Screws
Desk paper width switch
Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the paper width switch
7. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch
(shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.
Apply the specified grease.
Figure 3-3-10 Paper width switch
3-3-8
2AR-1
2AR
( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper feed clutches

Replace the upper and lower paper feed clutches as follows.
<Procedure>
• Replacing the upper paper feed clutch
2. Remove the upper paper feed clutch wire from the clamp and then detach the
connector.
3. Remove the two screws holding the upper paper feed clutch retainer and then the
retainer.
4. Remove the stop ring and then the upper paper feed clutch.
5. Replace the upper paper feed clutch.
Caution: When fitting the clutch, be sure to refit the whirl-stop.
Upper paper feed clutch
Clamp
Screw
Upper paper feed

Screw
clutch retainer
Connector
Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the upper paper feed clutch
3-3-9
2AR
2AR-1
• Replacing the lower paper feed clutch

1. Open the left 2 cover and the lower drawer.
3. Remove the stop ring and then feed clutch 3.
4. Remove the three screws holding the lower paper feed clutch retainer and then the
retainer.
5. Detach the connector of the lower paper feed clutch.
6. Remove the stop ring and then the lower paper feed clutch.
7. Replace the lower paper feed clutch.
Lower paper feed clutch
Screw
Lower paper feed

clutch retainer
Connector
Feed clutch 3
Screws
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the lower paper feed clutch
3-3-10
2AR-1
2AR
( 4 ) Replacing feed clutches 1, 2 and 3

Replace feed clutches 1, 2 and 3 as follows.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the wires of the feed clutches from the clamps and then detach the
connectors.
3. Remove the stop rings and then the feed clutches.
4. Replace the feed clutches.
Caution: When fitting the clutches, be sure to refit the whirl-stops.
Stop ring
Connector
Feed clutch 1
Stop ring
Feed clutch 2
Connector
Connector
Feed clutch 3
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-13 Replacing feed clutches 1, 2 and 3
3-3-11
2AR
2AR-1
( 5 ) Replacing the registration clutch

Replace the registration clutch as follows.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the paper conveying fan wire from the clamp.
Interlock switch
retainer
Screws
Paper conveying duct

Paper
conveying fan
Stop ring
Clamps
Registration clutch
Connector
Figure 3-3-14 Replacing the registration clutch
3. Remove the two screws. Remove the interlock switch retainer while raising it.
4. Remove the paper conveying duct.
5. Remove the registration clutch wire from the clamp and then detach the connector.
6. Remove the stop ring and then the registration clutch.
7. Replace the registration clutch.
3-3-12
2AR-1
2AR
( 6 ) Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly and left registration cleaner
assembly
Replace the left feed cleaner assembly and left registration cleaner assembly as
follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the left 1 cover. Remove the stop ring and then the left 1 cover slide.
2. While lifting the paper transfer section cover release lever, open the paper transfer
section cover.
3. Remove the stop rings and then the paper conveying arms from the machine front
and rear.
Stop ring
Paper
conveying arm
Paper
conveying arm
Stop ring
Paper transfer
section cover
Left front cover Slide
Stop ring
Left 1 cover
Paper transfer section cover

release lever
Figure 3-3-15 Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly and

left registration cleaner assembly ( 1 )
3-3-13
2AR
2AR-1
4. Remove the two screws holding the left front cover and then the cover.
5. Remove the one screw from each of the left feed and left registration cleaner
assemblies and then the assemblies.
Left registration
cleaner assembly
Left feed cleaner

assembly
Figure 3-3-16 Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly and

left registration cleaner assembly ( 2 )
3-3-14
2AR-1
2AR
( 7 ) Replacing the right feed cleaner assembly and right registration cleaner
assembly
Replace the right feed clear assembly and right registration cleaner assembly as
follows.
<Procedure>
• Removing the right feed cleaner assembly
1. Open the left 1 cover. Remove the stop ring and then the left 1 cover slide.
section cover.
3. Remove the stop rings and then the paper conveying arms from the machine front
and rear.
4. Remove the two screws and then the lower feed guide.
Stop ring
Paper
conveying arm
Paper
conveying arm
Screw
Stop ring
Screw
Right feed cleaner
assembly
Lower feed guide
Screw
Figure 3-3-17 Replacing the right feed cleaner assembly
5. Remove the screw holding the right feed cleaner assembly and then the assembly.
3-3-15
2AR
2AR-1
• Removing the right registration cleaner assembly

1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover.
2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector.
3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit.
4. Remove the screw holding the right registration cleaner assembly and then the
assembly.
Screw
Right registration cleaner assembly
Figure 3-3-18 Replacing the right registration cleaner assembly

Caution: Fit the right registration cleaner assembly in to the hook on the back.
3-3-16
2AR
( 8 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster

Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of
the copy image and the original when paper fed from the drawer.
<Procedure>
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "993" using

the numeric keys. Correct image Output Output
example 1 example 2
Select "VTC-PG1". Figure 3-3-19
Tighten the three screws

Press the interrupt key.
and refit the drawer
Load paper in the drawer

and make a test copy.
Loosen the three screws holding the

rack adjuster and change the position
Is the center of the adjuster so that the centers of
No the paper and the copy image are
of the image aligned with
that of the paper? aligned.
• For output example 1, move toward
the machine front ( ).
Yes • For output example 2, move toward
the machine rear ( ).
End
Screws
Rack adjuster
Figure 3-3-20 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster
3-3-17
2AR
2AR-3
( 9 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement

Perform the following adjustment after installing rollers and clutches.
(9-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration of image printing
Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of
the copy image and the original.
U 402 U066 U403 U407

U034
(P.3-3-21) (P.3-3-40) (P.3-3-42) (P.3-3-19)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,
perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Leading edge registration (50±1.0mm)

Start
Enter “034” using the numeric keys.

Correct image Output Output
example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-21
RCL ON: Leading edge registration
Select “RCL ON”. RCL ON 2: Leading edge registration for
duplex copying (second face)
Press the interrupt key. Press the start key.

The new setting is stored.
Press the start key
For output example 1, decrease

Is the leading edge No the value using the cursor left key.
registration correct? For output example 2, increase
the value using the cursor right key.
Yes Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0
Press the stop/clear key. Changing the value by 1 moves the
leading edge by 0.5 mm.
Initial setting: 0.5
End
3-3-18
2AR-3
23
(9-2) Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory image printing
Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edge of the
copy image and the trailing edge of the original during memory copying.
U053 U034 U402 U065

(P.3-2-20) (P.3-3-18) (P.3-3-21) (P.3-3-38)
U066 U403 U407

U407
(P.3-3-40) (P.3-3-42) (P.3-3-19)
Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, ensure that the above
adjustments have been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Start

Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-22

Press the start key
For copy example 1, decrease

Is the leading edge No the value using the cursor left key.
registration correct? For copy example 2, increase
Yes
Setting range: –10.0 - +10.0
Press the stop/clear key. Changing the value by 1 moves
the leading edge by 1 mm.
Initilal setting: 0
End
3-3-19
2AR
2AR-3
(9-3) Adjusting the center line of image printing

Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the
copy image and the original when paper fed from the drawer.
U 402 U067 U403

U034
(P.3-3-21) (P.3-3-41) (P.3-3-42)
Caution:
• Before and after performing this adjustment, be sure to perform (8) Adjusting the
position of rack adjuster.
• Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform
the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Start

example 1 example 2
Press the start key. Figure 3-3-23
LSUOUT: Optical axis adjustment data

Select “LSUOUT”.
LSUOUT 2: Optical axis adjustment data
for duplex copying (second face)
Press the start key

to make a test copy.
For output example 1, decrease

No the value using the cursor left key.
Is the image correct?
For output example 2, increase
Yes
Setting range: –5.0 - +5.0
Press the stop/clear key. Changing the value by 1 moves the
center line by 0.1 mm.
Initial setting: –0.5
End
3-3-20
2AR
(9-4) Adjusting the margins of image printing

Make the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect,
perform (11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact
glass (p. 3-3-42).
Printer leading edge margin
(3 ± 1.0 mm)
<Procedure>
Printer
left/right margins
(2 ± 0.5 mm)
Start
Enter “402” using the numeric keys. Printer trailing edge margin
(3 ± 1.0mm)
Figure 3-3-24
LEAD: Printer leading edge margin
AC: Printer left/right margins
Select the item to be adjusted TRAIL: Printer trailing edge margin
using the cursor up/down keys. TRAIL 2: Printer trailing edge margin
for duplex copying (second face)

Load paper in the upper drawer

No Change the setting using

Are the margins correct? the cursor left/right keys.
Setting range (initial setting)

Yes
Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +100 (30)
Printer left/right margins: –50 - +100 (25)
Yes Proceed to Printer trailing edge margin: –50 - +100 (45)
another mode? The greater the value, the wider the margin;
The smaller the value, the narrower the margin.
Changing the value by 1 moves the margin
No by 0.1 mm for all.
End
3-3-21
2AR
(9-5) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper

Make the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or varies
randomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded.
<Procedure>
• Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the paper feed roller
Start
Enter “051” using

Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2
the numeric keys.
Figure 3-3-25
Select “FEED DATA”. FEED DATA: Amount of slack in the paper

at the paper feed roller
Select the drawer

to be adjusted.

Press the start key
Is the
leading edge of
the image missing or varying Yes
Increase the value using the cursor left key.
randomly (copy
example 1)?
No
Is the copy paper Yes

Z-folded (copy Decrease the value using the cursor right key.
example 2)?
Setting range: 0 - +255
Changing the value by 1 changes
No the amount of slack by 0.67 mm
Initial setting: 0
Press the stop/clear key. The greater the value,
the larger the amount of slack;
The smaller the value,
Exit maintenance mode. the smaller the amount of slack.
End
3-3-22
2AR
• Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller
Start
Select “RESIST DATA”. RESIST DATA: Amount of slack in the paper

at the registration roller
Select “DECK DATA”.

Press the start key
Is the
leading edge of the image Yes
missing or varying randomly Increase the value using the cursor left key.
(copy example 1)?
No
Is the
copy paper Z-folded Yes
Decrease the value using the cursor right key.
(copy example 2)?
Setting range: –30 - +20
Changing the value
No by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1 mm
Initial setting: 0
Press the stop/clear key. The greater the value,
the larger the amount of slack;
The smaller the value,
the smaller the amount of slack.
Exit maintenance mode. (See Figure 3-3-25)
End
3-3-23
2AR
3-3-3 Optical section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp
Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws holding the contact glass right cover and then the cover.
2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass.
3. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine.
Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB.
4. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB.
5. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp.
6. Clean or replace the exposure lamp.
Screw
Exposure lamp
Screw
Cutout
2-pin connector
Scanner
Inverter PCB
Cutout
Figure 3-3-26 Detaching the exposure lamp
3-3-24
2AR-1
2AR
( 2 ) Replacing the scanner wires

Take the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced.
Caution: After replacing the scanner wires, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the
longitudinal squareness (reference).
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires
<Procedure>
1. Remove the rear cover and the contact glass left, right, and rear covers.
3. Remove the two screws holding the slit glass and then the glass.
4. Remove the screw holding the front middle cover and then the cover.
5. Remove the three screws holding the operation unit lower cover and then the cover.
6. Detach the clamp and two connectors from under the operation unit main PCB.
7. Remove the five screws holding the operation unit and then the unit.
8. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the
inverter PCB.
Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine. Be sure not to straighten
the curved part.
9. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame.
Screws
Mirror 1 upper frame

Screws Lamp wire
Mirror 1 lower frame
Wire retainers
Figure 3-3-27 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame
3-3-25
2AR
10. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers from
the mirror 1 lower frame.
11. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit.
12. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the
left side of the scanner unit.
13. Remove the scanner wire.
Scanner unit
Round terminal
Scanner wire spring
Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the scanner wire
3-3-26
2AR
(2-2) Fitting the scanner wires

Caution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below.
Machine front: 2AR12100
Machine rear: 2AR12180 (black)
Fitting requires the following tool: Two frame securing tools (P/N: 2AC68230)
<Procedure>
• At the machine rear:
1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the centers of the
scanner unit front and rear to pin the mirror 2 frame in position.
2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two
screws for each.
3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the
inside of the scanner unit. ······················································································· 1
4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ························································ 2
5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the right of
the scanner unit, winding from above to below. ····················································· 3
(Machine left) (Machine right)
Front groove Rear groove Scanner wire pulley

Wire guide 2
6
Round
terminal Catch
1
3
7
5 Round terminal
4 Scanner wire drum
Scanner wire spring
Figure 3-3-29 Fitting the scanner wires
3-3-27
2AR
6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum six turns from the rear toward
the hole in the drum.
7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum.
8. Wind the scanner wire a further two turns from the locating ball toward the machine
front.
Rear
Locating ball
Scanner wire
6 turns
2 turns
Front
Figure 3-3-30 Winding the scanner wire
9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the left of the
scanner unit, winding from below to above. ··························································· 4
10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ························································ 5
11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the left of the scanner unit. ··········· 6
12. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. ·········································· 7
13. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left.
14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front.
15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools.
16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position.
3-3-28
2AR
17. Loosen the two screws holding the mirror 2 frame.

18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it to the left of the
positioning holes.
19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of
the left of the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frame
and mirror 2 frame.
20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wire
retainers at the front and rear of the scanner unit using the two screws for each.
Screws Screws
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Wire retainer
Screws
Mirror 1 lower frame Screws
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Wire retainer
Mirror 1 lower frame
Figure 3-3-31 Securing the scanner wire
21. Retighten the two screws holding the mirror 2 frame.

22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the
tools.
3-3-29
2AR
2AR-1
( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unit

Take the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.
Caution: After installing the laser scanner unit, be sure to perform (6) Adjusting the
lateral squareness (reference).
<Procedure>
1. Remove the screw and then the upper front cover.
2. Open the left 1 cover and remove the optional feedshift unit or eject unit.
3. Open the front cover and remove the pin and the screw holding the eject tray and
then the tray.
Eject tray
Front middle cover
Pin
Screw
Figure 3-3-32 Detaching the eject tray
3-3-30
2AR-1
2AR
4. Remove the wire from the clamp and then detach the connector.
5. Detach the two connectors, and remove the two screws holding the cooling duct
assembly and then the assembly.
6. Detach the 10 pin connector and remove the two pins, two springs and the screw
holding the laser scanner unit and then the unit.
Cooling duct assembly Connectors
Connector
Clamp
Screws
10 pin Pin
Pin connector
Spring Spring
Screw
Laser scanner unit
Figure 3-3-33 Replacing the laser scanner unit
7. Check or replace the laser scanner unit.

3-3-31
2AR
2AR-1
( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference)

Check or replace the ISU as follows.
Caution: After installing the ISU, be sure to perform (6-2) Adjusting the position of the
ISU.
Fitting requires the following tool:
Two (2) positioning pins (P/N: 18568120)
<Procedure>
• Removing the ISU
1. Remove the contact glass right cover.
3. Remove the eight screws holding the scanner control PCB cover and then the
cover.
4. Detach the two connectors from the scanner control PCB.
5. Remove the five screws holding the ISU cover and then the cover.
Screws
Screws
Connectors
Screws
Scanner control PCB cover Scanner control PCB ISU Screws ISU cover
Figure 3-3-34 Removing the ISU
6. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU.
7. Check or replace the ISU.
3-3-32
2AR-1
2AR
• Fitting the ISU

8. Fit the ISU with two positioning pins.
9. Refit the four screws.
10. Remove the two positioning pins.
Positioning pin Screws
Screws ISU
Positioning pin
Figure 3-3-35 Fitting the ISU
3-3-33
2AR
( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference)

Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinal
squareness is not obtained).
Caution:
• Before performing the following adjustment, output a VTC-PG2 pattern in
maintenance item U993 to use as the original for the adjustment.
• Perform “Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper” (page 3-3-22) first and check
for longitudinal squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained,
perform the longitudinal squareness adjustment.
<Procedure>
Start
Place the original Original Copy Copy

on the contact glass. example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-36
Press the start key and make Retighten the two screws
a test copy at 100% magnification. and refit the contact glass.
Remove the contact glass.

Loosen the two screws and adjust
the position of the mirror 2 frame.
No For copy example 1,
Is the image correct? move the frame in the direction of
the white arrow ( ).
For copy example 2,
move the frame in the direction of
Yes the black arrow ( ).
End
Mirror 2 frame Screws
Figure 3-3-37 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame
3-3-34
2AR-1
2AR
( 6 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness (reference)

Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateral
squareness not obtained).
Caution:
• Perform (6-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check for
lateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (6-2)
Adjusting the position of ISU.
(6-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
<Procedure>
Start

Enter maintenance mode. example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-38
Enter “993” using the numeric keys
Power on
Select “VTC-PG2”.
Refit all removed parts.
Press the interrupt key. Retighten the screw to secure

the laser scanner unit.
Press the start key and make

a test copy at 100% magnification. Loosen the screw holding the LSU
adjustment table and then change the
position of the laser scanner unit by
moving the table.(see Figure 3-3-39).
For output example 1, move the LSU
adjustment table in the direction of the
white arrow ( ).
No For output example 2, move the LSU
adjustment table in the direction of the
black arrow ( ).
Yes
Remove the cooling duct assembly and

eject tray (see page 3-3-31).
Remove the image formation unit (see

Exit maintenance mode. page 3-3-43).
End Power off
3-3-35
2AR
2AR-1
Screw
Laser scanner unit
LSU adjustment table
(As viewed from machine left)
Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
3-3-36
2AR
(6-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU

Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, output a VTC-PG2 pattern in
maintenance item U993 to use as the original for the adjustment.
<Procedure>
Start
Original Copy Copy

Place the original
example 1 example 2
on the contact glass.
Figure 3-3-40
Press the start key and make a test

copy at 100% magnification. Refit the contact glass.
Remove the contact glass and adjust

the lateral squareness of the ISU by
No
Is the image correct? rotating the pin.
For copy example 1, rotate the pin in
the direction of the black arrow ( ).
For copy example 2, rotate the pin in
Yes the direction of the white arrow ( ).
End
Pin
Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the ISU
3-3-37
2AR
2AR-1
( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction

Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction
is not correct.
U053 U053 U402

U065
(P.3-2-20) (P.3-3-18) (P.3-3-21)
U066 U403 U407

(P.3-3-40) (P.3-3-42) (P.3-3-19)
<Procedure>
Start

Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-42
Select “SUB SCAN ADJ”
(auxiliary scanning direction)

The new setting
Place an original and press the is stored.
start key to make a test copy.
For copy example 1, increase the

value by using the cursor left key.
No
Is the image correct? For copy example 2, decrease the
value by using the cursor right
key.
Yes
Initial setting: 0
Changing the value
by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%
Exit maintenance mode. The greater the value, the longer the image;
The smaller the value, the shorter the image.
End
3-3-38
2AR
( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction

Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is
not correct.
U 066 U 403
U065 (P.3-3-42)
(P.3-3-40)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,
perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Start

Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-43
Select “MAIN SCAN ADJ”

(main scanning direction)

The new setting
is stored.
Place an original and press
the start key to make a test copy.

value by using the cursor left key.
No For copy example 2, decrease the
value by using the cursor right key.

Yes
Initial setting: 0
Press the stop/clear key. Changing the value
by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.
The greater the value, the wider the image;
Exit maintenance mode. The smaller the value, the narrower the image.
End
3-3-39
2AR
2AR-1
( 9 ) Adjusting the leading edge registration for scanning an original on the

contact glass
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of
U053 U 402 U403 U407

U066
(P.3-3-18) (P.3-3-21) (P.3-3-42) (P.3-3-19)
<Procedure>
Start
Original Copy Copy

Enter “066” using the numeric keys. example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-44

The new setting
is stored.
Is the
leading edge No For copy example 1, increase the
registration correct? value by using the cursor left key.
For copy example 2, decrease the
Yes
Changing the value
Press the stop/clear key. by 1 moves the leading edge
by 0.17 mm.
Initial setting: 0
End
3-3-40
2AR-1
2AR
(10) Adjusting the center line for scanning an original on the contact glass
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of
U053 U 402 U403

U067
(P.3-3-20) (P.3-3-21) (P.3-3-42)
<Procedure>
Start
Original Copy Copy

example 1 example 2
Figure 3-3-45

The new setting
is stored.

Is the No value by using the cursor left key.
center line correct? For copy example 2, decrease the
Yes Setting range: –39 - +39

Changing the value
Press the stop/clear key. by 1 moves the center line
by 0.17 mm.
Initial setting: 0
End
3-3-41
2AR
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glass
Perform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, be sure to perform “Adjusting the
margins of image printing.” (P.3-3-21).
Before performing the following adjustment, make a copy onto A3/11" × 17"
paper without an original on the contact glass to use as the original for the
adjustment.
<Procedure> Scanner leading edge

margin (3 ± 1.5mm)
Start Scanner
Scanner
left margin right margin
(1 ± 0.5mm) (1 ± 0.5mm)
Enter "403" using the numeric keys.
Scanner trailing edge

Press the start key. margin (2 ± 1.0mm)
Figure 3-3-46
Select the item to be adjusted
A MARGIN: scanner left margin
B MARGIN: scanner leading edge margin
Press the interrupt key. C MARGIN: scanner right margin
D MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin
Press the start key to make

a test copy onto A4/11" × 8"1/2 Press the start key.
paper at 100% magnification.
Change the setting.

No Increasing the value using the cursor
Are the margins correct? left key makes the margin wider.
Decreasing the value using the cursor
right key makes the margin narrower.
Yes
Setting range (initial setting)
Yes Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2)
Proceed to another mode? Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (4)
Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2)
Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)
No Changing the value by
1 moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.
End
3-3-42
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-4 Main charging section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger assembly
Replace the charger assembly as follows.
<Procedure>
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-47 Detaching the image formation unit
3-3-43
2AR
4. Remove the screw holding the charger assembly and then the assembly.
Charger assembly
Screw
Figure 3-3-48 Detaching the charger assembly
5. Replace the charger assembly.

3-3-44
2AR-1
2AR
( 2 ) Replacing the tungsten wire and shield grid (reference)

Take the following procedure when the tungsten wire is broken or to be replaced.
<Precautions>
• Use the specified tungsten wire.
• The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the
main charger rear housing.
• The cut end of the tungsten wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the
tungsten wire retainer pin.
• Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire.
• Keep the tungsten wire taut by stretching it.
• Clean the shield grid with a wet cloth followed by a dry cloth when replacing the
tungsten wire.
• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the shield grid.
<Procedure>
2. Remove the screw and slide off the charger assembly from the image formation
unit.
3. Remove the main charger front and rear lids.
4. Remove the shield grid from the front of the charger assembly.
5. Remove the tungsten wire retainer pin and the charger spring from the charger
terminal, and then the tungsten wire.
Shield grid
Main charger
rear lid
Charger spring
Charger
terminal Tungsten wire Main charger front lid
Tungsten
wire retainer pin
Main charger
housing
Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the tungsten wire
3-3-45
2AR
Charger terminal
Charger spring Tungsten wire
retainer pin
2-4 mm Not more

Charger terminal
Tungsten wire retainer pin than 2 mm
Not more
than 2 mm of cut end
Charger spring
Main charger rear housing Main charger front housing
Figure 3-3-50 Installing the tungsten wire
6. Wind the new tungsten wire six turns around one end of the charger spring and trim
the end.
• The width of the coiled tungsten wire and the cut end must be less than 2 mm.
7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the main
charger rear housing.
8. Pass the tungsten wire through the V-shaped notch in the tungsten wire retainer pin
and stretch it taut.
• The tungsten wire must be adjusted so that the distance between the spring end
and the rib on the main charger rear housing is 2-4 mm.
9. Insert the tungsten wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear
housing to secure the tungsten wire.
10. Cut off the excess wire under the tungsten wire retainer pin.
• The cut end of the tungsten wire must protrude less than 2 mm.
11. Refit the main charger front and rear lids.
3-3-46
2AR-2
2AR
3-3-5 Drum section

( 1 ) Replacing the drum
Replace the drum as follows.
<Precautions>
• Avoid direct sunlight or strong light when detaching and fitting the drum.
• Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface.
• After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the
surface from light.
<Procedure>
4. Move the cleaning blade release lever in the direction of the arrow to move the
cleaning blade away from the drum.
Cleaning blade
release lever
Figure 3-3-51 Cleaning blade release lever
3-3-47
2AR
5. Remove the two screws holding the transfer right guide.
M3 retainer
Cleaning lower
seal assembly
M3 retainer Screw
Drum
Transfer right guide
Screws
Screw
Drum shaft
Figure 3-3-52 Detaching the drum
6. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the
assembly.
7. Pull out the drum shaft and remove the drum.
3-3-48
2AR-1
2AR
Caution:
• After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 “Checking/clearing the
drum count” and U111 “Checking/clearing the drum drive time.”
• When fitting the drum, orient it correctly so that the gear is positioned at the
machine rear.
• After replacing the drum, run maintenance item U101 and set the DB DATA value
to the figure corresponding to the letter indicating the drum rank (A, B or C) printed
on the drum flange (see page 3-2-44).
Drum flange
Drum rank
A9422
12348 Gear
Drum
Machine front Machine rear
Figure 3-3-53
• When detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assemblies, take care not
to lose the M3 retainer (P/N 33302080).
Fitting the drum

<Procedure>
1. Remove the one screw from each of the drum separation claw assemblies and then
the assemblies from the cleaning lower seal assembly.
2. Refit the cleaning lower seal assembly using the two screws.
3. Fit the drum.
4. Insert the drum shaft into the drum by turning in the forward direction only.
• Never allow the drum to turn in the reverse direction when the drum shaft is
inserted.
5. Refit the transfer right guide using the two screws.
6. Refit the separation claw assemblies using one screw for each.
7. After replacing the drum, secure the cleaning blade release lever so that the
cleaning blade makes contact with the drum.
3-3-49
2AR
( 2 ) Cleaning the drum

Clean the drum as follows when an image formation problems occur or if the drum is
soiled.
<Precautions>
• Avoid direct sunlight or strong light when cleaning the drum.
• Dust in the air and from the polishing cloth may damage the drum during subsequent
operation. Avoid working in a dusty environment.
• Clean the drum entirely even if it is soiled only locally.
• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the drum.
<Required supplies>
• Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton
• Toner
<Procedure>
1. Remove the drum from the image formation unit (see page 3-3-47).
2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to
damage the surface.
3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner.
4. Refit the drum.
5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes.
6. Make a test copy and check the image.
Polishing cloth
Drum
Figure 3-3-54 Cleaning the drum
3-3-50
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-6 Developing section

( 1 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference)
Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image.
<Procedure>
4. Remove the two screws holding the charger assembly and MC rail and then the
assembly and rail.
5. Remove the screw holding the MC rail and then the rail.
Screw
Grounding wire
Doctor blade cover
MC rail
Screw
Figure 3-3-55 Detaching the doctor blade cover
6. Remove the screw holding the doctor blade cover and then the cover.
• When refitting the doctor blade cover, be sure to refit the grounding wire.
3-3-51
2AR
7. Measure the distance between the doctor blade and the developing roller at the
three points indicated by the white arrows using a thickness gauge. Adjust the
distances with the three screws until the correct measurements are obtained; the
0.55 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.65 mm one should not.
• The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darker
the image.
Developing roller
Doctor blade Adjustment screw

Adjustment screws
Figure 3-3-56
3-3-52
2AR
3-3-7 Transfer section

( 1 ) Replacing the transfer roller assembly
Clean or replace the transfer roller assembly as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Open the left 1 cover.
section cover.
3. Remove the transfer roller assembly.
Caution: Remove the transfer roller assembly carefully to prevent the residual toner in
the transfer roller assembly from spilling.
Transfer roller assembly
Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the transfer roller assembly
4. Replace the transfer roller assembly.

3-3-53
2AR
2AR-2
3-3-8 Cleaning section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade
Check or replace the cleaning blade as follows.
<Procedure>
4. Remove the two screws holding the charger assembly and MC rail and then the
assembly and rail.
5. Remove the cleaning lower seal assembly and the transfer right guide (see page 3-
3-48).
6. Loosen the cleaning blade release lever (see page 3-3-47).
8. Remove the three screws holding the cleaning blade and then the blade.
• When detaching and refitting the cleaning blade, take care not to touch the blade.
• Do not clean the cleaning blade edge. If cleaned, apply toner or setting powder
P/N 66000670 to the edge before refitting the cleaning blade.
Cleaning blade
Screws
Figure 3-3-58 Detaching the cleaning blade
3-3-54
2AR
9. Refit all removed parts and secure the cleaning blade release lever.
• When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at either end.
Cleaning blade
Sponge
Sponge
Figure 3-3-59 Installing the cleaning blade
3-3-55
2AR
2AR-1
( 2 ) Detaching the drum separation claw assemblies and the cleaning lower seal
assembly
Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and the cleaning lower seal
assembly as follows.
<Procedure>
4. Remove the one screw from each of the drum separation claw assemblies and then
the assemblies.
5. Remove the drum separation claws from the drum separation claw assemblies.
6. Remove the two screws holding the transfer right guide (see page 3-3-48).
8. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the
assembly.
• When detaching and refitting the cleaning lower seal assembly, take care not to
lose the M3 retainers (P/N 33302080).
M3 retainer
Drum separation
claw assemblies
Cleaning lower seal assembly
M3 retainer Screw
Screws
Screw
Figure 3-3-60 Detaching the drum separation claw assemblies and

the cleaning lower seal assembly
3-3-56
2AR
3-3-9 Fixing section

( 1 ) Replacing fixing heaters M and S
Replace fixing heaters M and S as follows.
<Procedure>
section cover.
3. Loosen the screws at the front and rear of the fixing unit and remove the fixing unit
stoppers.
Fixing unit
stopper Fixing unit
stopper
Screw
Screw
Fixing unit
Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the fixing unit
4. Remove the fixing unit.

5. Remove the three screws holding the fixing unit cover and then the cover.
Fixing unit
Fixing unit cover
Screws
Figure 3-3-62 Detaching the fixing unit cover
3-3-57
2AR
6. Detach the two connectors (white) and remove the clamps. Disconnect the wires of
fixing heaters M and S from the fixing unit front housing. Then remove the two
screws and the fixing unit front housing.
Screw
Fixing unit
front housing
Screw Connectors
(white)
Clamps
Fixing heater S
Fixing heater M
Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the fixing unit front housing
3-3-58
2AR
7. Detach the two connectors (blue) and remove the clamps. Disconnect the wires of
fixing heaters M and S from the fixing unit rear housing. Then remove the two
screws and the fixing unit rear housing.
Fixing unit
Fixing unit
rear housing
Connectors
(blue)
Clamps
Figure 3-3-64 Detaching the fixing unit rear housing
8. Remove and replace fixing heaters M and S.

• When fitting, place fixing heater M (black wire) on the lower side, and heater S
(white wire) on the upper side.
• Insert the white connectors at the front of the fixing unit and the blue ones at the
rear.
Fixing heater S
Fixing heater M
Figure 3-3-65 Fixing heaters M and S
3-3-59
2AR
( 2 ) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor

Replace the fixing unit thermistor as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit front right guide and then the guide.
2. Detach the connector and remove the clamp of the fixing unit thermistor.
3. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor.
Clamp
Connector
Screw
fixing unit
thermistor
Screw
Fixing unit front right guide
Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor
4. Replace the fixing unit thermistor.

• When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, insert the projection on the thermistor into
the cutout in the fixing unit stay.
3-3-60
2AR
( 3 ) Replacing the fixing unit thermostat

Replace the fixing unit thermostat as follows.
Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire
or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.
<Procedure>
1. Detach the connectors of the fixing unit wire and fixing heater wire from the fixing
unit thermostat.
2. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit thermostat and then the thermostat.
Screws
Connector of
the fixing unit wire
Fixing unit thermostat
Connector of
the fixing heater wire
Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the fixing unit thermostat
3. Replace the fixing unit thermostats.

3-3-61
2AR
( 4 ) Replacing the press roller separation claws

Replace the press roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure>
section cover.
3. Remove the screw and two pins each at the front and rear of the paper transfer
section cover, and then the fixing unit left guide.
Press roller
separation claw
Spring
Pins
Fixing unit
left guide
Screw
Pins
Figure 3-3-68 Detaching the press roller separation claws
4. Remove the springs and then the four press roller separation claws.
5. Replace the press roller separation claws.
3-3-62
2AR-1
2AR
( 5 ) Replacing the heat roller separation claws

Replace the heat roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the fixing unit (see page 3-3-57).
2. Remove the two fixing guide pins holding the fixing unit right guide and then the
guide.
Screw
Fixing unit right guide
Heat roller Spring

separation claw Heat roller separation
claw retainer
Fixing guide pin

Fixing guide pin
Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the heat roller separation claws
3. Remove the screw holding the heat roller separation claw retainer.
4. Remove the springs from the heat roller separation claws.
5. Remove the six heat roller separation claws from the heat roller separation claw
retainer.
6. Replace the heat roller separation claws.
Caution: While fitting the heat roller separation claws, take care not to touch the edges
of the claws.
3-3-63
2AR
( 6 ) Replacing the press roller and press roller bearings

Replace the press roller and press roller bearings as follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the two screws holding the press roller cover and then the cover.
2. Remove the two fixing pressure pins holding the front and rear fixing pressure
plates and then the plates.
Caution: When detaching and refitting the fixing pressure pins, do not turn the nuts of
the pins. Also, be sure to refit the pins to the front and rear respectively.
Fixing pressure pin
Fixing pressure pin

Rear fixing
pressure plate
Screw
Press roller cover
Screw
Front fixing pressure plate
Figure 3-3-70 Detaching the fixing pressure pins
3. Replace the press roller and the press roller bearings.
Press roller bearing
Press roller
Press roller shaft
Press roller bearing
Figure 3-3-71 Detaching the press roller bearings
3-3-64
2AR-1
2AR
( 7 ) Replacing the heat roller, heat roller bearings, heat roller bushings, and
fixing unit gear
Replace the heat roller, heat roller bearings, heat roller bushings and fixing unit gear as
follows.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the fixing heaters M and S (see P.3-3-57).
2. Remove the fixing unit right guide and press roller (see p.3-3-64).
3. Remove the two circlips.
4. Remove the fixing unit gear, heat roller bearings, heat roller bushings and heat
roller .
Circlip
Heat roller bearing
Fixing unit gear
Heat roller bearing Heat roller bushing
Heat roller
Heat roller bushing
Circlip
Figure 3-3-72 Detaching the heat roller
3-3-65
2AR
2AR-1
( 8 ) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)

Perform the following adjustment if the copy paper creases, fixing is poor, or when the
fixing pressure spring has been replaced.
If the copy image is distorted at 32 mm from the trailing edge of the paper, follow the
step on page 3-3-67.
<Procedure>
1. Remove the fixing unit.
2. Remove the fixing pressure pins and then adjust the distance between the two
washers.
21±0.5 mm
(common to machine
front and rear)
Washers
Fixing pressure pin
Fixing pressure pin
Front fixing
pressure plate
Rear fixing
pressure plate
• Fixing pressure: 49 N (common to machine front and rear)

• Distance between the washers: 21±0.5 mm (common to machine front and rear)
Figure 3-3-73
3-3-66
2AR-1
2AR
<Procedure>
1. Make one turn counterclockwise of the fixing pressure pin at, according to the
direction of the distortion of the copy image, the machine front or rear.
• For copy example 1, turn the fixing pressure pin at the machine front.
• For copy example 2, turn the fixing pressure pin at the machine rear.
Caution: Never turn the nuts of the fixing pressure pins.
32 mm
32 mm
Original Copy Copy
example 1 example 2
Fixing pressure pin

(machine rear)
Fixing pressure pin

(machine front)
Figure 3-3-74
3-3-67
2AR
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB .................................................................... 3-4-1
(1) Replacing the main PCB only. ..................................................... 3-4-1
(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM. ................................ 3-4-1
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the flash ROM
(operation unit main PCB). ................................................................ 3-4-2
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR). ............................................ 3-4-4
2AR
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB
( 1 ) Replacing the main PCB only

After replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC27) from the old main PCB
and fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original settings data.
( 2 ) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM

When replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps.
Procedure
• Before removing the old backup RAM:
1. Enter the maintenance mode.
2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items.
4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones.
• After installing the new backup RAM:
6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
8. Execute maintenance item U020.
9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination.
maintenance items.
11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter
the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.
3-4-1
2AR
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the flash ROM (operation unit

main PCB)
Perform the steps below when upgrading the firmware in the flash ROM (operation unit
main PCB).
Firmware upgrading requires the following tools:
Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010)
Flash data change harness (P/N 18568060)
Operation 1 ROM IC for 120 V specifications (P/N 2AR68040)
Operation 2 ROM IC for 120 V specifications (P/N 2AR68050)
Operation 1 ROM IC for 220 - 240 V specifications (P/N 2AR68060)
Operation 2 ROM IC for 220 - 240 V specifications (P/N 2AR68070)
Caution:
• Turn the main switch off before disconnecting or inserting connectors.
• Do not allow the flash tool assembly to make contact with any metal parts of the
copier during firmware upgrading.
Procedure
maintenance items.
4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
5. Remove the screw holding the upper front cover. Remove the cover by shifting to
the left.
6. Remove the three screws holding the operation unit lower cover and then the
cover.
7. Fit the operation 1 ROM IC into the IC3 socket on the flash tool assembly.
8. Insert the connector of the flash data change harness into CN2 on the flash tool
assembly.
Operation 1 ROM IC
Flash tool assembly
CN2
Flash data change harness
Figure 3-4-1
3-4-2
2AR
9. Insert the other connector of the flash data change harness into CN7 on the
operation unit main PCB.
CN7
Flash data change harness
Operation unit main PCB
Flash tool assembly
Figure 3-4-2
10. Open the left 1 cover to prevent malfunctioning of the copier during the firmware
upgrading.
11. Connect the power plug and turn the main switch on. Upgrading of the operation
1 ROM IC starts and LED2 on the flash tool assembly flashes for 1 minute. LED2
remains on when upgrading is complete.
12. Turn the main switch off.
13. Remove the operation 1 ROM IC from the flash tool assembly and fit the
operation 2 ROM IC into the IC3 socket on the flash tool assembly.
14. Turn the main switch on. Upgrading of the operation 2 ROM IC starts and LED2
on the flash tool assembly flashes for 3 minutes. LED2 remains on when
upgrading is complete.
15. Turn the main switch off.
16. Detach the connector of the flash data change harness from the operation unit
main PCB.
17. Close the left 1 cover and refit the removed covers.
18. Turn the main switch on.
maintenance items.
21. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 20. If there are any differences, reenter
the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.
3-4-3
2AR
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)
The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should not
be adjusted in the field.
• High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR301 and VR302

• Power source PCB: VR2
• Laser diode PCB: VR1
3-4-4
2AR
CONTENTS
3-5 Self Diagnostics

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis .................................................................................... 3-5-1
(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1
Self diagnostic codes .................................................................. 3-5-2
2AR
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function
This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copying
is disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of “C” followed by a number
between 010 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem.
A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service.
After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safety
switches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on.
Call for service.

: 0123456789012345 C200
Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display
3-5-1
2AR
2AR-4
Self diagnostic codes
Remarks
Code Contents Check procedures/
Causes
corrective measures
C005 Operation Unit Main Defective Fax Replace the Fax control PCB
PCB Communication control PCB. and check for correct
Problem (to Fax Control operation.
PCB)
Communication between
the operation unit main
PCB and the Fax control
PCB cannot be normally
performed.
C006 Main PCB Defective Fax Replace the Fax control PCB
communication problem control PCB and check for correct
(to Fax Control PCB) operation.
Communication between
the main PCB and the
Fax control PCB cannot
be normally performed.
C007 Checksum error Defective Fax Replace the Fax control PCB
(program area) control PCB or and check for correct
Checksum error SRAM. operation.
(softswitch area)
The checksum value
stored at power off does
not match the checksum
value found at power on.
3-5-1-1
3-5-2
2AR
Self diagnostic codes
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C010 RAM/ROM problem Defective Replace the main PCB and
Read and write data does main PCB. check for correct operation.
not match.
C011 Backup memory data Problem with Turn safety switch 1 off and
problem the backup back on and run maintenance
Data in the specified area memory data. item U020 to set the contents
of the backup memory of the backup memory data
does not match the speci- again.
fied values.
Defective If the C011 is displayed after
backup RAM. re-setting the backup memory
contents, replace the backup
RAM IC27.
C021 Operation unit main PCB Poor contact Check the connection of con-
communication problem of the connec- nectors CN9 on the main PCB
There is no reply after 20 tor terminals. and CN8 on the operation unit
retries at communication. main PCB, and the continuity
across the connector terminals.
Remedy or replace if neces-
sary.
Defective Replace the main PCB or

main PCB or operation unit main PCB and
operation unit check for correct operation.
main PCB.
C022 Communication problem Defective Replace the engine ROM
between the engine PCB engine ROM IC37 on the main PCB and
and main PCB IC. check for correct operation.
There is no reply after 20
retries at communication. Defective Replace the main PCB and
main PCB. check for correct operation.
C023 Scanner control PCB Poor contact Check the connection of con-
communication problem of the connec- nectors CN5 on the main PCB
There is no reply after 5 tor terminals. and CN9 on the scanner con-
retries at communication. trol PCB, and the continuity
across the connector terminals.
Remedy or replace if neces-
sary.
main PCB or scanner control PCB and
scanner check for correct operation.
control PCB.
3-5-3
3-5-2
2AR-1
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C024* Printer board communi- Poor contact Check the connection of con-
cation problem of the connec- nector CN3 on the main PCB
There is no reply after 20 tor terminals. and the connector CN2 on
retries at communication. the printer board. Repair or
replace if necessary.
main PCB or printer board and check for
printer board. correct operation.
C032* Large paper deck Poor contact Check the connection of con-
communication problem of the connec- nectors CN11 on the main
Communication errors tor terminals. PCB and CN1 on the deck
from the communication main PCB, and the continuity
microcomputer IC41 on across the connector termi-
the main PCB: nals. Remedy or replace if
No communication: there necessary.
is no reply after 3 retries.
Abnormal communication: Defective Replace the main PCB and
a communication error main PCB. check for correct operation.
(parity or checksum error) Defective deck Replace the deck main PCB
is detected five times in main PCB. and check for correct opera-
succession. tion.
C032* Large paper deck Operation Turn the power off and back
sequence problem start request is on (reset request is sent from
sent from the the copier to the large paper
copier to the deck to cancel operation start
large paper request).
deck while
paper feed is
disabled.
Paper feed Turn the power off and back
request is sent on (reset request is sent from
to the large the copier to the large paper
paper deck deck to cancel operation start
before opera- request).
tion start
request.
* If the optional device is attached.

3-5-4
3-5-3
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C032* Paper feed desk Poor contact Check the connection of con-
communication problem of the connec- nectors CN11 on the main
An error code from the tor terminals. PCB and CN5 on the desk
paper feed desk is de- main PCB, and the continuity
tected eight times in suc- across the connector terminals.
cession. Remedy or replace if neces-
No communication: there sary.
Abnormal communication: Defective Replace the main PCB and
a communication error
(parity or checksum error) Defective desk Replace the desk main PCB
is detected five times in main PCB. and check for correct opera-
succession. tion.
C034* Finisher communication Poor contact Check the connection of con-

problem of the connec- nectors CN10 on the copier
Communication errors from tor terminals. main PCB and CN2 on the
the communication micro- finisher main PCB, and the
computer IC41 on the main continuity across the connector
PCB: terminals. Remedy or replace
No communication: there if necessary.
Abnormal communication: Defective Replace the copier main PCB
copier main and check for correct opera-
a communication error
(parity or checksum error) PCB. tion.
is detected five times in Defective Replace the finisher main
succession. finisher main PCB and check for correct
PCB. operation.

3-5-5
3-5-4
2AR-1
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C035* Mailbox communication Poor contact Check the connection of the
problem of the connec- connector CN10 on the copier
Communication errors from tor terminals. main PCB, connector CN1 on
the communication micro- the mailbox main PCB and the
computer IC41 on the main connector on the signal cable
PCB: connecting the mailbox and
No communication: there the copier, and the continuity
is no reply after 3 retries. across the connector terminals.
Abnormal communication: Remedy or replace if neces-
a communication error sary.
(parity or checksum error)
is detected five times in Defective Replace the copier main PCB
copier main and check for correct opera-
succession.
The presence of the PCB. tion.
mailbox has been de- Defective Run a simulation of the mailbox
tected although the com- mailbox main (communication test mode). If
munication microcomputer PCB. there is any problem with the
IC41 on the main PCB did communication, replace the
not detect the connection mailbox main PCB.
of the mailbox during initial
communication.
C037 Communication Defective Replace the main PCB and
microcomputer problem main PCB. check for correct operation.
A problem is detected with
the communication micro-
computer IC41 on the main
PCB.
C040 SIMM problem SIMM inserted Check the insertion of the

SIMM inserted incorrectly. incorrectly. SIMM into connectors CN6
There is a problem with the and CN7 on the main PCB.
data or address bus. If the SIMM is incorrectly or
insufficiently inserted, reinsert
correctly (be sure to insert the
first SIMM into CN6).
Defective Replace the main PCB and
C041 Bitmap problem Defective Replace the main PCB and

There is a problem with the main PCB. check for correct operation.
data or address bus of the
bitmap DRAM.

3-5-6
3-5-5
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C042 Memory input interface Defective Replace the main PCB and
problem main PCB. check for correct operation.
Reading-in of an image
does not complete within
10 s of the start of image
transmission.
C043 DMA problem Defective Replace the main PCB and

DMA transmission of com- main PCB. check for correct operation.
pressed, decompressed,
rotated, relocated or
blanked-out image data
does not complete within
the specified period of
time.
C104 Optical system problem Insufficient Replace the exposure lamp
After AGC, correct input is exposure lamp or inverter PCB.
not obtained at CCD. luminosity.
Defective Replace the scanner control
scanner PCB.
control PCB.
Incorrect Adjust the position of the
shading contact glass (shading plate).
position. If the problem still occurs,
replace the scanner home
position switch.
CCD PCB Replace the ISU.
output
problem.
C200 Drive motor problem Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
DM LOCK signal remains of the drive check for continuity within the
high for 1 s or longer, 1 s motor connec- connector cable. If none, repair
after the drive motor has tor terminals. or replace the cable.
turned on.
Defective Replace the drive motor.
drive motor
rotation
control circuit.
Defective Check if the rollers and gears

drive transmis- rotate smoothly. If not, grease
sion system. the bushings and gears.
Check for broken gears and
replace if any.
3-5-7
3-5-6
2AR-1
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C231* Desk drive motor Poor contact of Reinsert the connector. Also
problem the desk drive check for continuity within the
DDM LOCK signal remains motor connec- connector cable. If none, repair
high for 2 s or longer, 1 s tor terminals. or replace the cable.
after the desk drive motor
has turned on. Defective desk Replace the desk drive motor.
drive motor
rotation control
circuit.
Defective drive Check if the rollers and gears
transmission rotate smoothly. If not, grease
system. the bushings and gears.
Check for broken gears and
replace if any.
C241 Upper lift motor problem Broken gears Replace the upper lift motor.
When the drawer is in- or couplings of
serted, the upper lift limit the upper lift
switch does not turn on motor.
within 4.6 s of the upper
Defective Check for continuity across
lift motor turning on.
During copying, the upper upper lift the coil. If none, replace the
lift limit switch does not motor. upper lift motor.
turn on within 200 ms of the Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
upper lift motor turning on. of the upper check for continuity within the
lift motor con- connector cable. If none, repair
nector termi- or replace the cable.
nals.
Defective Check if CN12-8 on the engine
upper lift limit PCB goes low when the upper
switch. lift limit switch is turned off. If
not, replace the upper lift limit
switch.
Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also

of the upper check for continuity within the
lift limit switch connector cable. If none, repair
connector or replace the cable.
terminals.

3-5-8
3-5-7
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C242 Lower lift motor problem Broken gears Replace the lower lift motor.
When the drawer is in- or couplings of
serted, the lower lift limit the lower lift
switch does not turn on motor.
within 4.6 s of the lower lift
motor turning on. Defective lower Check for continuity across
lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the
During copying, the lower
lift limit switch does not lower lift motor.
turn on within 200 ms of the Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
lower lift motor turning on. of the lower lift check for continuity within the
motor connec- connector cable. If none, repair
tor terminals. or replace the cable.
Defective lower Check if CN12-2 on the engine
lift limit switch. PCB goes low when the lower
lift limit switch is turned off. If
not, replace the lower lift limit
switch.
of the lower lift check for continuity within the
limit switch connector cable. If none, repair
connector or replace the cable.
terminals.
3-5-9
3-5-8
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C243* Desk upper lift motor Broken gears Replace the desk upper lift
problem or couplings of motor.
When the drawer is in- the desk upper
serted, the desk upper lift lift motor.
limit switch does not turn
on within 4.6 s of the desk Defective desk Check for continuity across
upper lift the coil. If none, replace the
upper lift motor turning on.
During copying, the desk motor. desk upper lift motor.
upper lift limit switch does Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
not turn on within 200 ms of the desk check for continuity within the
of the desk upper lift motor upper lift motor connector cable. If none, repair
turning on. connector or replace the cable.
terminals.
Defective desk Check if CN1-5 on the desk

upper lift limit main PCB goes low when the
switch. desk upper lift limit switch is
turned off. If not, replace the
desk upper lift limit switch.
of the desk check for continuity within the
upper lift limit connector cable. If none, repair
switch con- or replace the cable.
nector termi-
nals.

3-5-10
3-5-9
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C244* Desk lower lift motor Broken gears Replace the desk lower lift
problem of couplings of motor.
When the drawer is in- the desk lower
serted, the desk lower lift lift motor.
limit switch does not turn
on within 4.6 s of the desk Defective desk Check for continuity across
lower lift the coil. If none, replace the
lower lift motor turning on.
During copying, the desk motor. desk lower lift motor.
lower lift limit switch does Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
not turn on within 200 ms of the desk check for continuity within the
of the desk lower lift motor lower lift motor connector cable. If none, repair
turning on. connector or replace the cable.
terminals.
Defective desk Check if CN1-7 on the desk

lower lift limit main PCB goes low when the
switch. desk lower lift limit switch is
turned off. If not, replace the
desk lower lift limit switch.
of the desk check for continuity within the
lower lift limit connector cable. If none, repair
switch con- or replace the cable.
nector termi-
nals.
C310 Scanner carriage Poor contact Check the connection of con-
problem of the connec- nector CN4 on the scanner
The home position is not tor terminals. motor PCB and the continuity
correct when the power is across the connector terminals.
turned on or at the start of Remedy or replace if neces-
copying using the bypass sary.
table.
Defective Replace the scanner home
scanner home position switch.
position switch.
Defective main Replace the main PCB, scan-
PCB, scanner ner control PCB or scanner
control PCB or motor PCB and check for
scanner motor correct operation.
PCB.
Defective Replace the scanner motor.
scanner motor.

3-5-11
3-5-10
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C332 Scanner watchdog Defective Replace the scanner control
problem scanner PCB and check for correct
The main routine does not control PCB. operation.
run within 8.192 ms of the
main switch being turned
on.
C340 Original detection Poor contact Check the connection of con-

position problem of the connec- nector CN8 on the scanner
The CPU IC5 in the scanner tor terminals. control PCB and the continuity
control PCB cannot store across the connector terminals.
initial data from the origi- Remedy or replace if neces-
nal size sensor correctly. sary.
Defective Replace the original size

original size sensor.
sensor.
Defective main Replace the main PCB or

PCB or scan- scanner control PCB and
ner control check for correct operation.
PCB.
C400 Polygon motor Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
synchronization problem of the polygon check for continuity within the
The polygon motor does motor connec- connector cable. If none, repair
not reach the stable speed tor terminals. or replace the cable.
within 20 s of the polygon
motor remote signal turning Defective Replace the LSU.
on. polygon motor.
Defective Check if 24 V DC is present
power source at CN6-1 on the power
PCB. source PCB. If not, replace
the power source PCB.
C401 Polygon motor Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
steady-state problem of the polygon check for continuity within the
The polygon motor rotation motor connec- connector cable. If none, repair
is not stable for 600 ms tor terminals. or replace the cable.
after the polygon motor
rotation has been stabi- Defective Replace the LSU.
lized. polygon motor.
Defective Check if 24 V DC is present
power source at CN6-1 on the power source
PCB. PCB. If not, replace the power
source PCB.
3-5-11
3-5-12
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C420 BD steady-state problem Defective laser Replace the LSU.
The VTC detects a BD diode.
error for 1000 ms during
Defective Replace the LSU.
copying.
polygon motor.
Defective Replace the main PCB.
main PCB.
C510 Main charger problem Defective Replace the high-voltage

MC ALM signal is de- high-voltage transformer PCB.
tected continuously for transformer
400 ms when MC REM PCB.
signal is turned on.
Leakage Check and clean the main
during main charger assembly.
charging.
C610 Broken fixing heater Fixing heater Check and reinstall if neces-
wire M or S installed sary.
Warm-up does not end incorrectly.
within 90 s.
The secondary stabiliza- Broken fixing Check for continuity. If none,
heater M or S replace fixing heater M or S.
tion fixing temperature
drops to 100°C/212°F or wire.
below. Poor contact Check the connection of con-
of the fixing nector CN13-2 on the engine
unit thermistor PCB and the continuity across
connector the connector terminals.
terminals. Remedy or replace if neces-
sary.
Broken fixing Measure the resistance. If it is
unit thermistor ∞ Ω, replace the fixing unit
wire. thermistor.
Fixing unit Check and reinstall if neces-
thermistor sary.
installed
incorrectly.
Fixing unit Check for continuity. If none,
thermostat replace the fixing unit thermo-
triggered. stat.
3-5-13
3-5-12
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C620 Abnormally low fixing Fixing heater Check and reinstall if neces-
temperature M or S installed sary.
The fixing temperature incorrectly.
drops to 100°C/212°F or
below during copying. Broken fixing Check for continuity. If none,
While the fixing heaters heater M or S replace the fixing heater M or
wire. S.
are turned on, the tem-
perature does not change Poor contact Check the connection of con-
for 7 s or longer from of the fixing nector CN13-2 on the engine
40°C/104°F or below. unit thermistor PCB and the continuity across
connector ter- the connector terminals.
minals. Remedy or replace if neces-
sary.
Broken fixing Measure the resistance. If it is

unit thermistor ∞ Ω, replace the fixing unit
wire. thermistor.
Fixing unit Check and reinstall if neces-

thermistor sary.
installed incor-
rectly.
Fixing unit Check for continuity. If none,
thermostat replace the fixing unit thermo-
triggered. stat.
C630 Abnormally high fixing Shorted fixing Measure the resistance. If it is
temperature unit thermistor. ∞ Ω, replace the fixing unit
The fixing temperature thermistor.
exceeds 240°C/464°F.
Broken fixing Replace the power source
heater control PCB.
circuit on the
power source
PCB.
C710 Toner sensor problem Defective Replace the toner sensor.

The toner sensor output toner sensor.
voltage is outside the range
of 0.5 to 4.5 V during toner
control. of the toner check for continuity within the
The toner sensor control sensor con- connector cable. If none, repair
nector termi- or replace the cable.
voltage cannot be set within
the setting range when nals.
maintenance item U130 is Developer Replace the developer.
run. problem.
3-5-13
3-5-14
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C730 Broken external tempera- Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also
ture thermistor wire of the humidity check for continuity within the
The input voltage is above sensor PCB connector cable. If none, repair
4.5 V (230 bits). connector or replace the cable.
terminals.
Defective Replace the humidity sensor
external PCB.
temperature
thermistor.
C731 Short-circuited external Poor contact Reinsert the connector. Also

temperature thermistor of the humidity check for continuity within the
The input voltage is below sensor PCB connector cable. If none, repair
0.5 V (25 bits). connector or replace the cable.
terminals.
Defective Replace the humidity sensor
external PCB.
temperature
thermistor.
C740 Image formation unit Image forma- Reinstall the image formation
connector insertion tion unit unit connector if necessary.
problem connector
Absence of the image for- installed
mation unit is detected incorrectly.
continuously for 1500 ms
Defective Replace the image formation
while there is no error on
the copier. image forma- unit.
tion unit.
C801* Finisher paper convey- The paper Reinsert the connector. Also
ing motor problem conveying check for continuity within the
PCM LOCK signal is de- motor connec- connector cable. If none, repair
tected for 0.5 s or longer. tor makes or replace the cable.
poor contact.
The paper Replace the paper conveying
conveying motor and check for correct
motor mal- operation.
functions.
Defective Replace the finisher main
finisher main PCB and check for correct
PCB. operation.

3-5-15
3-5-14
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C803* Finisher paper convey- The paper Adjust the paper conveying
ing belt problem conveying belt belt so that it is in phase and
An on-to-off or off-to-on is out of phase. check for correct operation.
state change of the paper
conveying belt home posi- The paper Replace the paper conveying
tion sensor is not detected conveying belt belt clutch and check for cor-
clutch mal- rect operation.
within 2 s of the paper
conveying belt clutch turn- functions.
ing on. The paper Replace the paper conveying
conveying belt belt home position sensor and
home position check for correct operation.
sensor mal-
functions.
The paper Reinsert the connector. Also

conveying belt check for continuity within the
home position connector cable. If none, repair
sensor con- or replace the cable.
nector makes
poor contact.
The internal Check whether the internal

tray is incor- tray unit or front cover catches
rectly inserted. are damaged.
C814* Finisher tray elevation The tray eleva- Reinsert the connector. Also
motor problem tion motor con- check for continuity within the
The sort tray is not de- nector makes connector cable. If none, repair
tected in the home posi- poor contact. or replace the cable.
tion within 30 s of the start
of the tray elevation motor The tray eleva- Replace the tray elevation
tion motor mal- motor and check for correct
rotation.
functions. operation.
PCB. operation.

3-5-16
3-5-15
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C817* Finisher front jogger The front Reinsert the connector. Also
motor problem jogger motor check for continuity within the
While the front jogger is connector connector cable. If none, repair
not detected in the home makes poor or replace the cable.
position, the front jogger contact.
home position sensor does
The front Replace the front jogger motor
not detect the jogger within
1.5 s of the start of front jogger motor and check for correct opera-
jogger motor clockwise malfunctions. tion.
rotation. The front Reinsert the connector. Also
After the front jogger is jogger home check for continuity within the
detected in the home posi- position sensor connector cable. If none, repair
tion, the front jogger home connector or replace the cable.
position sensor still detects makes poor
the jogger within 0.5 s of contact.
the start of front jogger
motor counterclockwise The front Replace the front jogger home
rotation. jogger home position sensor and check for
position sensor correct operation.
malfunctions.

PCB. operation.

3-5-16
3-5-17
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C818* Finisher rear jogger The rear Reinsert the connector. Also
motor problem jogger motor check for continuity within the
While the rear jogger is connector connector cable. If none, repair
not detected in the home makes poor or replace the cable.
position, the rear jogger contact.
home position sensor does
The rear Replace the rear jogger motor
not detect the jogger within
1.5 s of the start of rear jogger motor and check for correct opera-
jogger motor clockwise malfunctions. tion.
rotation. The rear Reinsert the connector. Also
After the rear jogger is jogger home check for continuity within the
detected in the home posi- position sensor connector cable. If none, repair
tion, the rear jogger home connector or replace the cable.
position sensor still detects makes poor
the jogger within 0.5 s of contact.
the start of rear jogger
motor counterclockwise The rear Replace the rear jogger home
rotation. jogger home position sensor and check for
position sensor correct operation.
malfunctions.

PCB. operation.
C822* Finisher stapler problem The stapler Reinsert the connector. Also
The stapler home position connector check for continuity within the
sensor does not change makes poor connector cable. If none, repair
state from non-detection contact. or replace the cable.
to detection within 0.2 s of
the start of stapler motor The stapler
malfunctions.
counterclockwise (forward)
rotation. a) The stapler a) Remove the stapler
During initialization, the is blocked cartridge, and check the
with a cartridge and the stapling
stapler home position
sensor does not change staple. section of the stapler.
state from non-detection b) The stapler b) Replace the stapler and
is broken. check for correct operation.
to detection within 0.6 s of
the start of stapler motor Defective Replace the finisher main
clockwise (reverse) rota- finisher main PCB and check for correct
tion. PCB. operation.

3-5-18
3-5-17
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C850* Mailbox drive motor Defective Run a simulation of the mailbox
problem mailbox drive (communication test mode). If
While the mailbox drive motor or there is any problem with the
motor is driving, synchro- mailbox main communication, replace the
nization signals do not PCB. mailbox drive motor or the
synchronize continually for mailbox main PCB and check
464 ms (motor lockup). for correct operation.
C920* Deck paper conveying The deck Reinsert the connector. Also
motor problem paper convey- check for continuity within the
No pulse is input within ing motor con- connector cable. If none, repair
500 ms of the start-up. nector makes or replace the cable.
No pulse is input within poor contact.
100 ms of the previous
pulse input. Defective deck Replace the deck paper con-
paper convey- veying motor PCB and check
ing motor for correct operation.
PCB.
The deck Check the gears and remedy
paper convey- if necessary.
ing motor does
not rotate
correctly (the
motor is over-
loaded).
C921* Paper deck motor 1 Paper deck Reinsert the connector. Also
problem motor 1 con- check for continuity within the
A motor over-current sig- nector makes connector cable. If none, repair
nal is detected continu- poor contact. or replace the cable.
ously for 1 s or longer.
Paper deck Check the gears and remedy
motor 1 does if necessary.
not rotate
correctly (the
motor is over-
loaded).

3-5-19
3-5-18
2AR
Remarks
Causes
corrective measures
C922* Paper deck motor 2 Paper deck Reinsert the connector. Also
problem motor 2 con- check for continuity within the
A motor over-current signal nector makes connector cable. If none, repair
is detected continuously for poor contact. or replace the cable.
1 s or longer.
Paper deck Check the gears and remedy
motor 2 does if necessary.
not rotate
correctly (the
motor is over-
loaded).
C923* Right lift position Deck level Reinsert the connector. Also
problem switch 2 con- check for continuity within the
Deck level switch 2 does nector makes connector cable. If none, repair
not turn on within 20 s of poor contact. or replace the cable.
paper deck motor 2 turn-
ing on.
C924* Left lift position problem Deck level Reinsert the connector. Also
Deck level switch 1 does switch 1 con- check for continuity within the
not turn on within 20 s of nector makes connector cable. If none, repair
paper deck motor 1 turn- poor contact. or replace the cable.
ing on.

3-5-20
3-5-19
2AR
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ................................................................. 3-6-1
(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-3
(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-4
(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-5
(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-5
(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6
(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6
(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-7
(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-7
(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-8
(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9
(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9
(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-10
(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-10
(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-11
(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-11
(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-12
(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-12
(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-13
(20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering). ................................. 3-6-13
(21) Image is distorted at 32 mm from the trailing edge
of the paper. ........................................................................... 3-6-13-1
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................ 3-6-14
(1) A paper jam in the paper feed or conveying section is
indicated when the main switch is turned on. ............................ 3-6-14
(2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during
copying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-15
copying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-15
copying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-16
copying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). ....................... 3-6-16
copying (multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section). ..... 3-6-17
(7) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated
during copying (jam in registration/transfer section). ................. 3-6-17
(8) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying
(jam in fixing section). ................................................................ 3-6-17
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ..................................................................... 3-6-18
(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-18
(2) Engine PCB ............................................................................... 3-6-20
(3) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-27
2AR
(4) Scanner control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-32

(5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. 3-6-35
(6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-37
(7) Operation unit main PCB ........................................................... 3-6-39
(8) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 3-6-42
(9) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 3-6-43
(10) LCD ........................................................................................... 3-6-44
3-6-4 Electrical problems .......................................................................... 3-6-45
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is
turned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-45
(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ 3-6-45
(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-46
(4) The upper lift motor does not operate (C241). .......................... 3-6-46
(5) The lower lift motor does not operate (C242). ........................... 3-6-46
(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-47
(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... 3-6-47
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47
(10) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ 3-6-48
(11) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... 3-6-48
(15) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-49
(16) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-49
(17) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ 3-6-49
(18) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-50
(19) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... 3-6-50
(20) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off
(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C630). .................................... 3-6-50
(21) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... 3-6-50
(22) Transfer charging is not performed. .......................................... 3-6-51
(23) No developing bias is output. .................................................... 3-6-51
(24) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-51
(25) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-52
paper is present in the upper drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52
paper is present in the lower drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52
(28) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53
(29) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53
(30) A paper jam in the paper feed or paper conveying section
is indicated when the main switch is turned on. ........................ 3-6-54
(31) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the front, left 1 and left 2 covers are closed. .................... 3-6-54
(32) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-54
2AR
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ....................................................................... 3-6-55

(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-55
(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-55
(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-55
(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-56
(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-56
(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-56
(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-56
(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-56
2AR
3-6-1 Image formation problems
(1) No image appears (2) No image appears (3) Image is too light.
(entirely white). (entirely black).
See page 3-6-3 See page 3-6-4 See page 3-6-5
(4) Background is visible. (5) A white line appears (6) A black line appears
longitudinally. longitudinally.
(7) A black line appears (8) One side of the copy (9) Black dots appear on
laterally. image is darker than the image.
the other.
(10) Image is blurred. (11) The leading edge of (12) The leading edge of
the image is consist- the image is sporadi-
ently misaligned with cally misaligned with
the original. the original.
3-6-1
2AR-1
(13) Paper creases. (14) Offset occurs. (15) Image is partly miss-
ing.
(16) Fixing is poor. (17) Image is out of focus. (18) Image center does
not align with the
original center.
(19) Image is not square. (20) Image contrast is low (21) Image is distorted at
(carrier scattering). 32 mm from the trail-
ing edge of the paper.
32 mm
See page 3-6-13 See page 3-6-13 See page 3-6-13-1
3-6-2
2AR
(1) No image appears Causes

(entirely white). 1. No transfer charging.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures

1. No transfer charging.
A. Broken transfer wire. Replace or repair the wire.
B. The connector terminals of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
high-voltage transformer PCB continuity within the connector cable. If none,
make poor contact. repair or replace the cable.
C. Defective main PCB. Check if CN2-B53 on the main PCB goes low
when maintenance item U101 is run. If not,
replace the main PCB.
D. Defective engine PCB. Check if CN9-9 on the engine PCB goes low
when CN2-B53 on the main PCB goes low
while maintenance item U101 is run. If not,
replace the engine PCB.
E. Defective high-voltage Check if transfer charging takes place when
transformer PCB. CN1-6 on the high-voltage transformer PCB
goes low while maintenance item U101 is
run. If not, replace the high-voltage
transformer PCB.
3-6-3
2AR
(2) No image appears Causes

(entirely black). 1. No main charging.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.

1. No main charging.
A. Broken main charger wire. Replace the wire.
B. Leaking main charger housing. Clean the main charger wire and shield grid.
C. The connector terminals of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
high-voltage transformer PCB continuity within the connector cable. If none,
make poor contact. repair or replace the cable.
D. Defective main PCB. Check if CN2-B58 on the main PCB goes low
E. Defective engine PCB. Check if CN9-14 on the engine PCB goes low
when CN2-B58 on the main PCB goes low
F. Defective high-voltage Check if main charging takes place when
transformer PCB. CN1-1 on the high-voltage transformer PCB
goes low while maintenance item U100 is
run. If not, replace the high-voltage
transformer PCB.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
A. The connector terminals of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
exposure lamp make poor continuity within the connector cable. If none,
contact. repair or replace the cable.
B. Defective inverter PCB. Check if the exposure lamp lights when
CN1-5 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go low
replace the inverter PCB.
C. Defective scanner control PCB. Check if CN2-12 on the scanner control PCB
goes low when maintenance item U061 is
run. If not, replace the scanner control PCB.
3-6-4
2AR
(3) Image is too light. Causes

1. Insufficient toner.
2. Deteriorated developer.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

1. Insufficient toner. If the display shows the message requesting
toner replenishment, replace the cartridge.
2. Deteriorated developer. Check the number of copies made with the
current developer. If it has reached the
specified limit, replace the developer.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum. Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level
has been reached, replace the drum (see
page 3-3-47).
(4) Background is visible. Causes

1. Deteriorated developer.

1. Deteriorated developer. Check the number of copies made with the
current developer. If it has reached the
specified limit, replace the developer.
3-6-5
2AR
(5) A white line appears Causes

longitudinally. 1. Dirty or flawed main charger wire.
2. Foreign matter in the image formation unit.
3. Flawed drum.
4. Dirty shading plate.

1. Dirty or flawed main charger wire. Clean the main charger wire or, if it is flawed,
replace it.
2. Foreign matter in the image Check if the magnetic brush is formed
formation unit. uniformly. If not, replace the developer.
3. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-47).
4. Dirty shading plate. Clean the shading plate.
(6) A black line appears Causes

longitudinally. 1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.

1. Dirty contact glass. Clean the contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it
(see page 3-3-47).
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-54).
4. Dirty scanner mirror. Clean the scanner mirror.
3-6-6
2AR
(7) A black line appears Causes

laterally. 1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section.
3. Leaking main charger housing.

2. Dirty developing section. Clean any part contaminated with toner or
carrier in the developing section.
3. Leaking main charger housing. Clean the main charger wire and shield grid.
(8) One side of the copy Causes

image is darker than 1. Dirty main charger wire.
the other. 2. Defective exposure lamp.

1. Dirty main charger wire. Clean the main charger wire or, if it is
extremely dirty, replace it.
2. Defective exposure lamp. Check if the exposure lamp light is distributed
evenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp
(see page 3-3-24).
3-6-7
2AR
(9) Black dots appear on Causes

the image. 1. Dirty or flawed drum.
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

1. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it
(see page 3-3-47).
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-54).
(10) Image is blurred. Causes

1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section drive problem.

1. Scanner moves erratically. Check if there is any foreign matter on the
front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
2. Deformed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-64).
3. Paper conveying section drive Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,
problem. grease them.
3-6-8
2AR
(11) The leading edge of the Causes

image is consistently 1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.
misaligned with the 2. Misadjusted scanner leading edge registration.
original.

1. Misadjusted leading edge Readjust the leading edge registration (see
registration. pages 3-3-18 and 19).
2. Misadjusted scanner leading Readjust the scanner leading edge registra-
edge registration. tion (see page 3-3-40.)
(12) The leading edge of the Causes

image is sporadically 1. Registration clutch, or upper or lower paper feed
misaligned with the clutch installed or operating incorrectly.
original.

1. Registration clutch, or upper or Check the installation position and operation
lower paper feed clutch installed of the registration clutch and upper and lower
or operating incorrectly. paper feed clutches. If any of them operates
incorrectly, replace it.
3-6-9
2AR
(13) Paper creases. Causes

1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
3. Defective fixing unit pressure springs.

1. Paper curled. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
3. Defective fixing unit pressure Replace the fixing unit pressure springs.
springs.
(14) Offset occurs. Causes

1. Defective cleaning blade.

1. Defective cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-54).
3-6-10
2AR
(15) Image is partly missing. Causes

1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.

1. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper creased. Replace the paper.
3. Drum condensation. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50).
(16) Fixing is poor. Causes

1. Wrong paper.
2. Defective fixing unit pressure springs.
3. Flawed press roller.

1. Wrong paper. Check if the paper meets specifications.
2. Defective fixing unit pressure Replace the fixing unit pressure springs.
springs.
3. Flawed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-64).
3-6-11
2AR
(17) Image is out of focus. Causes

1. Defective image scanning unit.

1. Defective image scanning unit. Replace the image scanning unit.
(18) Image center does not Causes

align with the original 1. Misadjusted center line of image printing.
center. 2. Misadjusted scanner center line.
3. Original placed incorrectly.

1. Misadjusted center line of image Readjust the center line of image printing
printing. (see page 3-3-20).
2. Misadjusted scanner center line. Readjust the scanner center line (see page
3-3-41).
3. Original placed incorrectly. Place the original correctly.
3-6-12
2AR
(19) Image is not square. Causes

1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly.
2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

1. Laser scanner unit positioned Adjust the installation position of the laser
incorrectly. scanner unit (see page 3-3-35).
2. Image scanning unit positioned Adjust the installation position of the image
incorrectly. scanning unit (see page 3-3-37).
(20) Image contrast is low Causes

(carrier scattering). 1. No developing bias output.

1. No developing bias output.
A. Developing bias wire makes poor Check the developing bias wire. If there are
contact. any problems, replace it.
B. Defective main PCB. Check if CN2-B55 on the main PCB goes low
C. Defective high-voltage Check if developing bias is output when CN1-4
transformer PCB. on the high-voltage transformer PCB is low
replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.
3-6-13
2AR-1
(21) Image is distorted at Causes

32 mm from the trail- 1. Misadjusted fixing pressure.
ing edge of the paper.
32 mm

1. Misadjusted fixing pressure. Readjust the fixing pressure at the machine
front or rear according to the direction of the
distortion of the image (see page 3-3-66).
3-6-13-1
3-6-14
2AR-1
3-6-15
2AR
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds

Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
(1) A piece of paper torn from copy Check and remove if any.
A paper jam paper is caught around feed
in the paper switch 1/2/3 or the registration
feed or con- switch.
veying section
Defective feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN15-6
is indicated
when the on the engine PCB, check if
main switch is CN15-5 on the engine PCB
remains low when feed switch 1
turned on.
is turned on and off. If it does,
replace feed switch 1.
on the engine PCB, check if
CN15-8 on the engine PCB
remains low when feed switch 2
is turned on and off. If it does,
replace feed switch 2.
Defective feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at
CN15-12 on the engine PCB,
check if CN15-11 on the engine
PCB remains low when feed
switch 3 is turned on and off. If
it does, replace feed switch 3.
Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-26
remains low when the registra-
tion switch is turned on and off.
If it does, replace the registra-
tion switch.
3-6-14
2AR

(2) Paper in the upper drawer is Change the paper.
A paper jam extremely curled.
in the paper
feed section Check if the paper feed pulley, Check visually and replace any
separation pulley or forwarding deformed pulleys.
is indicated
during copy- pulley of the upper drawer is
ing (no paper deformed.
feed from Broken feed switch 1 actuator. Check visually and replace feed
copier upper switch 1 if the actuator is broken.
drawer).
goes low when feed switch 1 is
turned on. If not, replace feed
switch 1.
Check if the upper paper feed Check and remedy if necessary.

clutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the upper Check (see page 3-6-48).

paper feed clutch.
(3) Paper in the lower drawer is Change the paper.
A paper jam extremely curled.
in the paper
Check if the paper feed pulley, Check visually and replace any
feed section
separation pulley or forwarding deformed pulleys.
is indicated
during copy- pulley of the lower drawer is
ing (no paper deformed.
feed from Broken feed switch 2 actuator. Check visually and replace feed
copier lower switch 2 if the actuator is broken.
drawer).
goes low when feed switch 2 is
turned on. If not, replace feed
switch 2.
Check if the lower paper feed Check and remedy if necessary.

clutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the Check (see page 3-6-48).

lower paper feed clutch.
3-6-15
2AR

(4) Broken registration switch Check visually and replace the
A paper jam actuator. registration switch if the actuator
in the paper is broken.
feed section
Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-26
is indicated
during copy-
ing (jam in CN8-25 on the engine PCB goes
low when the registration switch
copier vertical
is turned on. If not, replace the
paper convey-
ing section). registration switch.
Broken feed switch 1 actuator. Check visually and replace feed
switch 1 if the actuator is broken.

CN15-5 on the engine PCB goes
low when feed switch 1 is turned
on. If not, replace feed switch 1.
Broken feed switch 2 actuator. Check visually and replace feed
switch 2 if the actuator is broken.
CN15-8 on the engine PCB goes
low when feed switch 2 is turned
on. If not, replace feed switch 2.
Check if the feed pulleys and Check visually and remedy if
feed rollers 1 and 2 do not necessary.
contact each other.
Check if the feed pulleys and Remedy or replace if necessary.
feed rollers 1 and 2 are
deformed.
(5) Check if the feed pulleys and Remedy or replace if necessary.

A paper jam feed rollers 1 and 2 are
in the paper deformed.
feed section
Check if the feed pulleys and Check visually and remedy if
is indicated
feed rollers 1 and 2 do not necessary.
during copy-
contact each other.
ing (multiple
sheets in Check if the feed guides are Check visually and remedy if
paper feed deformed. necessary.
section).
3-6-16
2AR

(6) Check if the feed guides are Check visually and remedy if
A paper jam deformed. necessary.
in the paper
feed section
is indicated
during copy-
ing (multiple
sheets in
copier vertical
conveying
section).
(7) Check if the registration clutch Check visually and remedy if
A paper jam malfunctions. necessary.
in the paper
conveying Electrical problem with the Check (see page 3-6-49).
section is indi- registration clutch.
cated during Check if the left and right regis- Check visually and remedy if
copying (jam tration rollers contact each necessary.
in registration/ other.
transfer sec-
tion). Check if the left and right feed Check visually and remedy if
rollers contact each other. necessary.
(8) Check if the registration clutch Check and remedy if necessary.
A paper jam malfunctions.
in the fixing
section is indi- Electrical problem with the Check (see page 3-6-49).
cated during registration clutch.
copying (jam Check if the left and right regis- Check visually and remedy if
in fixing sec- tration rollers contact each necessary.
tion). other.
Check if the left and right feed Check visually and remedy if
rollers contact each other. necessary.
Check if the fixing unit front Remedy or replace if necessary.
right and front left guides are
deformed.
Check if the press roller is Clean or replace if necessary.
extremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the heat roller separa- Clean or replace if necessary.

tion claws are dirty or deformed.
Check if the heat roller and its Remedy if the separation claw
separation claws contact each springs are out of place.
other.
3-6-17
2AR
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages
Precautions
• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.
• Do not touch PCBs containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge.
• Store PCBs wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar material.
(1) Power source PCB
3 1
29
30
17
18
6
CN2
4
CN4
CN7
CN5
4
CN3
1
2 1
CN6
CN1
1
2
1
2
TB5
1
CN8
1 2
TB4
TB3
TB1 TB2
3-6-18
2AR
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks

TB1 TB2 120 V AC AC supply, input
220 – 240 V AC
TB3 TB4 120 V AC AC supply for MSW, output
220 – 240 V AC
1-3 1-1 120 V AC AC supply for H2, output
220 – 240 V AC
1-4 1-1 120 V AC AC supply for H1, output
220 – 240 V AC
2-1 3-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-2 3-12 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
2-3 3-12 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
3-1, 2 3-18, 19 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF*, output
3-4 3-20, 21 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-5, 6 3-10, 11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF*, output
3-7 3-22 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
3-8 3-11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW1, output
3-23 3-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-24 3-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
3-25, 26 3-14, 15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
3-27 3-14, 15 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
3-28 3-16, 17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
3-29 3-16, 17 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply for MPCB, output
3-30 3-14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
4-1 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
4-4 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
5-1, 2 5-14, 15 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for mailbox*, output
5-3, 4, 5-10, 18 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5, 6
5-7 5-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for mailbox*, output
5-8 5-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-9 5-16 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for large paper deck*/
paper feed desk*, output
5-17 5-11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for large paper deck*/
paper feed desk*, output
6-1 6-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PM, output
* Optional.
3-6-19
1
B10 CN11 B1
10
K K K C C C C
IC1
CN16
L1
8
1 21
L2
A A A BE BE BE BE
29
30
2 CN4 22
D1 D2 D3 Q1
CN9
A1 8 A10 Q2 Q3 Q4 1
+
C1
IC2
1 8
L3
+
1
1 IC3
C2
1
CN8
8
2
14
8 CN2 23
24
IC4 IC6
CN1
D4 +1 5 9
D5
2
1
3
1
2
IC5 3
1 C3 1 1
CN14
L5
L6
L4 C4 1
D6
D7
D8
D9
1
9 +
1
9
9
D10
R1
CN13
2
1
12
11
IC7
11
R120
R2
116
20 IC9
4
KA
R
5
D11
IC10
IC11
IC12
R117
R115
CN12
C K
R129
R128
R127
R126
R125
R124
R123
R122 Q6 Q8 Q10 Q12 Q14 Q16 Q18
A Q5 1
B E
K1
1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 10
5
D13
D12 A12 CN10 A1
L7
IC13
16
15
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Q7 Q9 Q11 Q13 Q15 Q17 A CN15
L8
CN6
CN7 12 CN5 13 1
(2) Engine PCB
B1 B10 10 2 2
A1 A10 1 1 B1 B12
9 11
3-6-20
2AR
2AR

1-1 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MPCB, input
1-5 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input
1-6 1-4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output
1-7 1-4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output
1-8 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
2-1 2-13 0/5 V DC Feedshift unit*1/eject unit*1 connected
signal, input
2-2 2-13 0/5 V DC FSSW*1 on/off, input
2-3 2-11 0/5 V DC FSSOL2*1 latch-on signal, output
2-4 2-11 0/24 V DC FSFM*1 on/off, output
2-5 2-11 0/5 V DC FSSOL1*1 latch-on signal, output
2-6 2-11 5 V DC FSSOL1*1, FSSOL2*1 release signal,
output _
2-7 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-8 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
_
2-9 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-10 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-12 2-11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FSPCB*1, output
2-14 2-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSPCB*1, output
2-15 2-13 0/5 V DC ESW*1 on/off, input
2-16 2-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW*1, output
2-19, 24 2-11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for feedshift unit*1/
eject unit*1, output
3-A2 3-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-U on/off, input
3-A3 3-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-L on/off, input
3-A4 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFCL*2 on/off, input
3-A5 3-A24 0/5 V DC FCL1 on/off, input
3-A8 3-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-U on/off, input
3-A9 3-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-L on/off, input
3-A10 3-A24 0/5 V DC DUPCL*1 on/off, input
3-A11 3-A24 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW*1 on/off, output
3-A12 3-A24 0/5 V DC Duplex unit*1 connected signal, output
3-A13 3-A24 ETTH detection voltage, output
3-A14 3-A24 EHUMSENS detection voltage, output
3-A15 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSW1 on/off, output
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-21
2AR-1

3-A27 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, input
3-A29 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, output
3-A31 3-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 connected signal, output
3-A32 3-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 count signal, input
3-A46 3-A24 FTH detection voltage, output
3-A47 3-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 HIGH SPEED signal, input
3-A48 3-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 LOW SPEED signal, input
3-A49 3-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter on/off, output
3-A50 3-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter connected signal, output
3-A51 3-A24 0/5 V DC Key counter*1 connected signal, output
3-A52 3-A24 0/5 V DC Key card*2 on/off, input
3-A53 3-A24 0/5 V DC MSW on/off, input
3-A54 3-A24 0/5 V DC FUSW*1 on/off, input
3-A55 3-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (+), input
3-A56 3-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (–), input
3-A57 3-A24 0/5 V DC DEV DET signal, output
3-A58 3-A24 TNS detection voltage, output
3-A59 3-A24 0 – 15 V DC TNS control voltage, input
3-A60 3-A24 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, output
3-B1 3-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
3-B4 3-A24 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
3-B5 3-A24 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
3-B6 3-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, output
3-B7 3-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, output
3-B8 3-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, output
3-B9 3-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, output
3-B10 3-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, output
3-B11 3-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, output
3-B12 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, output
3-B15 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, output
3-B18 3-A24 0/5 V DC Bypass table*2 connected signal, output
3-B19 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW*2 on/off, output
3-B20 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFSW*2 on/off, output
3-B21 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPSW*2 on/off, output
3-B22 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG0) on/off, output

3-6-22
2AR-1

3-B25 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPLCL*2 on/off, input
3-B26 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPFCL*2 on/off, input
3-B27 3-A24 0/5 V DC JBESW*1 on/off, output
3-B28 3-A24 0/5 V DC Job separator*1 connected signal, input
3-B29 3-A24 0/5 V DC JOFSW*1 on/off, output
3-B30 3-A24 0/5 V DC LED*1 on/off, input
3-B31 3-A24 0/5 V DC DM, CL on/off, input
3-B32 3-A24 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, output
3-B33 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, input
3-B34 3-A24 0/5 V DC Feedshift unit*1/eject unit*1 connected
signal, output
3-B35 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSSW*1 on/off, output
3-B36 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL2*1 latch-on signal, input
3-B37 3-A24 0/5 V DC RCL on/off, input
3-B38 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL1*1 latch-on signal, input
3-B39 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSFM*1 on/off, input
_
3-B40 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (B)
3-B41 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (B)
_
3-B42 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (A)
3-B43 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (A)
3-B44 3-A24 0/5 V DC ESW*1 on/off, output
3-B45 3-A24 0/5 V DC PCFM on/off, input
3-B46 3-A24 5/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, output
3-B51 3-A24 0 – 5 V DC TC control voltage, input
3-B53 3-A24 0/5V DC TC on/off, input
3-B54 3-A24 0 – 5 V DC DB control voltage, input
3-B55 3-A24 0/5 V DC DB on/off, input
3-B56 3-A24 0/5 V DC MC ALM signal, output
3-B57 3-A24 0 – 5 V DC GRID control voltage, input
3-B58 3-A24 0/5 V DC MC on/off, input
3-B60 3-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
4-1 4-7 24/0 V DC BYPPFCL*2 on/off, output
4-2 4-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL*2, output
4-3 4-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPLCL*2, output
4-4 4-7 24/0 V DC BYPLCL*2 on/off, output
4-5 4-7 24/0 V DC BYPFCL*2 on/off, output
4-6 4-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPFCL*2, output

3-6-23
2AR-1

4-8 4-7 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG2) on/off, input
4-11 4-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW*2, output
4-12 4-13 5/0 V DC BYPPSW*2 on/off, input
4-15 4-14 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPFSW*2, output
4-16 4-14 0/5 V DC BYPFSW*2 on/off, input
4-17 4-19 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW*2, output
4-18 4-19 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW*2 on/off, input
4-20 4-21 0/5 V DC Bypass table*2 connected signal, input
7-1 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*2, output
7-3 7-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, input
7-5 7-6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, output
7-8 7-7 0/5 V DC MMD*2 connected signal, input
7-9 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*2, output
7-10 7-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 count on/off, output
8-1 8-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM1, output
8-2 8-7 0/13 V DC CFM1 half speed/full speed, output
8-3 8-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM2, output
8-4 8-7 0/13 V DC CFM2 half speed/full speed, output
8-5 8-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for total counter, output
8-6 8-7 0/24 V DC Total counter on/off, input
8-8 8-7 0/5 V DC Total counter connected signal, input
8-9 8-10 0/5 V DC Key card*2, key counter*1 connected
signal, input
8-11 8-10 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*2, key
counter*1, output
8-12 8-10 0/5 V DC Key card*2, key counter*1 copy count
signal, output
8-13 8-15 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MSW, output
8-14 8-15 0/24 V DC MSW on/off, output
8-16 8-15 0/5 V DC FUSW*1 on/off, output
8-17 8-15 14/24 V DC TFM drive control signal (+), output
8-18 8-15 14/24 V DC TFM drive control signal (–), output
8-19 8-20 0/5 V DC DEV DET signal, input
8-22 8-21 TNS detection voltage, input
8-23 8-21 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output
8-24 8-21 0 – 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output
8-25 8-27 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
8-26 8-27 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output

3-6-24
2AR-1

9-5 9-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output
9-7 9-6 0 – 5 V DC TC control voltage, output
9-9 9-6 0/13 V DC TC on/off, output
9-10 9-6 0 – 5 V DC DB control voltage, output
9-11 9-6 0/23 V DC DB on/off, output
9-12 9-6 0/5 V DC MC ALM signal, input
9-13 9-6 0 – 15 V DC GRID control voltage, output
9-14 9-6 0/18 V DC MC on/off, output
10-A1 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output
10-A2 10-B9 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output
10-A3 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output
10-A4 10-B9 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output
10-A5 10-B9 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
10-A6 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output
10-A7 10-B9 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
10-A8 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output
10-B1 10-B9 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output
10-B2 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output
10-B3 10-B9 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output
10-B4 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output
10-B5 10-B9 0/24 V DC DUPCL* on/off, output
10-B6 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPCL*, output
10-B7 10-B9 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW* on/off, input
10-B8 10-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW*, output
10-B11 10-B9 0/5 V DC Duplex unit* connected signal, input
11-A1 11-A5 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output
11-A2 11-A5 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input
11-A3 11-A5 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output
11-A4 11-A5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output
11-A8, A9 11-A5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DM, output
11-B1 11-B8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LED*, output
11-B2 11-B8 0/5 V DC LED* on/off, output
11-B3 11-B8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for JOFSW*, output
11-B4 11-B8 0/5 V DC JOFSW* on/off, input
11-B6 11-B8 0/5 V DC Job separator* connected signal, input
11-B9 11-B8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for JBESW*, output
* Optional.
3-6-25
2AR-1

11-B10 11-B8 0/5 V DC JBESW* on/off, input
12-2 12-1 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input
12-3 12-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output
12-5 12-1 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input
12-6 12-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output
12-8 12-7 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input
12-9 12-7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output
12-11 12-10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input
12-12 12-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output
12-13 12-14 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input
12-15 12-16 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input
13-1 12-16 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output
13-2 12-16 FTH detection voltage, input
13-3 12-16 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output
13-4 12-16 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output
14-2 14-1 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input
14-5, 6 14-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
14-8 14-7 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input
14-11, 12 14-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
15-1 15-2 ETTH detection voltage, input
15-3 15-2 EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
15-4 15-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output
15-5 15-7 0/5 V DC FSW1 on/off, input
15-6 15-7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW1, output
16-1 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
16-2 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, output
16-5 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, output
16-9 9-6 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output
16-10 9-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCFM, output
* Optional.
3-6-26
2AR-1
(3) Main PCB
CN9 CN5
CN2
+
CN3
IC12
IC11
CN4
CN11
+
CN10
CN8
CN6
+ CN7 +
+
+ +
+
CN1
3-6-27
2AR-1

1-1 1-2 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply, input
1-4 1-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-A2 2-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-U on/off, output
2-A3 2-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-L on/off, output
2-A4 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFCL*2 on/off, output
2-A5 2-A24 0/5 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
2-A8 2-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output
2-A9 2-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output
2-A10 2-A24 0/5 V DC DUPCL*1 on/off, output
2-A11 2-A24 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW*1 on/off, input
2-A12 2-A24 0/5 V DC Duplex unit*1 connected signal, input
2-A13 2-A24 ETTH detection voltage, input
2-A14 2-A24 EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
2-A15 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSW1 on/off, input
2-A27 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, output
2-A29 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, input
2-A31 2-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 connected signal, input
2-A32 2-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 count signal, output
2-A46 2-A24 FTH detection voltage, input
2-A47 2-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 HIGH SPEED signal, output
2-A48 2-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 LOW SPEED signal, output
2-A49 2-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter on/off, input
2-A50 2-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter connected signal, input
2-A51 2-A24 0/5 V DC Key counter*1 connected signal, input
2-A52 2-A24 0/5 V DC Key card*2 on/off, output
2-A53 2-A24 0/5 V DC MSW on/off, output
2-A54 2-A24 0/5 V DC FUSW*1 on/off, output
2-A55 2-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (+), output
2-A56 2-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (–), output
2-A57 2-A24 0/5 V DC DEV DET signal, input
2-A58 2-A24 TNS detection voltage, input
2-A59 2-A24 0 – 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output
2-A60 2-A24 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
2-B1 2-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
2-B4 2-A24 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output

3-6-28
2AR-1

2-B5 2-A24 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output
2-B6 2-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input
2-B7 2-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input
2-B8 2-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input
2-B9 2-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input
2-B10 2-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input
2-B11 2-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input
2-B12 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input
2-B15 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input
2-B18 2-A24 0/5 V DC Bypass table*2 connected signal, input
2-B19 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW*2 on/off, input
2-B20 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFSW*2 on/off, input
2-B21 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPSW*2 on/off, input
2-B22 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG0) on/off, input
2-B25 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPLCL*2 on/off, output
2-B26 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPFCL*2 on/off, output
2-B27 2-A24 0/5 V DC JBESW*1 on/off, input
2-B28 2-A24 0/5 V DC Job separator*1 connected signal, output
2-B29 2-A24 0/5 V DC JOFSW*1 on/off, input
2-B30 2-A24 0/5 V DC LED*1 on/off, output
2-B31 2-A24 0/5 V DC DM, CL on/off, output
2-B32 2-A24 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input
2-B33 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output
2-B34 2-A24 0/5 V DC Feedshift unit*1/eject unit*1 connected
signal, input
2-B35 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSSW*1 on/off, input
2-B36 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL2*1 latch-on signal, output
2-B37 2-A24 0/5 V DC RCL on/off, output
2-B38 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL1*1 latch-on signal, output
2-B39 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSFM*1 on/off, output
_
2-B40 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-B41 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
_
2-B42 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-B43 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)

3-6-29
2AR-1

2-B44 2-A24 0/5 V DC ESW* on/off, input
2-B45 2-A24 0/5 V DC PCFM on/off, output
2-B46 2-A24 5/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
2-B51 2-A24 0 – 5 V DC TC control voltage, output
2-B53 2-A24 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output
2-B54 2-A24 0 – 5 V DC DB control voltage, output
2-B55 2-A24 0/5 V DC DB on/off, output
2-B56 2-A24 0/5 V DC MC ALM signal, input
2-B57 2-A24 0 – 5 V DC GRID control voltage, output
2-B58 2-A24 0/5 V DC MC on/off, output
2-B60 2-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
3-1, 11, 3-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for printer board*, output
12
3-4 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-5 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* RESET signal, output
3-6 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, output
3-7 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* PRINT signal, input
3-20 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* connected signal, input
4-3 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, input
4-5 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-8 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* connected signal, input
4-9 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* SCAN signal, input
4-10 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* PRINT signal, input
4-11 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* READY signal, input
4-12 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* RESET signal, output
4-14 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* serial signal, input
4-16 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* serial signal, output
* Optional.
3-6-30
2AR-1

4-20 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* PGEN signal, output
4-21 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* PGCLK signal, output
4-23 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, input
4-25 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* MAIN CLK signal, output
4-38 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* FAX ID signal, output
5-A2 5-A1 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN ACK signal, input
5-A4 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB MAIN SCN ACK signal, output
5-A5 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB MAIN SCN HEADER signal, output
5-A6 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN START signal, output
5-A7 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN HEADER signal, input
5-A8 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN ENABLE signal, input
5-A9 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SMRE + signal, input
5-A10 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SMRE – signal, input
5-A11 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SOHSYNC – signal, input
5-A12 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SOHSYNC + signal, input
5-B1 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB image control signal SID –, input
5-B2 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB image control signal SID +, input
5-B3 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB clock pulse +, input
5-B4 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB clock pulse –, input
5-B5 5-B6 0/5 V DC SCPCB SOVST signal, input
5-B7 5-B6 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN RESET signal, output
5-B9 5-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to SCPCB, output
5-B11 5-B12 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from SCPCB, input
8-1 8-4 0/5 V DC PM S/S signal, output
8-2 8-4 0/5 V DC PM LD signal, input
8-3 8-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PM clock pulse, output
8-5 8-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LDPCB, output
8-6 8-4 0/5 V DC LDPCB BD + signal, input
8-7 8-4 0/5 V DC LDPCB BD – signal, input
8-9 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB VIDEO – signal, output
* Optional.
3-6-30-1
3-6-31
2AR-1

8-10 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB VIDEO + signal, output
8-11 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB ENABLE signal, output
8-12 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB ADJUST signal, output
3-6-32
3-6-30-2
2AR

8-13 8-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LDPCB, output
9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to OMPCB, output
9-3 9-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from OMPCB, input
9-5 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FOR MAIN signal, input
9-6 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FROM MAIN signal, output
9-7 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FOR MAIN signal, input
9-8 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FROM MAIN signal,
output
9-9 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB DET SIG signal, input
9-10 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI STS signal, input
9-11 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MAIN signal, output
10-1 10-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from finisher*, input
10-3 10-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to finisher*, output
10-5 10-4 0/5 V DC Finisher* F RESET signal, output
10-6 10-4 0/5 V DC Finisher* connected signal, input
10-7 10-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from mailbox*, input
10-9 10-10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to mailbox*, output
10-11 10-10 0/5 V DC Mailbox* connected signal, input
10-12 10-10 0/5 V DC Mailbox* M RESET signal, output
11-1 11-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to paper feed desk*/large
paper deck*, output
11-3 11-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from paper feed desk*/
large paper deck*, input
11-5 11-4 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, output
* Optional.
3-6-31
2AR
(4) Scanner control PCB
CN2
CN9
RA2 L70
14 1 A12
B1 A1
L42
4 4 4
RA3
LA2 B12
L71
R158 5 8 5 8 5 8 LA1
1
2 2
R160
3TR8 LA3 TR10 4 4
L76
R40 R41
LA8 C112 C145 LA7
CN8
3 3
TR7
TR6
8 5 8 5 8
TR11 4 TR14 4 TR1
3
3
L28
L29
R183
R184
R185
R186
R179
R180
R181
R182
6 6 L49 LA17 LA16 2 R53
44 6
RA37 RA36
4 6
8
6 4
TR2 4
C105 RA18
C147 RA60
TR5
R151
RA62
3
3
3
3 8 2 3
L43
TR12
4 5 R170 C88
C13
4 8 8
14
R1
RA50
8 6 6 6 6 4 5 34
4
5
C12 L40 R4 L27
4
34
4 5 4 5
IC3
3 C114 R153 C1
+
C89 L44
3
R7 16
1
C90
14
3 C2
C11
28
TR4
4 5 R8 C104
4 6
+ C19
C3 C91 C102
4
6
4
6
51 4
6
IC16
TR9 R11
TR3 C4 8
76 IC5
C146 LA9
RA39 RA38
R21
7 R12 L30 C101

8
IC1
R19 8
75
50
4 5
R188
C113 R15
L35
8
4 5 8
R20
4 5 8 C143 TR1 RA8 RA9 9
L22
R121
R120
R119
8
RA61
C68
C67
C66
R152 4 5 4 5 L69
C96 C95 L68
L21
CN6 CN7
121 R79
14
12
1
RA51 IC18
R18 8
IC4
+ C98
C71 C69
4 5 L23 C140
C144
L33
R17
1
4 3 C160
160
C87
RA48
C117
8 6 120 8 14 15 C94
100
1 8
LA4
B RA40
7
L32
26
8
4
4 25
R42 C118
E L26 4
C72 5 2 3 4 5
1
4 5 C165
R44 R48
TR17
C
4
C9 C73 RA68 8 8 8
8 4 4
R123 5 4 5 4 5
R189
2 3 C100
RA49
4
RA41 28 RA46
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
R28
C93 C92
L67
X1
C86
LA5
RA52 RA53 RA54 RA55 RA56 R27
CN1
4 5 C10 L66
6
L36
4
R45 R26 RA43

8
R49
RA4
C74 C85 8
R43 L34 C166
C75
R47 R46
C84
4 5
LA6
RA63
5 4
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8 R25 L31 L63 L62 C149

4 5 RA5 RA6 RA7 5 8
+
8
RA65 C76
K
11
C97
TR15
RA14 4 5
D1
4
10
CN5 I
8
1
LA10
RA42
RA64 R39
IC19
IC20
4 5 C14 RA44 G
R52
R31
R51
R32
C77
8 81 C83 8
6
R154
40
O
8 C148 32
A
C15 41 4 5 14 15 8
80
5 C103 L20
8
RA45
2 C107
LA11 4
4 5
IC17
C115
2
L60
IC2 14
C78
RA12
L24
L41
C141
C80 C81 3 4 L25 4 5 4 5
C79
8
RA47 C108 L18

RA89 L61
2 4 L75
L50
R168
L52
IC7
20
4
5
4 R102
C110
83
RA13 R101 L19
8
8
RA67
8
7 C111 2 8
RA17 RA15
R100
4
16
3 4 RA20
C8 RA1
R23
5 RA22 4 R104
1
4 5 4 5
CN3
5 8 4
C38
5
LA12
RA21 C122
RA19
LA13
C5
C6
C7
11 IC10
8
C39
4
5 8
R24 C36
R169 L2
C35
R166 5
C129 C128
13
C37 C120 10
176
133
C18 L3
9
R16 C150
8
L1 R95
132
R38
IC6
C17
R35
R37 8
C21
L10 L11
C23
1
RA11
L5 4
X2
IC11
R36 R34 C123

B 5
C22
4
E R33 R108
1
C
8
C33
RA10
4
TR16
RA70
2 3
R91
R92
4 5 C32 2
C16
L4C24
C119
5
8
3
IC8 16 17 R190
L6
L74 R191 C162

R193 R192
C168
C151
C169
R195 R194 R94

C25 C124 8
+
R59 R197
C118 R61 R196 R83
R178
R177
C164
R187
C31 44 4 5
89
R63 L13 RA24

8
L12
C29 45
88
R65 8
C27
R173
C28
C26
R69
R71 C126 C125 RA26 4 5 C167
8
2
RA25
4
IC21
IC9
R73
C163
RA28
2 2 L8 5 L77
R75
3 4 3
6
+
4 3 4 5 8 5 8 C42 4
RA27 R174 R176
R108 RA30 RA29 C43
24
C41 C63
C44
C170
C136
C64
R57
R175
L9 R171
R58 8 R172
RA32
L15
R60
C61
C56 48 C62
C131
R62 4 5 RA35 C45 37

C53
8
R64 8 38
RA31
R66
+
1
CN4
1
4 5 C54
R67
R68 L64
4
8 5
C55
IC13
R70 L38
R72 12 13 L39
C132
R74 L46
C99
R76 R111 L85

24
L14
4
5
RA34 12 25 L45
C46
C139
IC12
C47
24
8
RA33
L73 L17 13
R162
C48 2
4 5 C60
C49
RA66
C57 3 4
8
RA57
R164 4 5 R87 R84

C59 L16
C51
L72
IC14
+
+
12 13 C50
C58 C152 C52
3-6-32
2AR

1-1, 5 1-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
1-2 1-3 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
1-6 1-4 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
2-1 2-14 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
2-2 2-14 SM current control voltage SM Vref, output
2-3 2-14 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, output
2-8 2-14 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, output
2-9 2-14 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signal SM
CWB, output
2-10 2-14 0/5 V DC SM control signal SM RET, output
2-11 2-14 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, output
2-12 2-14 5/0 V DC EL on/off, output
2-13 2-14 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
3-1 3-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) CCD drive clock signal, output
3-3 3-2 0/5 V DC CCDPCB RS signal, output
3-5 3-4 0/5 V DC CCDPCB CLP signal, output
3-7 3-6 0/5 V DC CCDPCB SHIFT signal, output
3-9 3-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
4-1 4-2 CCD control signal VO_O, input
4-3 4-4 CCD control signal VO_E, input
4-5 4-6 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
5-2 4-6 0/5 V DC OSBSW* on/off, input
5-3 4-6 0/5 V DC OFSW* on/off, input
5-4 4-6 0/5 V DC OSSW* on/off, input
5-7 4-6 0/5 V DC SRDF* installed/not installed signal, input
5-8 4-6 0/5 V DC OSWSW* on/off, input
5-9 4-6 5/0 V DC DFSSW2* off/on, input
5-10 4-6 5/0 V DC DFSSW1* off/on, input
5-11 4-6 5/0 V DC OSLSW* off/on, input
5-12 4-6 5/0 V DC DFTSW* off/on, input
6-1 4-6 0/5 V DC OFM* control signal OFM RET, output
6-2 4-6 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM* drive clock pulse, output
6-3 4-6 0/5 V DC OFM* rotation direction switching signal
OFM CWB, output
6-4 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* enable signal, output
6-5 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* control signal OCM RET, output
* Optional.
3-6-33
2AR

6-6 4-6 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM* drive clock pulse, output
6-7 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* rotation direction switching signal
OCM CWB, output
6-8 4-6 OCM* current control voltage OCM Vref,
output
6-9 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* drive control signal OCM M3, output
6-10 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* drive control signal OCM M2, output
6-11 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* drive control signal OCM M1,
output
7-2 4-6 0/5 V DC OSLED* (red) on/off, output
7-3 4-6 0/5 V DC OSLED* (green) on/off, output
7-4 4-6 0/5 V DC SBPSOL* release signal, output
7-5 4-6 0/5 V DC SBPSOL* latch-on signal, output
7-6 4-6 0/5 V DC OFCL* on/off, output
7-7 4-6 0/5 V DC EFSSOL* on/off, output
7-9 4-6 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL* on/off, output
7-10 4-6 0/5 V DC OFSOL* release signal, output
7-11 4-6 0/5 V DC OFSOL* latch-on signal, output
7-12 4-6 0/5 V DC OFM* enable signal, output
8-2 8-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSS, output
8-3 8-1 0/5 V DC OSS on/off, input
9-A1 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SOHSYNC + signal, output
9-A2 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SOHSYNC – signal, output
9-A3 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SMRE – signal, output
9-A4 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SMRE + signal, output
9-A5 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN ENABLE signal, output
9-A6 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN HEADER signal, output
9-A7 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN START signal, input
9-A8 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB MAIN SCN HEADER signal, input
9-A9 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB MAIN SCN ACK signal, input
9-A11 9-A12 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN ACK signal, output
9-B2 9-B1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to MPCB, output
9-B4 9-B3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from MPCB, input
9-B6 9-B7 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN RESET signal, input
9-B9 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB clock pulse –, output
9-B10 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB clock pulse +, output
9-B11 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB image control signal SID +, output
9-B12 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB image control signal SID –, output
* Optional.
3-6-34
2AR
(5) Scanner motor PCB
CN4
3 1
C11
J10
J4
C112
C110
C111
+
C10
TP1 C5
J12
J11
C113
C118
C119 C16
C101
L2
L1
C17
4
C18
CN6
JP5
JP15
J15 JP6
E C B
J14 JP16
DT2
1
J13 L3
C1
22
JP102
J1
DT1
J8 R12
EC
J2 R1
L5
1
C22
D1
R2
C12
+
JP9 R3
R15
1
JP100
2
R16 JP101
CN1
C13
JP7 R6
CN3
JP8 C6
C102 C19
R7
IC1
C20 C7
5
6
14
C23
R8
JP11
J16 C8
J9
J17 R9
C21
C121 C3
J5
C9
C100 C120
+
C116
J7
1
C117
C114
C115
J6 L4
J3
1 3 1 6
CN5
CN2
3-6-35
2AR-1

1-2 1-1 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, output
1-3 1-1 5/0 V DC EL on/off, input
1-4 1-1 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, input
1-5 1-1 0/5 V DC SM control signal SM RET, input
1-6 1-1 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signal SM
CWB, input
1-7 1-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, input
1-8 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, input
1-13 1-1 SM current control voltage SM Vref, input
1-14 1-1 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, output
_
2-1 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-2 3-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-3 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-4 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-5 3-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output
_
2-6 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A)
3-3 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
3-4 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
4-1 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
4-2 4-3 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
5-1 5-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
5-2 5-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
6-2 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
3-6-36
3-6-37
2AR
C2
C7
TR1 F5 C15
E
B
R3
C3
C4
C5
R7 F6
C13
R10
C6 R12
R4
F3
R2 C14
C
C10
C11
R5
C8
F2 C9
R1
R11
E R8
B
F4
C1
F1
5 R9
C12
R6 9
C16
+ IC2
C
R13
F10 TR2 R19 R20 R21 R22
C29
RA1 1 F18
IC3
C26
C27
C32
C17
R14
CN1
C28 1
R15 F9 1 6
C20
C22
R16 CN2 1 10
R17
(6) CCD PCB
2AR-1

1-1 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) CCD drive clock signal, input
1-3 1-2 0/5 V DC CCDPCB RS signal, input
1-5 1-4 0/5 V DC CCDPCB CLP signal, input
1-7 1-6 0/5 V DC CCDPCB SHIFT signal, input
1-9 1-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from SCPCB, input
2-1 2-2 CCD control signal VO_O, input
2-3 2-4 CCD control signal VO_E, input
2-5 2-6 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply from SCPCB, input
3-6-38
3-6-39
2AR
40 25
L4
IC2 13 9
23
L1 41 24
14 8
L2
R1
R2
IC3
R3
R4
L5
L3
B25
B26
A25
A26
C L8
TR1 L9
18 4
IC1
B E L10
L6
80 IC5 51
1 19 L11
L7 81 50 L17
64 1 15
1
C1 80 L18
L14
X1
+ IC6 8
65
L12
L13
+ C
L16
R5
9
CN7
CN2
TR2
C2 L15 B
C3 1 1 R6
K
IC4
AK
D1
1 TR3
+ 100 B
TP2 9
A
TP4 31
L21
9
TR4 R7
DC1 1 30
L20
C4 B E
C5
TP3
R16 R13
R14
1
TP1 TH1
TR10
TR12
L22 L23 L24
IC10 IC12 1 9
L19 8 8 8
E
IC7
R15
R8 11 TR5 TR7 TR8 TR9
5 TP5
8 CN3 1
TR13
1 1 IC11 1 + +
IC8 1 IC13
TP6 L53 L54 L55 R10 R11 R12
TR6
1 TR11
L59
1 L45 L47 L49 L51
L26
L29
L30
L31
L32
L33
L34
L35
L36
L37
L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
CN1
B1
B2
A1
A2
R9 L27L28 L62 L63
8
L25
L46 L48 L50 L52 R18

L64
R17
L57 L58 CN5
L56
LED1
L60
L61
13 CN6 1 CN9
15 CN8 1 4 1 9 CN4 1 15 1
40 25 L4
IC2 13 9
23
L1 41 24
14 8
L2
R1
R2
IC3
R3
R4
L5
L3
B25
B26
A25
A26
C L8
TR1 L9
18 4
IC1
B E L10
L6
80 IC5 51
1 19 L11
L7 81 50 L17
64 1 15
(7) Operation unit main PCB
1
C1 80 L18
L14
X1
+ IC6 8
65
L12
L13
+ C
L16
R5
9
CN7
CN2
TR2
L15
C2 B
C3 1 1 R6
K
IC4
AK
D1
1 TR3
+ 100 B
TP2 9
A
TP4 31
L21
9
TR4 R7
DC1 1 30
L20
B E
C4
C5
TP3
R16 R13
R14
1
TP1 TH1
TR10
TR12
L22 L23 L24
IC10 IC12 1 9
L19 8 8 8
E
IC7
R15
R8 11 TR5 TR7 TR8 TR9
5 TP5
8 CN3 1
TR13
1 1 IC11 1 + +
IC8 1 IC13
TP6 L53 L54 L55 R10 R11 R12
TR6
1 TR11
L59
1 L45 L47 L49 L51
L26
L29
L30
L31
L32
L33
L34
L35
L36
L37
L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
CN1
B1
B2
A1
A2
R9 L27L28 L62 L63
8
L25
L46 L48 L50 L52 R18
L64
R17
L57 L58 CN5
L56
LED1
L60
L61
13 CN6 1 CN9
15 CN8 1 4 1 9 CN4 1 15 1
2AR

3-1 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN0, output
4-1 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE0 signal, input
4-4 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX0 signal, input
4-8 6-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
4-9 6-12 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, output
5-1 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN0, output
5-9 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE3 signal, input
5-12 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX3 signal, input
6-1 6-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output
6-2 6-1 0 – 30 V DC LCD VEE signal, output
6-3 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD3 data, output
6-7 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD CP signal, output
6-8 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD FLM signal, output
3-6-40
2AR

6-9 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD DISP OFF signal, output
6-10 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD LP signal, output
6-11 6-1 0 – 22 V DC LCD VO signal, output
8-5 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MAIN signal, input
8-7 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI STS signal, output
8-7 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB DET SIG signal, output
8-8 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FROM MAIN signal, input
8-9 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FOR MAIN signal, output
8-10 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FROM MAIN signal, input
8-11 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FOR MAIN signal, output
8-13 8-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to MPCB, output
8-15 8-14 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from MPCB, input
3-6-41
2AR-1
(8) Operation unit left PCB
L10 L15
KEY4 KEY12
L16
KEY8
KEY13
KEY2 L12 KEY9 L17 KEY14

L5
L18
KEY15 KEY19 KEY20

2
L13
CN6
8
9
1
L20
L6 KEY10 KEY17 KEY18
CN4
L14 L19 L21 L22 L23 L24 L25 L26 L27 L28 L29
CN3
L7
1
1
KEY3 KEY6 KEY11 KEY16 KEY21 KEY22 KEY23 KEY24

3-1 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN7, input
4-1 GND 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, input
4-2 GND 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from OMPCB, input
4-3 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX3 signal, output
4-7 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE2 signal, output
6-1 GND 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LCDINPCB, output
6-2 GND 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, output
3-6-42
2AR
(9) Operation unit right PCB
15
L43 L47
1
CN5
L78 L36 L45
KEY26 KEY27 KEY28

L31
KEY29 KEY30 KEY31 KEY32
L30
L37
L38 L42
L33 KEY33 KEY35
L39 KEY36
L40
L34 L41 KEY34
KEY37 KEY38 KEY39

KEY0 KEY25 L49
KEY43
KEY41 KEY42
L50L51L52L53
KEY40

3-6-43
2AR-1
(10) LCD
R9 L7 R5 L5
L3
C5
C4
R8 L6 R4
C22
C19
C16
R7 C20 C17 C14
R6 C21 C18 C15
R3
100 81 100 81 100 81
R2 IC6 IC5 IC4
16 IC1 9
C9
C6
C7
13 L1 1 80 1 80 1 80 R1
L4
C1
1 8
C3 64 41
CN1
8 7 IC3
IC2 65 40
R11
C13 C12
Q1
R12
E R13 14 1 30 51 30 51 30 51
R14
31 50 31 50 31 50 25
C8 80
C10
C11
R15 1 24
C2
1 L2
R10

1-3 1-13 0 – 22 V DC LCD VO signal, input
1-4 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD LP signal, input
1-5 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD DISP OFF signal, input
1-6 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD FLM signal, input
1-7 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD CP signal, input
1-8 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD0 data, input
1-12 1-13 0 – 30 V DC LCD VEE signal, input
1-13 1-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from OMPCB, input
2-1 2-5 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, input
3-6-44
2AR
3-6-4 Electrical problems

Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(1) No electricity at the Measure the input voltage.
The machine power outlet.
does not
operate when The power cord is Check the contact between the power plug
the main not plugged in and the outlet.
properly.
switch is
turned on. The front cover, Check the front cover, left 1 cover and left 2
left 1 cover or left cover.
2 cover is not
closed completely.
Broken power cord. Check for continuity. If none, replace the cord.
Defective main Check for continuity across the contacts. If
switch. none, replace the main switch.
Blown fuse in the Check for continuity. If none, remove the
power source PCB. cause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Defective safety Check for continuity across the contacts of

switch 1, 2 or 3. each switch. If none, replace the switch.
Defective power With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN3-28
source PCB. on the power source PCB, 12 V DC at CN3-30,
24 V DC at CN3-7 and 3.4 V DC at CN3-29.
If none, replace the power source PCB.
(2) Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
The drive drive motor con- continuity within the connector cable. If
motor does nector terminals. none, repair or replace the cable.
not operate
(C200). Broken drive motor Check visually and replace the drive motor if
gear. necessary.
Defective drive Run maintenance item U030 and check if the
motor. drive motor operates when CN11-A3 on the
engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the drive
motor.
Defective main Run maintenance item U030 and check if

PCB. CN2-B31 on the main PCB goes low. If not,
3-6-45
2AR

(3) Broken scanner Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The scanner motor coil. replace the scanner motor.
motor does
not operate. Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
scanner motor con- continuity within the connector cable. If
nector terminals. none, remedy or replace the cable.
Defective scanner Check if the motor drive coil energization
control PCB. pulse signals are output at CN2-3, CN2-4,
CN2-5, CN2-6 and CN2-7 on the scanner
control PCB when maintenance item U073 is
run. If not, replace the scanner control PCB.
(4) Broken upper lift Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The upper lift motor coil. replace the upper lift motor.
motor does
Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
not operate
(C241). upper lift motor con- continuity within the connector cable. If
Defective engine Check if 24 V DC is output across CN10-A1
PCB. and CN10-A2 on the engine PCB right after
the upper drawer is installed. If not, replace
the engine PCB.
(5) Broken lower lift Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The lower lift motor coil. replace the lower lift motor.
motor does
not operate
(C242). lower lift motor con- continuity within the connector cable. If
Defective engine Check if 24 V DC is output across CN10-A3
PCB. and CN10-A4 on the engine PCB right after
the lower drawer is installed. If not, replace
the engine PCB.
3-6-46
2AR

(6) Broken toner feed Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The toner motor coil. replace the toner feed motor.
feed motor
does not Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
toner feed motor continuity within the connector cable. If
operate.
connector termi- none, repair or replace the cable.
nals.
Defective engine Run maintenance item U135 and check if
PCB. drive pulse signal is output across CN8-17
and CN8-18 on the engine PCB. If not,
(7) Broken paper con- Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The paper veying section fan replace the paper conveying section fan
conveying motor coil. motor.
section fan
motor does Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
not operate. paper conveying continuity within the connector cable. If
section fan motor none, repair or replace the cable.
connector termi-
nals.
Defective engine Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC is
PCB. always present at CN16-9 on the engine
PCB, replace the engine PCB.
(8) Broken cooling fan Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Cooling fan motor 1 coil. replace cooling fan motor 1.
motor 1 does
not operate at Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
cooling fan motor 1 continuity within the connector cable. If
all or does not
turn at full connector termi- none, repair or replace the cable.
speed. nals.
PCB. CN8-2 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,
(9) Broken cooling fan Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Cooling fan motor 2 coil. replace cooling fan motor 2.
motor 2 does
not operate at Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
cooling fan motor 2 continuity within the connector cable. If
all or does not
turn at full connector termi- none, repair or replace the cable.
speed. nals.
PCB. CN8-4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,
3-6-47
2AR

(10) Broken upper paper Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The upper feed clutch coil. replace the upper paper feed clutch.
paper feed
clutch does Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
upper paper feed continuity within the connector cable. If
not operate.
clutch connector none, repair or replace the cable.
terminals.
PCB. CN10-B1 on the engine PCB goes low. If
not, replace the engine PCB.
(11) Broken lower paper Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The lower feed clutch coil. replace the lower paper feed clutch.
paper feed
clutch does Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
lower paper feed continuity within the connector cable. If
not operate.
clutch connector none, repair or replace the cable.
terminals.
PCB. CN10-B3 on the engine PCB goes low. If
(12) Broken feed clutch Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
Feed clutch 1 1 coil. replace feed clutch 1.
does not
operate. Poor contact of Reinsert the connector. Also check for
feed clutch 1 con- continuity within the connector cable. If
nector terminals. none, repair or replace the cable.
PCB. CN10-A7 on the engine PCB goes low. If
does not

3-6-48
2AR-1

does not
(15) Broken registration Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
The registra- clutch coil. replace the registration clutch.
tion clutch
does not Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
operate. registration clutch continuity within the connector cable. If
nals.
The cleaning cleaning lamp con- continuity within the connector cable. If
lamp does not nector terminals. none, repair or replace the cable.
turn on.
Defective engine If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN13-4
PCB. on the engine PCB is low, replace the engine
PCB.
The exposure exposure lamp continuity within the connector cable. If
lamp does not connector termi- none, repair or replace the cable.
turn on. nals.
Defective inverter If the exposure lamp does not turn on when
PCB. CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB are
low, replace the inverter PCB.
Defective scanner If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1
motor PCB. and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are low,
replace the scanner motor PCB.
3-6-49
2AR

(18) Defective inverter If the exposure lamp does not turn off when
The exposure PCB. CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB are
lamp does not high, replace the inverter PCB.
turn off.
Defective scanner If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motor
motor PCB. PCB are always low, replace the scanner
motor PCB.
(19) Broken wire in fix- Check for continuity across each heater. If
Fixing heater ing heater M or S. none, replace the heater (see page 3-3-57).
M or S does
not turn on Fixing unit thermo- Check for continuity across the thermostat. If
stat triggered. none, remove the cause and replace the
(C620).
thermostat.
Broken fixing unit Measure the resistance. If it is ∞ Ω, replace
thermistor wire. the fixing unit thermistor.
(20) Dirty sensor part of Check visually and clean the thermistor sensor
Fixing heater the fixing unit ther- parts.
M or S does mistor.
not turn off
(fixing unit Defective engine If fixing heater M/S stays on when CN1-6
thermostat PCB. and CN1-7 on the engine PCB are high,
triggered;
C630).
(21) Broken main See page 3-6-4.
Main charging charger wire.
is not
performed Leaking main
charger housing.
(C510).
Poor contact of the
high-voltage trans-
former PCB con-
nector terminals.
Defective main
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective high-
voltage transformer
PCB.
3-6-50
2AR

(22) Broken transfer See page 3-6-3.
Transfer wire.
charging is
not performed. Poor contact of the
high-voltage trans-
former PCB con-
nector terminals.
Defective main
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective high-
voltage transformer
PCB.
(23) Poor contact of the Check the developing bias wire. If there is
No developing developing bias any problem, replace it.
bias is output. wire.

high-voltage trans- continuity within the connector cable. If
former PCB con- none, repair or replace the cable.
nector terminals.
Defective high- Check if the developing bias is output when
voltage transformer CN1-4 on the high-voltage transformer PCB
PCB. is low while maintenance item U030 is run. If
not, replace the high-voltage transformer
PCB.
Defective engine Check if CN9-11 on the engine PCB goes

PCB. low during copying. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
(24) Defective original If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motor

The original detection switch. PCB does not change when the original
size is not detection switch is turned on and off, replace
detected. the original detection switch.
3-6-51
2AR

(25) Original is not Check the original and correct if necessary.
The original placed correctly.
size is not
detected Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
original size sensor continuity within the connector cable. If
correctly.
nals.
Defective original Check if the original size sensor operates
size sensor or the correctly. If not, replace it or, if necessary,
scanner control the scanner control PCB.
PCB.
The message upper paper switch continuity within the connector cable. If
requesting connector termi- none, repair or replace the cable.
paper to be nals.
loaded is
shown when Defective upper Check if CN12-11 on the engine PCB goes
paper switch. low when the upper paper switch is turned
paper is
present in the on with 5 V DC present at CN12-12 on the
upper drawer. engine PCB. If not, replace the upper paper
switch.
The message lower paper switch continuity within the connector cable. If
requesting connector termi- none, repair or replace the cable.
paper to be nals.
loaded is
shown when Defective lower Check if CN12-5 on the engine PCB goes
paper switch. low when the lower paper switch is turned
paper is
present in the on with 5 V DC present at CN12-6 on the
lower drawer. engine PCB. If none, replace the lower
paper switch.
3-6-52
2AR

The size of upper paper length continuity within the connector cable. If
paper in the switch connector none, repair or replace the cable.
upper drawer terminals.
is not dis-
played cor- Poor contact of the Reinsert the connector. Also check for
rectly. upper paper width continuity within the connector cable. If
switch connector none, repair or replace the cable.
terminals.
Defective upper Check if CN12-15 on the engine PCB goes
paper length low when the upper paper length switch is
switch. turned on. If not, replace the upper paper
length switch.
Defective upper Check if the levels of CN14-8, CN14-9 and
paper width switch. CN14-10 on the engine PCB change alter-
nately when the width guide in the upper
drawer is moved. If not, replace the upper
paper width switch.
The size of lower paper length continuity within the connector cable. If
paper in the switch connector none, repair or replace the cable.
lower drawer terminals.
is not dis-
played cor-
rectly. lower paper width continuity within the connector cable. If
switch connector none, repair or replace the cable.
terminals.
Defective lower Check if CN12-13 on the engine PCB goes

paper length low when the lower paper length switch is
switch. turned on. If not, replace the lower paper
length switch.
Defective lower Check if the levels of CN14-2, CN14-3 and
paper width switch. CN14-4 on the engine PCB change alter-
nately when the width guide in the lower
drawer is moved. If not, replace the lower
paper width switch.
3-6-53
2AR

(30) A piece of paper Check and remove if any.
A paper jam torn from copy
in the paper paper is caught
feed or paper around feed switch
conveying 1/2/3 or the regis-
section is indi- tration switch.
cated when
Defective feed With 5 V DC present at CN15-6 on the
the main
switch is switch 1. engine PCB, check if CN15-5 on the engine
turned on. PCB remains low when feed switch 1 is
turned on and off. If it does, replace feed
switch 1.
switch 2. engine PCB, check if CN15-8 on the engine
PCB remains low when feed switch 2 is
switch 2.

switch 3. engine PCB, check if CN15-11 on the engine
PCB remains low when feed switch 3 is
switch 3.
Defective registra- With 5 V DC present at CN8-26 on the
tion switch. engine PCB, check if CN8-25 on the engine
PCB remains low when the registration
switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace
the registration switch.
The message connector terminals continuity within the connector cable. If
requesting of safety switch 1, none, repair or replace the cable.
covers to be 2 or 3.
closed is dis-
Defective safety Check for continuity across each switch. If
played when
the front, left switch 1, 2 or 3. there is no continuity when the switch is on,
1 and left 2 replace it.
covers are
closed.
(32) Wiring is broken, Check for continuity. If none, repair.
Others. shorted or makes
poor contact.
Noise. Locate the source of noise and remove.
3-6-54
2AR
3-6-5 Mechanical problems

(1) Check if the surfaces of the Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
No primary following rollers or pulleys are
paper feed. dirty with paper powder: forward-
ing pulleys, paper feed pulleys,
separation pulleys, left/right feed
rollers, feed rollers 1/2 and feed
pulley.
Check if the paper feed pulleys Replace if necessary (see page
or separation pulleys are 3-3-3).
deformed.
Check if the forwarding pulleys Replace if necessary (see page
are deformed. 3-3-3).
Electrical problem with the See pages 3-6-48 and 49.
following electromagnetic
clutches: upper/lower paper feed
clutches, feed clutches 1/2/3.
(2) Check if the surfaces of the left Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
No secondary or right registration roller is dirty
paper feed. with paper powder.
Electrical problem with the See page 3-6-49.
registration clutch.
(3) Width guide in a drawer installed Check the width guide visually
Skewed paper incorrectly. and remedy or replace if neces-
feed. sary.
Deformed width guide in a Check the width guide visually
drawer. and remedy or replace if it is
deformed.
Check if a pressure spring along Remedy or replace.
the paper conveying path is
deformed or out of place.
3-6-55
2AR

(4) Check if the scanner wire is Reinstall the scanner wire (see
The scanner loose. page 3-3-25).
does not
travel. The scanner motor malfunc- See page 3-6-46.
tions.
(5) Check if the separation pulleys Replace the separation pulleys

Multiple sheets are worn. if they are worn (see page 3-3-3).
of paper are
Check if the paper is curled. Change the paper.
fed at one
time.
(6) Check if the paper is excessively Change the paper.
Paper jams. curled.
Deformed guides along the Check visually and remedy or
paper conveying path. replace any deformed guides.
Check if the contact between Remedy if necessary. Replace

the left and right registration the pressure spring if it is
rollers is correct. deformed.
Check if the press roller is Clean or replace the press

extremely dirty or deformed. roller.
Check if the contact between Repair if any springs are off the
the heat roller and its separa- separation claws.
tion claws is correct.
(7) Check if the developing section Clean the developing section of
Toner drops of the image formation unit is the image formation unit.
on the paper extremely dirty.
conveying
path.
(8) Check if the pulleys, rollers and Grease the bearings and gears.
Abnormal gears operate smoothly.
noise is
heard. Check if the following electro- Remedy.
magnetic clutches are installed
correctly: upper/lower paper
feed clutches and feed clutches
1/2/3.
3-6-56
2AR-1
2AR
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ........................................................................................ 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 ........................................................................................ 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 ........................................................................................ 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 ........................................................................................ 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-5
Timing chart No. 6 ........................................................................................ 3-7-6
Timing chart No. 7 ........................................................................................ 3-7-7
Timing chart No. 8 ........................................................................................ 3-7-8
Timing chart No. 9 ........................................................................................ 3-7-9
Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................... 3-7-9-1
Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................... 3-7-9-2
Power source PCB ...................................................................................... 3-7-10
Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-11
Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-12
Main PCB 1/20 ............................................................................................ 3-7-13
Main PCB 2/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-14
Main PCB 3/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15
Main PCB 4/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16
Main PCB 5/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-17
Main PCB 6/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-18
Main PCB 7/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-19
Main PCB 8/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-20
Main PCB 9/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-21
Main PCB 10/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-22
Main PCB 11/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-23
Main PCB 12/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-24
Main PCB 13/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-25
Main PCB 14/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-26
Main PCB 15/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-27
Main PCB 16/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-28
Main PCB 17/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-29
Main PCB 18/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-30
Main PCB 19/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-31
Main PCB 20/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-32
Scanner control PCB 1/4 ............................................................................. 3-7-33
Scanner motor PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-37
CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-38
Operation unit main PCB 1/3 ....................................................................... 3-7-39
Operation unit PCB ...................................................................................... 3-7-42
2AR-1
2AR
General connection diagram ....................................................................... 3-7-43

General wiring diagram ............................................................................... 3-7-44
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization
A B C D E F G H I J
Primary stabilization
Copying enabled*1
fixing temperature
stabilization fixing
1 1
170oC/338oF
175oC/347oF
temperature
Secondary
MSW: On
2 2
MSW CN8-14
H1 CN1-7 2s 500 ms
3 3
H2 CN1-6 500 ms
DM CN11-A3 100 ms 10 s*3 300 ms
4 500 ms 4
DB REM CN9-11
CFM1 CN8-2
Half speed
CFM2 CN8-4
5
CFM1 CN8-2 5
Full speed*2
CFM2 CN8-4
PM CN8-1, 2, 3 1000 ms
6
TC REM CN9-9 500 ms 6
*1: Copying is enabled as follows:

1. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lower
7 Absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher: 7
Copying is enabled 120 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on.
2. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lower
The fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 13oC/55.4oF or higher and the ambient temperature is 18oC/64.4oF or higher:
Copying is enabled at the earlier timing of either 41 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
Other than the above:
Copying is enabled at the later timing of either 69 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
3. Other conditions than 1 and 2
8 Copying is enabled when the copier enters secondary stabilization. 8
o o 3
*2: Rotates for 180 s at full speed when the fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100 C/212 F or lower, and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m or higher.
*3: 60 s when the fixing temperature at main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lower, and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher.
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-1
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR
Timing chart No. 2 Scanner initialization
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON, ODSW: ON)
Fwd. rotation
SM CN2-1, 2, Off
3, 4, 5, 6
Rev. rotation
2 SHPSW CN4-2 2
43 P 120 P
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON, ODSW: OFF)

3 Fwd. rotation 3
SM CN2-1, 2, Off
3, 4, 5, 6
Rev. rotation
SHPSW CN4-2
4 43 P 120 P 94 P 4
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF, ODSW: ON)

Fwd. rotation
5 SM CN2-1, 2, Off 5
3, 4, 5, 6
Rev. rotation
SHPSW CN4-2
76 P 43 P 120 P
6 6
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF, ODSW: OFF)
Fwd. rotation
SM CN2-1, 2, Off
3, 4, 5, 6
7 Rev. rotation 7
SHPSW CN4-2
76 P 43 P 120 P 94 P
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-2
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Timing chart No. 3 Original scanning operation
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Scanning an A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100% (ODSW: ON)

2 2
Fwd. rotation
SM CN2-1, 2, Off
3, 4, 5, 6
Rev. rotation
3 SHPSW CN4-2 3
FVSYNC signal 270 P 414 P 9921 P 120 P
4 4
Scanning an A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100% (ODSW: OFF)
5 5
Fwd. rotation
SM CN2-1, 2, Off
3, 4, 5, 6
Rev. rotation
6 SHPSW CN4-2 6
FVSYNC signal 214 P 270 P 414 P 9921 P 120 P 94 P
7 7
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-3
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 4 Copying an A3/11"×17" original onto an A5R/51/2"×81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manual
copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Image ready
2Start key 2
48 ms
100 ms 300 ms
DM CN11-A3
RCL CN10-A5 250 ms 110 ms

450 ms
3 3
BYPPFCL CN4-1 270 ms
BYPFCL CN4-5 110 ms 30 ms
4BYPLCL CN4-4 100 ms 4
MC REM CN9-14 500 ms 200 ms
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
5 5
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
518 ms
6ESW CN2-15 6
BYPFSW CN4-16
419 ms 350 ms 215 ms

TC REM CN9-9
7 7
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-4
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 5 Copying an A4/11"×81/2" original onto an A4/11"×81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto
copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Image ready
2 Start key 2
48 ms
100 ms 300 ms
DM CN11-A3

3 3
Min 78 ms
FCL1 CN10-A7 30 ms
PFCL-U CN10-B1 88 ms
4 4
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
5 5
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
518 ms
6 ESW CN2-15 6
FSW1 CN15-5
419 ms 350 ms 215 ms

TC REM CN9-9
7 7
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-5
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A4/11"×81/2" original onto an A4/11"×81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto
copy density control, ejection to the job separator
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Image ready
2 2
Start key
100 ms 48 ms 300 ms
DM CN11-A3
3 RCL CN10-A5 250 ms 110 ms 3

Min 78 ms
FCL1 CN10-A7 30 ms
88 ms
PFCL-U CN10-B1
4 MC REM CN9-14 500 ms 200 ms 4
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
296 ms
FSSOL2 CN2-3 1260 ms
5 5
FSSOL1 CN2-5
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
6 6
FSW1 CN15-5
FSSW CN2-2
JBESW CN11-B10
7 7
419 ms 215 ms
TC REM CN9-9 350 ms
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-6
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 7 Continuous copying of an A5R/51/2"×81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11"×17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer,
magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Image ready
2 2
Start key
48 ms
DM CN11-A3 100 ms 300 ms
250 ms
RCL CN10-A5 250 ms 110 ms 110 ms
3 Min 78 ms
3
78 ms
FCL1 CN10-A7 30 ms 30 ms
FCL2 CN10-A9
88 ms 88 ms
4 PFCL-L CN10-B3 1855 ms 4
500 ms 200 ms
MC REM CN9-14
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
5 5
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
518 ms
6 ESW CN2-15 6
FSW1 CN15-5
FSW2 CN15-8
7 419 ms 419 ms 7
TC REM CN9-9 350 ms 215 ms
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-7
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 8 Duplex copying of an A3/11"×17" book original onto one duplex A4/11"×81/2" copy from the copier upper drawer, magnification
ratio 100%, auto copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Image ready
Image ready
Start key
2 2
100 ms 48 ms 48 ms 300 ms
DM CN11-A3
RCL CN10-A5 250 ms 110 ms 250 ms 110 ms

Min 78 ms Min 78 ms
3 FCL1 CN10-A7 30 ms 30 ms 3
PFCL-U CN10-B1 88 ms
DUPCL CN10-B5 88 ms
4 MC REM CN9-14 500 ms 200 ms 4

Fwd. rotation Rev. rotation Fwd. rotation
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10 at low speed 100 ms at high speed 100 ms at low speed
40 ms
CL CN13-4
5 5
RSW CN8-25
518 ms
ESW CN2-15
FSW1 CN15-5
6 6
FSSW CN2-2
DUPPCSW CN10-B7
419 ms 419 ms
TC REM CN9-9 350 ms 215 ms
7 7
DB REM CN9-11 500 ms
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-8
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 9 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11"×81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11"×81/2" copies from the copier
upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
Image ready
Image ready
2 2
Start key
48 ms 48 ms
DM CN11-A3 100 ms 300 ms
Min 2000 ms
3 RCL CN10-A5 250 ms 110 ms 250 ms 110 ms 250 ms 110 ms 250 ms 110 ms 3
Min 78 ms Min 78 ms
FCL1 CN10-A7 30 ms 30 ms 30 ms 30 ms
88 ms
PFCL-U CN10-B1 915 ms 88 ms
4 DUPCL CN10-B5 88 ms 88 ms 4

100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms
Fwd. rotation Rev. rotation Fwd. rotation Rev. rotation Fwd. rotation
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10 at low speed at high speed at low speed at high speed at low speed
40 ms 40 ms
5 5
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
518 ms
1400 ms 1400 ms
ESW CN2-15
6 6
FSW1 CN15-5
FSSW CN2-2
DUPPCSW CN10-B7
7 7
419 ms 419 ms 419 ms 419 ms 350 ms 215 ms
TC REM CN9-9
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-9
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 10 Continuous copying an A3/11"×17" original onto two sheets of A3/11"×17" copy paper from the paper feed desk upper
drawer,magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
Image ready
Start key
1 1
300 ms
DM CN11-A3 100 ms 48 ms
DDM CN4-6
2 250 ms 250 ms 2
Min 78 ms 78 ms
3 3
FCL2 CN10-A9
4 DPFCL-U CN1-14 1379 ms 1379 ms 4

1055 ms
MC REM CN9-14 200 ms

500 ms
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
5 5
518 ms
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
6 6
ESW CN2-15
FSW1 CN15-5
7 7
FSW2 CN15-8
FSW3 CN15-11
215 ms
419 ms 419 ms
8 TC REM CN9-9 8
350 ms
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-9-1
3-7-10
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR-1
2AR
Timing chart No. 11 Copying an A4/11"×81/2" original onto an A4/11"×81/2" copy paper from the paper feed desk lower drawer,
magnification ratio 100%, manual copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J
Image ready
Start key
1 1
300 ms
100 ms 48 ms
DM CN11-A3
DDM CN4-6
250 ms
2 Min 78 ms 110 ms 2
RCL CN10-A5
30 ms
FCL1 CN10-A7
88 ms
FCL2 CN10-A9
3 3
123 ms
FCL3 CN10-A11
123 ms
DFCL CN2-1
344 ms
4 DPFCL-L CN1-13 4
200 ms
MC REM CN9-14 500 ms

518 ms
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
5 5
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
6 ESW CN2-15 6
FSW1 CN15-5
FSW2 CN15-8
7 7
FSW3 CN15-11
DFSW CN2-7
215 ms
419 ms
8 TC REM CN9-9 350 ms 8
500 ms
DB REM CN9-11
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-9-2
3-7-11
E E
A A
E A A E A E
Power source PCB 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
R50
1 CH CN8
2 12 V
IC51
1 TB 3 TB 4 + + 1
L3*2 C53 C52 CN3
1 F2 24 V F2 24 V 2
FS1
TB 1 1 T1 R67 ZD61 3 NC F2 24V 4
C2 SCR1
R14 R66 ZD60 5 F3 5.1 V F3 5.1V 6
2
C4 BJ5*
R68 7 24 V 24 V 8
C1 C3 BD1 R13 D30 ZD62
*2 C7 BJ6 F1 24 V*1
L1 L2 + C91*2 9 NC G (5 V) 10
FS2*2 C5 BJ7 ZD63 F2 24 V*1
TB 2 2 11 G (5 V) G (5 V) 12
2 D2 2
R2*2 *2
D31 PC1 13 G (5 V) G (5 V) 14
R33
15 G (5 V) G (5 V) 16
R4
R3 17 G (5 V) G (24 V) 18
R32
+ + + + + 19 G (24 V) G (24 V) 20
R12
PC2 R7 R15 C34 21 G (24 V) G (24 V) 22
TAB5
R34 23 5.1 V 5.1 V 24
D5 RB4 ZD64
R35 25 5.1 V 5.1 V 26
3 G (24 V) 3
ZD1 27 3.4 V 5.1 V 28
L41 29 3.4 V +12 V 30
ZD2
+ + R45 3.4 V
8 7 6 5 L40 IC21
+ R46 F3 5.1 V*1
D4 C11 IC1
C14 + BJ40 BJ41

1 2 3 4 R72
CN4
4 C13 ZD3 C15 R11 C3 R10 R9 4
24 V 1
R43 R47
D40 + + + + C54 + G (24 V) 2
PC1
C47 VR2 G (5 V) 3
R44
C61*2
5.1 V 4
C16 G (5 V)
C17
CN5
5 5
1 F1 24 V F1 24 V 2
3 24 V 24 V 4
5 24 V 24 V 6
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 F3 5.1V F3 5.1 V 8
9 24 V G (24 V) 10
IC40
C42 11 G (5 V) G (5 V) 12
13 G (5 V) G (24 V) 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 6
15 G (24 V) G (24 V) 16
17 5.1 V G (24 V) 18
C55
CN6
R54
C45 R62 24 V 1
G (24 V) 2
CN1
7 R20 R22 CN7 7
4
CN2 24 V 1
TRC20
C20 G (24 V) 2
2
PC20 G (5 V) 3
R26 3
R21 G (5 V) 4
1 R24 R25
1 5.1 V 5
C21 +12 V 6
TRC21
8 *1 For 120 V specification only 8
R27 *2 For 220-240 V specification only
R23 PC21
3
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-10
Engine PCB 1/2 2AR
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
S
S R71 R88
R20 S FS DET CN2–1 CN3–B34
L29 R138 R100 R89
Q3 R78 FSSW CN2–2 CN3–B35 S
R70 R14 CN3–B48 PWSW–U DIG 0 CN14–10 CN3–B12 R27 R51
R136 R47
SSW2 CN16–1 PWSW–U DIG 1 CN14–9 CN3–B13 BYPPSW CN4–12 CN3–B21
R26
1 PWSW–U DIG 2 CN14–8
R137 R79
CN3–B14 BYPFSW CN4–16
R82
CN3–B20 1
R13 C9 R4 R24 R81 L68
R75 BYP DET CN4–20 CN3–B18
S G PLSW–U CN12–15 CN3–B6 R197 R114
COIN ENABLE CN5–4 CN3–A19 8
SSW1 SOURCE CN16–2 P G S R203 R121 C49
R21 S R139 COPY ENABLE CN6–A9 CN3–A34 IC13
R48 R199 R119
CN16–3 NC Q2 L17 PWSW–L DIG 0 CN14–4 CN3–B15 SET SIG CN7–8 CN3–A31 C50
CN3–B47 R135 R80 R153 R133 4 R187
R69 R16 PWSW–L DIG 1 CN14–3 CN3–B16 DEV DET CN8–19 CN3–A57
SSW1 CN16–4 R140 R49
PWSW–L DIG 2 CN14–2 CN3–B17
R15 C10 R5 R44 S G
PLSW–L CN12–13 CN3–B7
S G
S R73 R62
SSW3 SOURCE CN16–5 P G CN8–30 CN3–B59 S S S
S R28 R83 R72 R95
R19 BYPPWSW DIG 0 CN4–10 CN3–B22
CN16–6 NC R29 MC ALM CN9–12 CN3–B56
Q1 L28 R52 R189 R112
CN3–B46 BYPPWSW DIG 1 CN4–9 CN3–B23 DUPPCSW CN10–B7 CN3–A11
R36 R18 R30 R84 R188 L9 L21 L25
2 SSW3 CN16–7 BYPPWSW DIG 2 CN4–8
R25
CN3–B24 DUP DET CN10–B11
R147
CN3–A12 2
R50 R34 R87 14 14 14
R17 C11 BYPPLSW CN4–18 CN3–B19 DM LOCK CN11–A2 CN3–B32 C6 C19 C26
R32 R55
S G S JOFSW CN11–B4 CN3–B29 IC1 IC2 IC4
CN16–8 NC NC CN3–B3 R33 R86 C7 C20 C27
P G R7 R45 JOB DET CN11–B6 CN3–B28 7 7 7
LICSW –U CN12–8 CN3–B9 R35 R54 R10 R64 R102
R9 R46 JBESW CN11–B10 CN3–B27
24 V CN2–19 NC CN3–B2 LICSW –L CN12–2 CN3–B11
R6 R76 S G S G P G
PSW–U CN12–11 CN3–B8
R R8 R77
L1 PSW–L CN12–5 CN3–B10
R24 V CN2–24 CN3–B1 R24 V S S R105
C24 C25 R155 R154 R106 L47
RSW CN8–25 CN3–A60 KC SET SIG CN8–9 CN3–A51
R65 R91
R98 ESW CN2–15 CN3–B44 L33 L52 L46
R192 R193 S R216
3 FSW1 CN15–5
R194 R149
CN3–A15
TC DET CN8–8
R217 L45
CN3–A50 4 8 8
3
P G FSW2 CN15–8 CN3–A16 + C18 C17 IC9 + C36 C37 IC5 + C29 C28
R195 R196 IC3
R22 S FSW3 CN15–11 CN3–A17
L30 S R104 – – –
Q4 R103 L48 11 4 4
R99 R11 CN3–B60 R63 R163 R156
FUSW SIG CN8–16 CN3–A54
3 2 S G S G S G
C B 7 1
R12 C8 FSW3 SIG CN3–A18
S G Q5 E IC13 G(5 V) CN8–10
1 S S S
P G S G
L43 G(5 V) CN8–7
R172 R175 R165
CN5–11 CN3–A25 L50
S G(5 V) CN8–15 9,16 9,16 9,16
S G COM COM COM
CN3–A26 D4 IC12 C41 C40 IC11 C43 C42 IC7 C34 C35
S G
R157 R134
4 L64 R198 TNS SIG CN8–22 CN3–A58 4,5 1,8 4,5 1,8 4,5 1,8 4
CN5–9 CN3–A23 + 12,13 12,13 12,13
R173 R174 R167
C3
D12 P G P G P G
CN3–A24
S G S G S G
S S
L31 L35
CN1–8 CN2–13 S S
R184 L36
D11 IC13 S
L56 CN2–14 CN2–17
R185 R186 6 2 R160 R177
R191
CN7–3 CN3–A27 CN2–16 CN2–18
L11 9,16 9,16
R183 C48 CN4–11 CN2–20 COM COM
CN3–A28 R190 5 IC9 IC6 C31 C30 IC10 C45 C44
S G S G ETTH CN15–1 CN4–15 CN2–21
+ 7 R113 L10 R23
S G S CN3–A13 1,8 1,8
C53 6 – CN4–17 CN2–22 4,5 4,5
IC1 R118 L70
L66 12,13 R166 12,13 R176
6 5 S G CN6–A1 CN2–23
CN7–5 CN3–A29 L12
5 CN6–A2 CN4–7
P G P G 5
CN3–A30 CN6–A3 CN4–13
S G
S CN6–A4 CN4–14
L71
R179 CN6–A5 CN4–19 L41
3 IC9
EHUMSENS CN15–3 CN1–1 F2 24 V
+ 1 R148 CN6–A6 CN4–21
C54 R178 2 CN3–A14 +
– CN6–A7 CN11–A5 C23 C22 C2
IC1 D5
L67 8 9 S G CN6–A8 CN11–B5
REM(METER PULSE) CN7–10 CN3–A32 R180 S G L26 R97
CN1–2 G(24 V)
CN8–26 CN11–B7 L6
L59 CN1–3 G(24 V)
CN10–B8 CN11–B8 P G
L13 L65
CN11–A4 CN5–3
CN11–B9 CN5–10 L40
6 IC5 CN11–B3 CN5–12
CN1–5 5.1 V 6
IC7 5
R2 2 3
FTH CN13–2 + 7 R150 L19 R31
C13 C12 C1
+
CN3–A48 LOW SPEED CN3–A46 CN11–B1 CN6–B9
6 – L53
CN12–3 CN7–4
R161
R1 R42
CN12–6 CN7–6 L5
IC7 C32 CN1–4 G(5 V)
7 6 CN12–9 CN7–7 S G
CFM1 REM CN8–2 CN3–A47 HIGH SPEED L27
S G CN12–12 CN8–20
L51
IC7 CN13–1 CN8–21
10 11 L63
CFM2 REM CN8–4 CN15–4 CN8–27
IC6 CN15–6 CN8–28
10 11 R57
PCFM REM CN16–9 CN3–B45 CN15–9 CN8–29
L58
7 CN15–12 CN10–B9 7
FSFM REM CN2–4 3 2 11 10 CN10–B10
NC NC NC NC L54
IC7 CN12–1
15 14 R130
TC CN8–6 CN3–A49 3 5 CN12–4
NC
IC6 CN12–7
15 14 R151 S G
KC COUNT CN8–12 CN3–A52 CN12–10
10,12 13 12 CN12–14
11,13 NC NC
IC4 CN12–16
L24 10 11 S G S G
NC CN9–8 CN3–B52 CN14–1
CN14–7
L62
CN15–2
8 CN15–7
8
CN15–10
CN15–13
S G
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-11
Engine PCB 2/2 2AR
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
IC12 S S S S S S
R90 3 2
CN3–B37 CN10–A5 RCL Q6 Q10 Q14
R129 4 R125 4 R120 4
IC12 L78 2E L76 2E L80 2E
R109 6 7 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3
CN3–A5 CN10–A7 FCL1 CN3–A42 CN3–A38 CN3–A33
1 R144 11
IC12
10 2 1B 1C 6 R212 2 1B 1C 6 R208 2 1B 1C 6 R204 1
CN3–A6 CN10–A9 FCL2 CN6–B1 CN6–B5 CN6–B10
IC12 1E 1E 1E
R110 14 15 1 1 1
CN3–A7 CN10–A11 FCL3
S G S G P G
IC11
R145 6 7
CN3–A8 CN10–B1 PFCL–U
S S S S S S
IC11
R111 11 10 Q7 Q11 Q17
CN3–A9 CN10–B3 PFCL–L R128 4 R124 4 R115 4
IC10 L84 2E L82 2E L85 2E
R85 3 2 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3
CN3–B26 CN4–1 BYPPFCL CN3–A41 CN3–A37 CN3–A20
2 1B 1C 6 R211 2 1B 1C 6 R207 2 1B 1C 6 R202

2 R143 6
IC10
7
CN6–B2 CN6–B6 CN5–6 2
CN3–A4 CN4–5 BYPFCL 1E 1E 1E
1 1 1
IC10 S G S G P G
R53 14 15
CN3–B25 CN4–4 BYPLCL
IC11 S S S S S S
R146 14 15
CN3–A10 CN10–B5 DUPCL Q8 Q12 Q16
IC6 R127 4 R123 4 R116 4
R131 3 2 L77 2E L75 2E L79 2E
CN3–A53 CN8–14 MSW OFF REM 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3
CN3–A40 CN3–A36 CN3–A21
2 1B 1C 6 R210 2 1B 1C 6 R206 2 1B 1C 6 R201

CN6–B3 CN6–B7 CN5–7
1E 1E 1E
3 L60
PFCL–L 1 1 1
3
CN14–5 CN10–B4
24 V
L61 S G S G P G
CN14–11 CN10–B2 PFCL–U
24 V
S S S S S S
Q9 Q13 Q15
R126 4 R122 4 R117 4
L83 2E L81 2E L73 2E
S 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3
CN3–A39 CN3–A35 CN3–A22
R66
2 1B 1C 6 R209 2 1B 1C 6 R205 2 1B 1C 6 R200
L16 IC2 CN6–B4 CN6–B8 CN5–8
3 4
CN3–B31 CN11–A3 DM REM 1E 1E 1E
1 1 1
4 IC6 S G S G P G
4
6 7
CN13–4 CL REM
S
Q18
4 S
L74 2E
IC2 5 2B 2C 3
11 L38 CN3–B30
10
CN3–B43 CN2–10 FSM A
2 1B 1C 6 L72 C47
R181
R159
C46
IC2 CN11–B2 LED REM
13 12 L22
1E
L55
CN3–B42 CN2–9 FSM A R182
1 C4
3 IC5 +
D10
CN3–A59 IC2 L39 S G
D6
D7
D8
+ L49 5
5 R168
1
CN8–24 TNS CONT CN3–B41
6
CN2–8 FSM B 5
2 – S G P G
15
10
20
16
S
6
C33 IC2
S G 9 8 L23
INH1
INH2
N.C.
N.C.
Vcc2
Vcc1
S G CN3–B40 CN2–7 FSM B R107 R141 4 3
CN3–A2 I1 D1 CN10–A2 CLM–U
R108 R142 17 18
3 IC3 CN3–A3 I2 D2 CN10–A4 CLM–L
CN3–B49 + L34 R164 R158 14 13
1 CN3–A55 I3 D3 CN8–17 TFM+
CN9–1
SEN1
SEN2
SEN3
SEN4
R132 R152 7 8
GND
GND
2 –
R58 CN3–A56 I4 D4 CN8–18 TFM–
R92 IC4
1 2
C38
D13
CN3–B50 CN9–2
2
19
1
11
12
9
S G IC8
D9
S G
5 IC3 R93 IC4
CN3–B51 L32 3 4
+ 7 CN3–B53 CN9–9 TC REM P G
CN9–7 TC CONT
6 –
6 R59 6
S G R
IC3 IC4 L15 L37 L7

10 R94 5
CN3–B54 L18 6 CN3–A44 CN2–11 CN9–4 CN2–12 CN10–A1 CN4–22 NC
+ 8 CN3–B55 CN9–11 DB REM L3
R213
R214
R171
R170
R40
R41
R38
R37
CN9–10 DB CONT
9 – CN3–A45 CN5–5 CN9–5 CN4–2 CN10–A3 CN5–5 NC
R60 L2
R96 IC4
9 8 CN7–2 CN11–A8 CN4–3 CN10–A6 CN10–B12 NC
S G CN3–B58 CN9–14 MC REM
L44 CN9–3 CN11–A9 CN4–6 CN10–A8 CN11–A10 NC P G F G F G F G F G
12 IC3 IC1 L69
CN3–B57 R43 1 2
+ 14 L20 CN3–B5 CN1–7 CN9–6 CN6–A10 CN10–A10 CN3–A1 NC
H1 REM L8
CN9–13 GRID CONT S G
13 – CN11–A6 CN5–1 CN10–A12 CN3–A43 NC
R61 IC1
R74 3 C51 C52 C39 C5 C21
7 4 CN11–A7 CN7–1 CN10–B6 7
S G CN3–B4 CN1–6 H2 REM L57
P G
CN7–9 CN13–3
R56 IC2 L4 L42
R215
R169
1
R39
2
R3
CN3–B33 CN11–A1 DM CLK CN8–1 CN14–6
R68 CN8–3 CN14–12
CN3–B36 CN2–3 FSSOL2 ON REM L14
CN8–5 CN16–10 S G F G F G F G F G
D3 C14
CN8–11
S G S G
R67 CN8–13
CN3–B38 CN2–5 FSSOL1 ON REM
CN8–23
D2 C15
8 S G S G 8
R101
CN3–B39 CN2–6 FSSOL OFF REM
D1 C16
S G S G
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-12
Main PCB 1/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
VPL5
RA1
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
R22 NF3 CN4 25

2 2
MAINCLK
(PG:CLK)
VPL5
R23 NF4 CN4 27
MAINMRE
R2 (PG:MRE)
R24 NF5 CN4 29

B5 CN5 R1 NF1 1 2 R3 OVSYNC_
SOVST S001 MAINID_
(SCAN OVSYNC_) IC1
R25
MAINPHSCGEN_
SRFAX_ (002-04G)
3 (003-05A) 3
MCLK 1
(006-11G)
SELFAX_ 19 _OE1
(003-05B) _OE2
R17 VPL5
2 18 FAX(PG) I/F
1A1 1Y1 16 RA2
4 3 2
1A2 1Y2 14
6 4 1
1A3 1Y3 12
8
1A4 1Y4 9
11
SCAN I/F 2A1 2Y1 7
MDATA_ 13
(006-11H) 2A2 2Y2 5 R26 NF6 41
15 CN4
2A3 2Y3 3 MAINLSUOUT
17
2A4 2Y4
R18
4 IC3 R27 NF7 43 4
CN4
GPL0 MAINPVCLK
VCC3
C1 NF2
B2 CN5 R4
SID+
R6
C2
B1 CN5 R5 FAXDATA_
(002-11E)
SID– (WIRED OR)
R28
PHSYNC_
(003-05B)
5 B3 CN5 R7 MMRE 5
1 IN1– VCC 16 (006-11I)
SCLK+ 2 15 R29
R9 IN1+ IN4– LSUOUT
3 OUT1 IN4+ 14 R19 (003-02D)
4 EN OUT4 13
B4 CN5 R8 5 12 R30
SCLK– OUT2 _EN PVCLK
6 IN2+ OUT3 11 (003-02D)
7 IN2– IN3+ 10 R20
8 9 OHSYNC_
A12 CN5 R10 GND IN3– (002-04D) VPL5
SOHSYNC+
R12 IC2
R31
(SCAN OHSYNC_) RESVTC_ R32
GPL5 GPL0 (014-04E)
A11 CN5 R11
4
SOHSYNC–
6 R21 NF8 R33 39 6
CN4
_PRE
5 2
Q D FAXID_
A9 CN5 R13
SMRE+ 3
CLK
R15
_CLR
A10 CN5 R14 6
_Q
SMRE–
IC4
1
FF74VCC
(010-14B)
7 7
S001 OVSYNC_ (002-04E) (006-11I) (011-03D)

(014-05D)
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-13
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 2/20
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
VPL5
RA4
1 8
2 7
3 6
2 4 5
2
RA022 NF10 CN4 31

CNTFAX_ 1 8
(003-05A) 2 7 MAINOHSC_
3 6
4 5 NF11 CN4 33
SELPRT_
(003-05B) MAINOVST_
3 3
OHSYNC_ NF12 CN4 35
(001-08G) MAINPVST_
(PG:PVSYNC_)
NF13 CN4 37 VCC3
OVSYNC_
(001-07C) MAINPHSC_
(PG:PHSYNC_) R40
1
4 VPL5 19
_OE1 4
_OE2
FAXDATA_ R39 PVDA_
R35 2 18
4
1A1 1Y1 16 (001-15F) (003-05C)
1A2 1Y2
6 14
1A3 1Y3
14 CN3 NF9 R34 8
1A4 1Y4
12 R36
11 9
PRTID_ 13
2A1 2Y1 7
2A2 2Y2
15 5
17
2A3 2Y3 3
VPL5
5 2A4 2Y4 RA5 5
3 2
IC5 4 1
GPL8
R37 NF14 CN3 15
PRTPVST_
PRI I/F (BD_)
MAINPHSCGEN_
6 (001-15D) 6
C025
PVSYNC_
(003-05B) PRT I/F
R38 GPL8 NF15 CN3 4
PRTBDGEN_
(004-02D) PRTBD_
7 7
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-12
3-7-14
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 3/20
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
RA6 VCC3
CNTFAX_ 1 8 RA7
(002-04D) 2 7 3 2
SRFAX_ 3 6 4 1
(001-09D) 4 5
SELPRT_
(002-04D) VPL5
SELFAX_ R48
(001-09D)
2 PVSYNC_ R032 2
(002-04H) (006-11H) VCC3
NF20
PHSYNC_
(001-15G) (006-11H)
RESVTC_ TP1
(014-04E) PVDA_ C8
(002-14E)
10
(WIRED OR) TP2
PVDB_ 12 9 R442
CLR _PRE
(006-11G) D Q
11 VCC3
CLK NF16 C9 GPL5
R51 NF22
3 R443
_Q
8 C4 5 6 CN8 1 3
PMREM_
IC4 IC7
13
FF74VCC
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
(010-14B)
PVCLK
C5
LSU I/F
VDD9
VSS14
PVDB0_
PVDA0_
VSS13
PHSYNC_
VDD8
AMC
PVSYNC_
PVSYNC
VSS12
SEL0_
SEL1_
VDD7
SEL2_
SEL3_
SEL4_
SEL5_
SEL6_
VSS11
P2
P1
P0
FLDON
VDD6
(001-15G) (006-11I) 50
LSUOUT 76 VSS10
(001-15G) (006-11G) 77 VSS15 LDOUTB_
49 R55
78 PVCLK 48 LDOUTA_
VSS16
LDOUTA_
47 (004-02C)
79 VSS9
80 LSUOUT 46
ADJUST_ NF23
45
CN8 12
81 NC4 FLDEN_ 8
VDD10 44 9
R44 82 BD_ ADJUST_
SCDE_ 43
4 83
84 NSCDE_
VDD5
PMCLK
42 IC7 4
85 SCLE_ MSYNC
41 RA8
NSCLE_ 40 1 4 NF24
RESVTC_ GPL5 86
VSS17
VSS8
39 3 4 2 3 CN8 11
(014-04E) 87 CLK ENABLE_
VCC3
88
89
RESET_
VSS18
P3
IC6 VSS7
NC3
38
37
36
IC7
VTCBD_
R46 90 NC2
35
(004-02C)
91 P4 NC1 R53 NF25
92 P5
P6
LDEN_
34
33 11 10 CN8 3
93
VDD11
LDON_
32
PMCLK
94
P7
PPST
31 IC7
95
TEST0
VDD4
30 MSC_
96 VSS6
29
(004-02H)
VSS19
5 97
98 TEST1
D7
D6
28 7 XVTC 5
TEST2 27 6 (004-08I)
VTCCS_
99 D5
26
IOWR_
TEST3 5
IORD_
100 VSS5
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VSS1
VSS2
VSS3
VSS4
SMC
VSS20
SOT
SCK
SIN
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
VCC3
RA9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
VPL5 5 4
6 3
7 2 C6
R449
8 1
C7 C10
VTC_ VPL5
(014-04D)
6 RDE_
19
1 _OE VPL5
(014-11F)
AE(23:0)
VCC3 1 2
R447 CN4 30 6
(014-08I) T_R NF19 C11 PGGND1
02 18 0 0 1 8 0 GPL5
13 A0 B0 1
17 1 2 7 1 IC7
24 A1 B1 2 RA12
16 2 3 6 2 VCC3
A2 B2 R448
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
35 15 3 3 4 5 3 CN4 32
46 A3 B3 4 NF21 12
14 4 1 8 4 13
A4 B4 PGGND2
0
1
2
3
4
5
57 13 5 RA10 RA11 5 2 7 5
68 A5 B5 6 RA13
12 6 3 6 6 IC7
79 A6 B6 7
11 7 4 5 7
01
12
23
34
41
52
63
74
A7 B7
0
1
2
3
4
ADE(7:0) VTCD(7:0) GPL5
(014-11H) IC032
VTCPD(7:0) VTC_
(014-04D)
7 RDE_ 7
(014-08I)
WRE_
(014-08H)
LDON_
(014-04F)
LDEN_
(014-04F)
EPVSYNC PPST
(014-04F)
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-13
3-7-15
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 4/20
A B C D E F G H I J
R24 V
1 (019-14H) VPL5 1
R60
D2
R61 3
VPL5 TR1
G S1 NF30
VTC I/F C12 NF26 K 3
CN8 13
R5 V
R62
2 D1 TYPICAL 1.0A (MAX1.6A) 2
C14
FCOVERSW C13 R56 CN8 10
13 12 VIDEO+ A 1
(019-14F)
LDOUTA_
IC9
R57 CN8 9
VIDEO–
LSU I/F
(003-15D) 1 14 GPL5 GPL5
2 DE VCC 13
DIN NC4 CN8 5
VTCBD_ RA14 3 NC1 DOUT+ 12
1 4 4 11 5V
ROUT DOUT– R58 CN8 6
3 (003-15F) 2 3 5 NC2 RIN+ 10 3
PRTBDGEN_ 6 9 R55 BD+
(002-04H) 7 NC3 RIN– 8
GND _RE CN8 7
R59
IC10 BD–
GPL5 GPL8
R63 CN8 4
G(5 V)
4 4
GPL5
R64 CN8 8
G(5 V)
D2 GPL5
VPL5
5 5
A COM K
MSC_ R65 R66 R67 R68 NF27 CN8 2

10 11 8 9
LD
6 (003-15F) 6
IC9 IC9
C15
GPL5 GPL5 VCC3

NF28
7 XEOE_ R69 1 4 7
(015-16G) OE VCC
2 3 R71 XVTC
GND OUT (003-15G)
X1 C16 C17
8 8
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-14
3-7-16
E E
A A
E A E A A E
Main PCB 5/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
MCPSIG (304:1) VCC3

(006-01A)
1 1
226
224
223
222
221
219
218
217
216
214
213
212
211
208
206
204
201
199
197
195
193
188
186
184
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
NF31
C18
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
GND46
GND45
SWEB
GND44
SRAS21B
SRAS11B
SRAS20B
SRAS10B
VDD25
SCAS21B
SCAS11B
SCAS20B
SCAS10B
GND43
SRAS22B
SRAS12B
SRAS23B
SRAS13B
GND42
VDD24
SA9
GND41
SA8
GND40
SA7
GND39
VDD23
SA10
GND38
SA6
GND37
SA5
GND36
SA4
GND35
SA3
GND34
GND33
VDD22
VDD21
SA2
GND32
SA1
GND31
SA0
GND30
VDD20
Q2CDWRB
Q2CDRDB
Q2CDACKB
Q2CDRO
Q2PDWRB
Q2PDRDB
Q2PDACKB
Q2PDRQ
Q2HINTR
GND29
VDD19
Q2HWRB
Q2HRDB
Q2HCSB
VDD18
Q1CDWRB
Q1CDRDB
Q1CDACKB
Q1CDRQ
Q1PDWRB
Q1PDRDB
Q1PDACKB
Q1PDRQ
Q1HINTR
Q1HWRB
Q1HRDB
Q1HCSB
GND28
GND27
C19
229 VDD26 VDD17 152

230 VDD27 VDD16 151
231 SMLLD DRAMD24 150 150
232 SMLOEB DRAMD23 149 149
2 233 SMGHOEB DRAMD25 148 148
C20 2
234 SMGLOEB DRAMD22 147 147
235 SMGDIR GND26 146
236 VDD28 VDD15 145
237 SRAS30B DRAMD26 144 144
238 SRAS31B DRAMD21 143 143
239 SRAS32B DRAMD27 142 142
240 SRAS33B DRAMD20 141 141
241 SCAS30B GND25 140
242 SCAS31B VDD14 139
243 GND47 DRAMD28 138 138
244 137 137 C21 NF32
RAMCSHB DRAMD19
245 RAMCSLB DRAMD29 136 136
246 135 135
3 247
RAMOEB DRAMD18
134 3
GND48 GND24
248 GND49 GND23 133
C22
249 249 CLK DRAMD30 132 132
250 GND50 DRAMD17 131 131
251 RAMWEB DRAMD31 130 130
252 ROMCSB DRAMD16 129 129
253 ROMOEB GND22 128
254 VDD29 DRAS5B 127 127
C23
255 255 IRQALLB DRAS4B 126 126
256 IRQ5B DRAS3B 125 125
257 IRQ4B DRAS2B 124 124
258 IRQ3B DRAS1B 123 123
259 IRQ2B DRAS0B 122 122
260 121
4 261
IRQ1B GND21
120 120 4
CS0B DA4
262 GND51 DA3 119 119
263 263 CPUD0 DA5 118 118
264 264 CPUD1 DA2 117 117
265 VDD30 GND20 116
C24 NF33
266 VDD31 GND19 115
267 IC11 114
GND52 VDD13
268 GND53 VDD12 113
269 269 CPUD2 DA6 112 112
270 270 CPUD3 DA1 111 111
C25
271 GND54 DA7 110 110
272 272 CPUD4 DA0 109 109
273 273 CPUD5 DA8 108 108
274 107 107
5 275
VDD32 DA9
106
5
GND55 GND18
276 276 CPUD6 DOEB 105 105
C26
277 277 CPUD7 DWEB 104 104
278 VDD33 DCASHB 103 103
279 GND56 DCASLB 102 102
280 280 CPUD8 GND17 101
281 281 CPUD9 DRAMD8 100 100
282 GND57 DRAMD7 99 99
283 283 CPUD10 DRAMD9 98 98
284 284 CPUD11 DRAMD6 97 97
285 GND58 GND16 96
286 GND59 GND15 95
287 287 CPUD12 DRAMD10 94 94 C27 NF34
288 288 93 93
6 289
CPUD13 DRAMD5
92 92
6
GND60 DRAMD11
290 290 CPUD14 DRAMD4 91 91
291 291 CPUD15 GND14 90
292 GND61 VDD11 89
293 293 88 88 C28
A24 DRAMD12
294 294 A25 DRAMD3 87 87
295 295 A26 DRAMD13 86 86
296 296 A27 DRAMD2 85 85
297 297 A28 GND13 84
298 A29 VDD10 83 C29
299 299 A30 DRAMD14 82 82
300 300 A31 DRAMD1 81 81
301 301 A0 DRAMD15 80 80
7 302 302 DSACKB DRAMD0 79 79 7
303 VDD34 VDD9 78
MREVDOUT
WREADYB
304 77
PHSYNCB
RREADYB
SETMCPB
MCPSELB
MREVDIN
VDD35 VDD8
ACKMCP
ACKENG
RCKENB
GPL5
RESETB
RDBWR
WVSTB
GND10
GND11
GND12
MREID
RVSIB
GND1
GND2
SIZE1
SIZE0
SOUT
GND3
GND4
GND5
GND6
GND7
GND8
GND9
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VDD4
VDD5
VDD6
VDD7
WCK
SMC
AMC
RCK
ASB
VD1
VD2
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
SIN
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
13
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
41
43
48
50
51
53
64
66
67
74
3
8
9
8 8
GPL5
GPL0 GPL0
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-17
Main PCB 6/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
MCPSIG(304:1)
(005-11A)
301
DRAMD(31:0)
8 0 (007-02A)
1 1
9 1 VPL5 SA(10:0)
RA19 RA33
74 RESMCP_ 13 2 150 5 4 24 31 1 8 184 0 (009-01C) (009-09C)
(010-09C) 149 6 3 23 30 2 7
15 3 148 7 2 25 29 3 6 186 1
147 8 1 22 28 4 5
16 4 144 5 4 26 27 1 8 188 2
143 6 3 21 26 2 7
17 5 142 7 2 27 25 3 6 193 3
141 8 1 20 24 4 5 163 Q1CDRQ (008-02A)
18 6 195 4
RA20 RA34
21 7 197 5
2 RA15 2
263 8 1
264 7 2 0 22 8 199 6 RA41
VPL5 166 5 4 Q1CDWR
269 6 3 1 (008-02C)
270 5 4 2 23 9 RA21 RA35 204 7 165 6 3
138 5 4 28 23 1 8 164 7 2 Q1CDRD
272 8 1 3 (008-02B)
273 7 2 4 24 10 137 6 3 19 22 2 7 206 8 158 8 1
Q1CDACK
276 6 3 5 136 7 2 29 21 3 6 (008-02B)
277 5 4 6 25 11 135 8 1 18 20 4 5 208 9
Q1HINTR
7 132 5 4 30 19 1 8 (008-02C)
RA16 26 12 131 6 3 17 18 2 7 201 10 RA42
130 7 2 31 17 3 6 162 5 4 Q1PDWR
221 SRAS10_ 161 6 3 (008-12E)
27 13 129 8 1 16 16 4 5 (009-01E) 160 7 2 Q1PDRD
223 SRAS11_ (008-12E)
3 28 14 RA22 RA36 159 8 1 3
(009-01E) Q1PDACK
213 SRAS12_ (008-12E)
RA17 29 15 Q1PDRQ
(009-01E)
280 8 1 (008-12E)
281 7 2 8 30 16 VPL5 211 SRAS13_
(009-01E)
283 6 3 9 RA23 RA37
284 5 4 10 31 17 100 5 4 8 15 1 8 216 SCAS10_
(009-01E)
287 8 1 11 99 6 3 7 14 2 7
288 7 2 12 32 18 98 7 2 9 13 3 6 218 SCAS11_
(009-01F)
290 6 3 13 97 8 1 6 12 4 5
291 5 4 14 33 19 94 5 4 10 11 1 8 226 SWE_
(009-09F)(009-01F)
15 93 6 3 5 10 2 7
RA18 34 20 92 7 2 11 9 3 6 222 SRAS20_
AM(23:0) (009-09E)
91 8 1 4 8 4 5
4 21 (011-11F) 224 SRAS21_ 4
35 BNKA22 (009-09E)
RA24 RA38
(010-09C) 214 SRAS22_
36 BNKA23 (009-09E)
ADM(15:0) (010-09C) 212 SRAS23_
293 VPL5 (009-09E)
(011-11H)
RA25 RA39 217 SCAS20_
MCPEN_ 294 (009-09E)
88 5 4 12 7 1 8
(010-09A) 19 _DE 87 6 3 3 6 2 7 219 SCAS21_
RDM_ 295 (009-09F)
1 T_R 86 7 2 13 5 3 6
(011-08J) 85 8 1 2 4 4 5
0 2 18 296 82 5 4 14 3 1 8
A0 B0
1 3 A1 B1 17 0 81 6 3 1 2 2 7 R77
2 4 16 1 297 80 7 2 15 1 3 6 64 MCLK
5 A2 B2 (001-07D) 5
3 5 A3 B3 15 2 79 8 1 0 0 4 5
4 6 A4 B4 14 3 R78
5 7 13 4 GPL8 RA26 RA40 43 PVDB_
A5 B5 299 DRAMCS_
6 8 A6 B6 12 5 (010-02D)
7 9 A7 B7 11 6 DA(9:0) R79
7 300 MCPEN_ 48 LSUOUT
(010-09A) (007-02J) (003-02D) 249
IC12
6 ASB RA27 R80 VCC3
19 _DE (010-09B) 110 5 4 7 50 PHSYNC_
302 DSACK_ 109 6 3 0 (003-05B) NF35
1 T_R
(010-09B) 108 7 2 8
8 2 18 3 WRM_ 107 8 1 9 51 PVSYNC_
A0 B0 (011-09H) (003-05B)
9 3 17 8 120 5 4 4
A1 B1 R84
R86
10 4 16 9 119 6 3 3 R81 1 4
6 11 5
A2 B2
15 10 255 R76 MCPINT_ 118 7 2 5 53 MDATA_ (012-15H)
XMOE_
DE VCC
6
A3 B3 (011-05E) (001-07E)
12 6 14 11 117 8 1 2 2 3
A4 B4
13 7 A5 B5 13 12 R82 GND OUT
RA28 41 PVCLK
14 8 A6 B6 12 13 (003-02D)
15 9 11 14 X2 C30 C31
A7 B7
15 66 R83 MMRE
IC13 112 3 2 6 (001-07G)
111 4 1 1
ADBUS(15:0)
RA29 67 OVSYNC_
(001-07C)
125 5 4 DRAS3_ GPL5
124 6 3 (007-02H)
123 7 2 DRAS2_
7 122 8 1
(007-02H) 7
DRAS1_
(007-02H)
RA30 DRAS0_
(007-02H)
105 5 4 DOE_
104 6 3 (007-02I)
103 7 2 DWE_
(007-02I)
102 8 1
DCASH_
(007-02I)
RA31 DCASL_
(007-02I)
8 8
127 3 2 DRAS5_
126 4 1 (007-02G)
DRAS4_
RA32 (007-02H)
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-18
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 7/20
A B C D E F G H I J
DRAMD(31:0)
(006-09A) (008-02L)
1 NF39 NF40 NF41 1

C38 C40 C42
C39 C41 C43
16 2 42 16 2 42 16 2 42
D1 VSS1 D1 VSS1 D1 VSS1
17 3 1 17 3 1 17 3 1
D2 VCC1 D2 VCC1 D2 VCC1
18 4 37 18 4 37 18 4 37
2 19
20
5
7
D4 VCC2
6
22
19
20
5
7
D4 VCC2
6
22
19
20
5
7
D4 VCC2
6
22 2
21 8 21 21 8 21 21 8 21
22 9 28 9 22 9 28 9 22 9 28 9
D7 A9 D7 A9 D7 A9
23 10 27 8 23 10 27 8 23 10 27 8
D8 A8 D8 A8 D8 A8
24 33 26 7 24 33 26 7 24 33 26 7
D9 A7 D9 A7 D9 A7
25 34 25 6 25 34 25 6 25 34 25 6
D10 A6 D10 A6 D10 A6
26 35 24 5 26 35 24 5 26 35 24 5
D11 A5 D11 A5 D11 A5
27 36 23 4 27 36 23 4 27 36 23 4
D12 A4 D12 A4 D12 A4
28 38 20 3 28 38 20 3 28 38 20 3
D13 A3 D13 A3 D13 A3
29 39 19 2 29 39 19 2 29 39 19 2
D14 A2 D14 A2 D14 A2
30 40 18 1 30 40 18 1 30 40 18 1
D15 A1 D15 A1 D15 A1
31 41 17 0 31 41 17 0 31 41 17 0
D16 A0 D16 A0 D16 A0
31 11 31 11 31 11
3 30
LCAS0
UCAS0
NC1
NC2
12 30
LCAS0
UCAS0
NC1
NC2
12 30
LCAS0
UCAS0
NC1
NC2
12 3
1 14 15 3 14 15 5 14 15
RAS0 NC3 RAS0 NC3 RAS0 NC3
29 16 29 16 29 16
OE0 NC4 OE0 NC4 OE0 NC4
13 32 13 32 13 32
W0 NC5 W0 NC5 W0 NC5
IC17 IC18 IC19
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
NF36 NF37 NF38
C32 C34 C36
C33 C35 C37

4 4
0 2 42 0 2 42 0 2 42
1 3 1 1 3 1 1 3 1
2 4 37 2 4 37 2 4 37
3 5 6 3 5 6 3 5 6
4 7 22 4 7 22 4 7 22
5 8 21 5 8 21 5 8 21
6 9 28 9 6 9 28 9 6 9 28 9
D7 A9 D7 A9 D7 A9
7 10 27 8 7 10 27 8 7 10 27 8
D8 A8 D8 A8 D8 A8
8 33 26 7 8 33 26 7 8 33 26 7
5 9 34
D9
D10
A7
A6
25 6 9 34
D9
D10
A7
A6
25 6 9 34
D9
D10
A7
A6
25 6 5
10 35 24 5 10 35 24 5 10 35 24 5
D11 A5 D11 A5 D11 A5
11 36 23 4 11 36 23 4 11 36 23 4
DRAS5_ 5 12 38
D12 A4
20 3 12 38
D12 A4
20 3 12 38
D12 A4
20 3
(006-09K) 13 39
D13 A3
19 2 13 39
D13 A3
19 2 13 39
D13 A3
19 2
DRAS4_ 4 14 40
D14 A2
18 1 14 40
D14 A2
18 1 14 40
D14 A2
18 1
(006-09L) 15 41
D15 A1
17 0 15 41
D15 A1
17 0 15 41
D15 A1
17 0
DRAS3_ 3 31
D16 A0
11 31
D16 A0
11 31
D16 A0
11
(006-09I) LCAS0 NC1 LCAS0 NC1 LCAS0 NC1
30 12 30 12 30 12
DRAS2_ 2 0 UCAS0 NC2 2 UCAS0 NC2 4 UCAS0 NC2
(006-09J) 14 15 14 15 14 15
RAS0 NC3 RAS0 NC3 RAS0 NC3
29 16 29 16 29 16
DRAS1_ 1 OE0 NC4 OE0 NC4 OE0 NC4
(006-09J) 13 32 13 32 13 32
W0 NC5 W0 NC5 W0 NC5
6 (006-09J)
DRAS0_ 0 IC14 IC15 IC16
6
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
DOE_ DRAS_(5:0)
(006-09J)
DWE_
(006-09K)
DCASH_
(006-09K)
DCASL_
(006-09K)
7 DA(9:0)_
7
(006-09G)
VPL5
NF42
C44 C45
+ +
C184
C185
C186
C187
C188
C189
C190
C191
8 8
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-19
3-7-15
E E
A A
E A A E A E
Main PCB 8/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
PRESSD (31:0) CD (31:0)

(009-14G) (009-06G)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Q1CDRQ R94 VPL5
(006-16B)
1 31 4 5 1
30 3 6
29 2 7 RA59
28 1 8
R93 XMOE_ 27 4 5
(012-15H)
26 3 6
RA60
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
Q1CDACK_ 25 2 7
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
(006-16C) 24 1 8
CDRQ
GND17
VDD16
CD31
CD30
CD29
CD28
GND16
VDD15
CD27
CD26
CD25
CD24
CD23
GND15
VDD14
CD22
CD21
CD20
CD19
CD18
GND14
VDD13
CD17
CD16
CD15
CD14
CD13
GND13
VDD12
CD12
CD11
CD10
CD9
CD8
GND12
Q1CDRD_
(006-16C)
109 CDAK 72 VPL5
Q1CDWR_ VDD11
(006-16C) 110 CDRD CD7 71 7 23 4 5
111 CDWR CD6 70 6 22 3 6
Q1HINTR 112 69 5 RA61
(006-16D) INTR CD5 21 2 7
113 68 4
2 ADM (15:0) 114
VDD17 CD4
67
20 1 8 2
(011-11H) GND18 GND11 19 4 5
0 115 HD0 VDD10 66 18 3 6 RA62
VPL5 1 116 65 3
HD1 CD3 17 2 7
2 117 HD2 CD2 64 2
NF43 16 1 8
3 118 HD3 CD1 63 1
4 119 HD4 CD0 62 0
120 61 VPL5
VDD18 GND10
121 GND19 VDD9 60 15 4 5
1 4 5 122 HD5 PXCKO 59 14 3 6
DE VCC RA63
6 123 HD6 RVID 58 13 2 7
2 3 7 124 HD7 SVID 57 12 1 8
GND OUT
125 TEST0 PXCK 56 11 4 5
X3 126 TEST1 PTIM 55 10 3 6 RA64
C46 C47 127 IC20 54
3 128
VDD19 PRDY
53
9 2 7 3
R96 GND20 GND9 8 1 8
129 MCLK VDD8 52
130 51 Q1PDWR_
VDD20 PDWR (006-16D) VPL5
131 GND21 PDRD 50
RESMCP_ 132 49 Q1PDRD_ 7 4 5
(010-09C) RESET PDAK (006-16D)
GPL5 133 48 6 3 6
HRD PDRQ RA65
RDM_ 134 47 Q1PDACK_ 5 2 7
(011-08J) HWR GND8 (006-16D)
135 46 4 1 8
HCS VDD7
WRM_ 136 45 Q1PDRQ 3 4 5
(011-09H) VDD21 PD31 (006-16D)
137 44 31 2 3 6 RA66
GND22 PD30
Q1HCS_ 1 138 43 30 1 2 7
(010-09C) HA0 PD29
2 139 HA1 GND7 42 29 0 1 8
3 140 HA2 VDD6 41
4 4 141 HA3 PD28 40 4
142 TOUT1 PD27 39 28
143 TOUT2 PD26 38 27
AM (23:0) 144 37 26
(011-11F) VDD22 PD25
GND1
GND2
GND3
GND4
GND5
GND6
25
VDD1
VDD2
VDD3
VDD4
VDD5
PD10
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
PD15
PD16
PD17
PD18
PD19
PD20
PD21
PD22
PD23
PD24
31 5 4 31
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PD8
PD9
30 6 3 30
RA51 29 7 2 29
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
28 8 1 28
27 5 4 27
26 6 3 26
RA52 25 7 2 25
24 8 1 24
5 VPL5
23 5 4 23 5
22 6 3 22
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PD (31:0) RA53 21 7 2 21
20 8 1 20
19 5 4 19
0 5 4 0 18 6 3 18
1 6 3 1 RA54 17 7 2 17
RA43 2 7 2 2 16 8 1 16
3 8 1 3
4 5 4 4
NF44
NF45
NF46
NF47
15 5 4 15
5 6 3 5
14 6 3 14
RA44 6 7 2 6
RA55 13 7 2 13
7 8 1 7
12 8 1 12
6 11 5 4 11
6
8 5 4 8 10 6 3 10
9 6 3 9 RA56 9 7 2 9
C49
C51
C53
C55
RA45 10 7 2 10 8 8 1 8
11 8 1 11
12 5 4 12
7 5 4 7
13 6 3 13
6 6 3 6
C48
C50
C52
C54
RA46 14 7 2 14
RA57 5 7 2 5
15 8 1 15
4 8 1 4
3 5 4 3
16 5 4 16 RA58 2 6 3 2
17 6 3 17 GPL5 1 7 2 1
7 RA47 18 7 2 18 0 8 1 0 7
19 8 1 19
20 5 4 20
21 6 3 21
RA48 22 7 2 22
23 8 1 23
24 5 4 24
25 6 3 25
RA49 26 7 2 26
27 8 1 27
28 5 4 28
29 6 3 29
8 RA50 30 7 2 30 8
31 8 1 31
DRAMD (31:0)
(007-02A)
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-20
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 9/20
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
SIM1ADR(10:0) SIM2ADR(10:0)
12 2 CN6 49 12 2 CN7 49 CN7
5 4 0 CN6 CN6 5 4 0 CN7
9 6 3 9 SN1A0 SM1D0 SM1D8 9 6 3 9 SM2A0 SM2D0 SM2D8
0 8 0 8
RA67 8 7 2 8 13 3 CN6 50 RA72 8 7 2 8 13 3 CN7 50
7 8 1 7 1 CN6 CN6 7 8 1 7 1 CN7 CN7
10 4 10 SM1A1 SM1D16 SM1D24 10 5 4 10 SM2A1 SM2D16 SM2D24
5 16 24 16 24
6 6 3 6 14 4 CN6 51 CN6 6 6 3 6 14 4 CN7 51
5 7 2 5 2 CN6 5 7 2 5 2 CN7 CN7
RA68 SM1A2 SM1D1 SM1D9 RA73 SM2A2 SM2D1 SM2D9
4 8 1 4 1 9 4 8 1 4 1 9
3 5 4 3 15 5 CN6 52 3 5 4 3 15 5 CN7 52
2 6 3 2 3 CN6 CN6 2 6 3 2 3 CN7 CN7
2 RA69 1
0
7
8
2
1
1
0
SM1A3 SM1D17
17
SM1D25
25 RA74 1
0
7 2 1
0
SM2A3 SM2D17
17
SM2D25
25 2
16 6 CN6 53 8 1 16 6 CN7 53 CN7
4 CN6 CN6 4 CN7
SM1A4 SM1D2 SM1D10 SM2A4 SM2D2 SM2D10
2 10 2 10
SA(10:0) 17 7 CN6 54 SA(10:0) 17 7 CN7 54
(006-12B) 5 CN6 CN6 (006-12B) 5 CN7 CN7
18 26 18 26
18 8 CN6 55 CN6 18 8 CN7 55
6 CN6 6 CN7 CN7
3 11 3 11
28 9 CN6 56 28 9 CN7 56 CN7
7 CN6 CN6 7 CN7
19 27 19 27
31 20 CN6 57 31 20 CN7 57
3 8 CN6
SM1A8 SM1D4 SM1D12
CN6 8 CN7
SM2A8 SM2D4 SM2D12
CN7 3
4 12 4 12
32 21 CN6 58 CN6 32 21 CN7 58
9 CN6 9 CN7 CN7
20 28 20 28
19 22 CN6 60 19 22 CN7 60 CN7
10 CN6 CN6 10 CN7
5 29 5 29
RA75 45 23 CN6 61 RA75 45 23 CN7 61
SRAS11_ 6 3 CN6 CN6 SRAS21_ 5 4 CN7 CN7
(006-11D) SM1RAS1_ SM1D21 SM1D13 (006-11F) SM2RAS1_ SM2D21 SM2D13
8 1 21 13 7 2 21 13
SRAS10_ 6 3 44 24 CN6 62 CN6 SRAS20_ 5 4 44 24 CN7 62
(006-11D) CN6 (006-11E) CN7 CN7
8 1 SM1RAS0_ SM1D6 SM1D30 7 2 SM2RAS0_ SM2D6 SM2D30
SRAS12_ 6 30 SRAS22_ 6 30
4 (006-11D)
SRAS13_ RA71 CN6
34 25 CN6 63
CN6
(006-11F)
SRAS23_ RA71 CN7
34 25 CN7 63 CN7 4
(006-11E) 4 1 SM1RAS2_ SM1D22 SM1D14 (006-11F) 3 2 SM2RAS2_ SM2D22 SM2D14
22 14 22 14
SCAS10_ 4 1 33 26 CN6 64 SCAS20_ 3 2 33 26 CN7 64
(006-11E) CN6 CN6 (006-11F) CN7 CN7
SM1RAS3_ SM1D7 SM1D31 SM2RAS3_ SM2D7 SM2D31
SCAS11_ RA76 7 31 SCAS21_ RA76 7 31
(006-11E) 40 (006-11F) 40
27 CN6 65
CN6 27 CN7 65
CN7
SWE_ CN6 SWE_ CN7
(006-11E) SM1CAS0_ SM1D23 SM1D15 (006-11E) SM2CAS0_ SM2D23 SM2D15
23 15 23 15
R101 43 R105 43
CN6 CN7
SM1CAS0_ SM2CAS0_
41 41
CN6 CN7
SM1CAS1_ SM2CAS1_
5 42 42
5
CN6 CN7
SM1CAS1_ SM2CAS1_
47 47
CN6 CN7
SM1WE_ SM2WE_
CD(31:0) CD(31:0)
10 (008-15A) 10 (008-15A)
CN6 CN7
SM1VCC SM2VCC
30 30
VPL5 CN6 VPL5 CN7
SM1VCC SM2VCC
NF48 59 NF49 59
6 CN6
SM1VCC
CN7
SM2VCC 6
SIMM SOCKET1 SIMM SOCKET2
R102 1 R106 1
CN6 CN7
SM1GND SM2GND
R103 39 R107 39
+ + CN6 + + CN7
C192
C193
C194
C196
C198
C195
C199
C197
SM1GND SM2GND
C56 C57 C58 C59
R104 72 R108 72
CN6 SM1GND CN7 SM2GND
7 7
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-17
3-7-21
E E
A A
E A A E A E
Main PCB 10/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
R120 MCPEN_
(006-05G)(006-01F)
1 R121 1
DSACK_
(006-05H)
R122 ASB
(006-05H) VCC3 VPL5 VCC3
FF74VCC
(001-11I)
RA77
BNKA22 (003-02D)
3 2 (006-05F)
NF51
NF52
NF53
4 1
BNKA23
(006-05F)
R123 RESMCP_ 20 14 20
(006-03B)(008-02E) VCC VCC VCC
2 2
R124 Q1HCS_
C65
C67
C69
(008-02E)
C64
C66
C68
R125 ROMMCS_
(011-12B)
C60
C61
10 7 10
GND GND GND
R126 WRME_
(011-12E)
IC3 IC4 IC5
DRAMCS_ R111 R127 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
3 WRMO_ 3
(011-14E)
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
(006-05G)
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5
R112
IDGSR
ID22
ID21
ID20
ID19
ID18
ID17
VDD2
GND3
TDD
ID16
BRAMMCS_ R128 RAMMCS_
(011-12H) (011-12E)
BRAMMWR_ R113 R129
34 IDGTS2 ID15 22 WRM_
NF54
NF55
NF56
(011-12H)
R109
35 VDD3 ID14 21 (011-09H)

36 IDGTS1 ID13 20
37 ID23 ID12 19
38 18 20 14 14
ID24 ID11 VCC VCC VCC
SCUCS_ R114 39 ID25 IC21 GND2 17 1
40 ID26 ID10 16
(012-04B)
R110
41 15 0
C71
C73
C75
ID27 VDD1 ADM(15:0)
SCC1CS_ R115 42 ID28 ID9 14 (011-11H)
4 20 43 13 23 4
(012-07H) IDGCK1 ID8
21 44 12 19
C70
C72
C74
IDGCK2 ID7
22 0
IDGCK3
GND1
VPL5
TMS
TCK
GPL5
TDI
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
AM(23:0) 10 7 7
R116 (011-11F) GND GND GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
BANK_ R117
IC8 IC7 IC5
(011-05E) GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
AM(23:0)
VPL5 VPL5
(011-11F)
5 5
C62
CLK_M VPL5
NF57
NF58
(011-03F)
MCPRDY_ R118 C63 NF50
(011-05F) 20 20
RST2_ VCC VCC
(011-02H)
RESET_
C77
C79
(011-05G)
RDM_
GPL5
(011-08J)
C76
C78
ALEM
6 (011-08I) 6
BHEM_
(011-09I)
10 10
GND GND
IC12 IC13
GPL5 GPL5
7 1 2 7
IC9
3 4
IC9
5 6
IC9
8 8
GPL0
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-22
Main PCB 11/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5
NF62
VPL5
1 1
NF60 VPL5
(011-08H) VCCCPUM C90 C91
C84 C85
IC24
SCMACK (013-12B) R169 GPL5
1 40
SCMHEAD (013-12B) VPP VCC
(010-09D) ROMMCS_ 2 39 18
GPL5 CE0 A17
RXDMMI (013-06I) 15 3 38 17
D15 A16
(018-05I) MAIN_STS_ 14 4 37 16
D14 A15
R164 13 5 36 15
D13 A14
(012-02D) RESSCU_ TXDMMI (013-12G) 12 6 35 14
D12 A13
(012-14H) RESSCC1_ 11 7 34 13
2 D11 A12 2
(014-05H) RESENG_ 10 8 33 12
SCURXRDY (012-04B) D10 A11
(013-11C) RESSCAN_ 9 9 32 11
SCLKPRT (018-09C) D9 A10
(013-11H) RESMMI_ 8 10 31 10
TP3 1 D8 A9
RXPRT (018-09C) 11 30
TP4 GND1 GND2
(018-06D) REQCMD_ R165 7 12 29 9
1 D7 A8
(018-06D) SBSY_ TXPRT (018-06D) 6 13 28 8
D6 A7
5 14 27 7
D5 A6
4 15 26
100
D4 A5 6
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
3 16 25 5
D3 A4
2 17 24 4
P71_AN1
P72_AN2
P73_AN3
P74_AN4
P75_AN5
P76_AN6
P77_AN7_ADTRIG_
VSS2
AVSS
VREF
AVCC
VCC2
P80_CLKS1_DA0
P81_CLK0
P82_RXD0_CLKS0
P83_TXD0
P84_DA1_INT4_
P85_CLK1
P86_RXD1
P87_TXD1
D2 A3
1 18 23 3
RA78 D1 A2
0 19 22 2
1 80 5 4 0 D0 A1
3 P70_AN0 P00_A0 20 21 1 3
2 79 6 3 1 DE0 A0
(012-04B)SCUTXRDY P95_INT3__KI4_ P01_A1 (011-11H) ADM(15:0)
R141 (013-12C) SCSTART 3 78 7 2 2
P94_CS4__RTP13 P02_A2 GPL5
(011-11E) AM22 4 77 8 1 3
P93_CS3__A22_RTP12 P03_A3 GPL5 AM(23:0) (011-11F)
(011-11E) AM21 R142 5 76 5 4 4
R143 P92_CS2__A21_RTP11 P04_A4
(011-11E) AM20 6 75 6 3 RA79 5
P91_CS1__A20_RTP10 P05_A5 (011-08J) RDM_
(011-04G) WD R144 7 74 7 2 6
(001-07C) P90_CS0_ P06_A6
8 73 8 1 7 VPL5
OVSYNC_ P67_TB2IN P07_A7
9 72 5 4 8
R138
R139
R140
P66_TB1IN P10_A8 R168

(018-09D) (012-10I) INTSCC1 10 71 6 3 RA80 9
P65_TB0IN P11_A9
CBSY_ (013-06D) SCANACK 11 70 7 2 10 (011-08J)
P64_INT2_ P12_A10
12 69 8 1 11 (010-09E) RDM_
(013-06G) MMIACK P63_INT1_ P13_A11
13 68 5 4 12 RAMMCS_
(014-06B)FACKMCPU P62_INT0_ P14_A12
4 14 67 6 3 RA81 13 (010-09D) WRMO_ 4
(006-06H) MCPINT_ P61_TA4IN P15_A13 (010-09D) WRME_
15 66 7 2 14
GPL5 (013-05K) MMIJG_
(010-02G) BANK_
16
P60_TA4OUT
P57_TA3IN_KI3_
IC22 P16_A14
P17_A15
65 8 1 15 VPL5 VPL5
R145 17 64 5 4 16 NF63 NF64
(012-04E) SCUCLK P56_TA3OUT_KI2_ P20_A16 AM20 (011-02D)
18 63 6 3 RA82 17
(013-12H) P55_TA2IN_KI1_ P21_A17 AM21 (011-02D) IC25 IC26
MMIMERR 19 62 7 2 18
R146 (013-12G) P54_TA2OUT_KI0_ P22_A18 AM22 (011-02D) 22 28 22 28
(019-03H) TWTHSIG 20 61 8 1 19 DE_ VCC DE_ VCC
MMIMACK P53_TA1IN_W_RTP03 P23_A19 20 20
21 60 R166 CE_ CE_
(014-05D) ENGMERR P27_A23
20
21
22
P52_TA1OUT_U__RTP02 27 27
(014-05D) ENGMHEAD 22 59 WE_ C92 C93 WE_ C94 C95
P51_TA0IN_V__RTP01 P100_D0_LA0 1 10 1 10
(014-05E) ENGMACK 23 58 AM (23:0) A0 A0
P50_TA0OUT_W__RTP00 P101_D1_LA1 2 9 14 2 9 14
24 57 A1 VSS A1 VSS
(013-06B) SCENABLE P47 P102_D2_LA2 23 3 8 3 8
(013-06C) SCHEAD 25 56 RA83 A2 A2
P46 P103_D3_LA3 5 4 0 4 7 11 0 4 7 11 8
(013-06H) MMIERR 26 55 A3 DQ0 A3 DQ0
5 P45 P104_D4_LA4 6 3 1 5
R167
27 54 5 6 12 1 GPL5 5 6 12 9 GPL5
(014-06B) ENGERR P44 P105_D5_LA5 7 2 2 A4 DQ1 A4 DQ1
28 53 6 5 13 2 6 5 13 10
P40_HOLD_
A5 DQ2 A5 DQ2
P33_HLDA_
(014-06B) ENGHEAD P43 P106_D6_LA6 8 1 3 7 4 15 3 7 4 15 11
P31_BHE_
29 52
P117_D15
P116_D14
P115_D13
P114_D12
P113_D11
P30_WR_
P42_CLK P107_D7_LA7 A6 DQ3 A6 DQ3
P32_ALE
R147 5 4 4 8 3 16 4 8 3 16 12
RESET_
E__RD_
(010-02G) (012-04D) CLK_M 30 51
P112_D10
CNVSS
MCPRDY_ A7 DQ4 A7 DQ4
P111_D9
P41_RDY_ P110_D8 RA84 6 3 5 9 25 17 5 9 25 17 13
XOUT
VCC1
BYTE
VSS1
(010-02H) VPL5 7 2 6 GPL5 A8 DQ5 A8 DQ5
10 24 18 6 10 24 18 14
XIN
8 1 7 A9 DQ6 A9 DQ6
11 21 19 7 11 21 19 15
R148 5 4 8 A10 DQ7 A10 DQ7
12 23 12 23
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
C82 RA85 6 3 9 A11 ADM (15:0) A11 ADM (15:0)
R149 13 2 13 2
7 2 10 A12 (011-11H) A12 (011-11H)
WD (011-04D) 14 26 14 26
8 1 11 A13 A13
15 1 15 1
5 4 12 A14 A14
VPL5 RA86 6 3 13
6 VPL5 VPL5 GPL0 7 2 14
AM (23:0) 6
R150 RESET_ (010-02H) (011-11F)
R152 8 1 15
VPL5 VPL5
(011-06A) VPL5 NF65
R156 NF61 ADM (15:0) R170
R151 VCCCPUM
(010-02H) $003 IC27
RST2_ R154 (011-08J) RDM_ 22 28
C88 C89 DE_ VCC
20
(010-02E) BRAMMCS_ CE_
GPL5 27 C96 C97
R158 (010-02E) BRAMMWR_ 1 10 WE_
1 7 1 2 R160
WRM_$001 2 9 A0 14
VPL5 GPL5 A1 VSS
IC23 IC29 IC29 3 8
R23 A2
VPL5 1 4 7 11 0
7 8
ADJ2 WD
2 5 6 A3 DQ0 12 1
7
RST2_ TC R157 R161 A4 DQ1 GPL5
7 3 BHEM_ (010-02I) 6 5 13 2
VCC RST1_ 7 A5 DQ2
6 4 4 15 3
C80 ADJ1 GND 8 A6 DQ3
5 + R159 3 16 4
C81 9 25 A7 DQ4 17 5
R153 C83 A8 DQ5
GPL5 R162 10 24 18 6
ALEM (010-02H) 11 21 A9 DQ6 19 7
A B A10 DQ7
12 23
13 2 A11
GPL5 GPL5 R163 ADM (15:0) (011-11H)
RDM_ $004 14 26 A12
X4 A13
15 1
GPL5 C86 C87 A14
8 (011-11F) AM (23:0) 8
GPL5 GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-23
Main PCB 12/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
VPL5 VPL5
15 7
R185 R193
(011-11F) AM(23:0) 14 6
R186 R194
1
(010-02E) SCUCS_ 13 5
R187 R195
(011-08J) RDM_ 12 4
R188 R196
(011-09B) SCURXRDY
2 (011-05D) SCUTXRDY 11 3 2
R189 R197
10 2
R190 R198
9 1
R191 R199
R171
(014-10B) TXDENG 8 0
GPL0 R192 R200
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
(011-11H) ADM(15:0)
NC15
NC14
CTS_
SYNC_BRK
TXRDY
NC13
RXRDY
RD_
C-D_
CS_
NC12
1 33
NC1 NC11
2 32 (018-10H) PRINTFAX_
NC2 NC10
3 (011-03F) 3 TXD WR_ 31 (018-10H) SCANFAX_ 3
WRM_ (011-09H)
4 30 (018-10H) SETFAX_
3 4 CLK_M CLK TXC_
5 29 7 (018-10I) FAXRDY_
(011-06B) RESSCU_ RESET D7
6 28
IC29 NC3 IC28 NC (018-06D) SETPRT_
7 27 6
DSR_ D6 (018-06E) P1_
VPL5 8 26 5
R172
RTS_ D5
9 25 4 (018-09D) PRINT_
R173 DTR_ D4 R176
10 24 (019-03I) MSWSIG
NC4 NC9
11 23 (018-05I) RESFAX_
RXC_
NC5 NC8 R177
GND
VDD
RXD
NC6
NC7
(019-02I) MSWOFF
D0
D1
D2
D3
IC
GPL5
(018-06D) PRTRST_
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
VPL5 (011-03E) R202
(018-09D) P2_
4 NF66 SCUCLK R174 R201 4
R175
GPL5
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
C98 C99
GPL5
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
GPL5 (011-11F) AM(23:0)
RXDENG 49 32 R203
GPL5 A7 P00
(014-10B) 8 50 A6 P01 31
7 51 A5 P02 30
0 1 2 3 6 52 29 GPL5
A4 P03
(011-11H) ADM(15:0) VPL5 5 53 A3 P04 28
NF67 4 54 A2 P05 27 R204
5 3 55 A1 P06 26 5
2 56 A0 P07 25
1 57 IC30 24 GPL5
VCC VSS X5
7 58 DO7 XOUT 23
C100 C101 6 59 22 1 3
DO6 XIN
5 60 DO5 P10 21
4 61 DO4 INTP11 20
3 62 DO3 RESET_ 19
2 63 18 2
P16CTS3_
P15CTS2_
P14CTS1_
GPL5 DO2 CNVSS
1 64 17
P13CLK
DO1 P12
VPL5
RXD3
RXD2
RXD1
TXD3
TXD2
TXD1
VPL5
INTR
DO0
W_
BM
GPL0
R_
S_
R178
R205
6 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
R179 R206 XMOE_ (006-13H) (008-02B)
(011-11H) 0 RESSCC1_ (011-06B)
R180 R207
ADM(15:0) GPL5
(011-09H) WRM_
R208
(011-08J) RDM_
(010-02F) SCC1CS_
GPL5
GPL5
(011-05D) INTSCC1 R183
7 TXDSCAN (013-12A) 7
R181
RXDSCAN (013-06E)
R184 TP5
GPL5
TXDFAX (018-05I)
VPL5
R182 TP6
RXDFAX (018-10H)
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-24
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 13/20
A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5 SCANNER I/F NF76

1 1 2 1
R209 (012-13I) TXDSCAN TXD SCN
NF68 R211 R212 1 IC33 CN5 B9
SCN ENABLE 2 3 4 SCENABLE (011-05F)
R210 3 4 NF77
A8 CN5 IC31 IC31 (011-09B) SCMACK MAIN SCN ACK
C131
IC33 CN5 A4
GPL5 5 6 NF78
VPL5 GPL5 (011-09B) SCMHEAD MAIN SCN HEADER
R213 IC33 CN5 A5
2 NF69 R215 R216 5 6 9 8 9 8 NF79 2
SCN HEADER SCHEAD (011-05F) (011-04D) SCSTART SCN START
A7 CN5 R214 IC31 IC31 IC33 CN5 A6
C103
7 8 11 10 NF80
GPL5 (011-06B) RESSCAN_ SCN RESET
GPL5 IC1 IC33 CN5 B7
VPL5
R217 R241
NF70 R219 R220 13 12 11 10 GPL5
3 SCN ACK SCANACK (011-05E) B12 CN5 R242 3
A2 CN5 R218 IC31 IC31 G(5 V)
C104 B10 CN5
G(5 V) GPL0
GPL5 B8 CN5
GPL5 G(5 V)
VPL5 B6 CN5
R221 G(5 V)
A3 CN5
NF71 R223 R224 3 4 5 6 G(5 V)
RXD SCN RXDSCAN (012-13I) A1 CN5 R243
B11 CN5 R222 G(5 V)
4 C105 IC1 IC1 4
GPL0
GPL5
GPL5
MMI I/F NF81
1 2
VPL5 (011-09B) TXDMMI TXD MAIN
R225 IC34 CN9 1
5 ACK FOR MAIN NF72 R227 R228 1 2 3 4 NF82 5
MMIACK (011-05E) 3 4
5 CN9 R226 (011-05E) MMIMACK ACK FROM MAIN
C106 IC32 IC32 IC34 CN9 6
GPL5 5 6 NF83
VPL5 GPL5 (011-05E) MMIMERR ERROR FROM MAIN
R229 IC34 CN9 8
ERROR FOR MAIN NF73 R231 R232 5 6 7 8 NF84
MMIERR (011-05F) 11 10 9 8
6 7 CN9 R230 (011-06C) RESMMI_ RESET MAIN 6
C107 IC32 IC32 IC1 IC34 CN9 11
R244
GPL5 GPL5
VPL5 GPL5
NF85 NF88
R233 FAX_MMISTS_ MMI STS
NF74 R235 R236 13 14 11 10
RXD MAIN RXDMMI (011-09B) 18 CN4 CN9 10
3 CN9 R234 IC32 IC32 NF86 NF89
7 C108 FAX_MMIRXD RXD FAX 7
14 CN4 CN9 13
GPL5 NF87 NF90
VPL5 GPL5 FAX_MMITXD TXD FAX
R237 16 CN4 CN9 15
NF75 R239 14 CN9 R240
DET SIG MMIJG_ (011-05E) G(5 V)
9 CN9 R238 12 CN9
G(5 V) GPL0
4 CN9
8 G(5 V)
2 CN9
8
GPL5 G(5 V)
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-19
3-7-25
E E
A A
E A A E A E
Main PCB 14/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5
VPL5 NF94
1 C121 C122 1
NF92
(014-08H) VCCCPUE
C113 C114 VPL5
DBCNT (019-09H) IC37
R285
DACLK (014-12I) GPL5
LD (014-12I) TP7 1 VDD VCC 32
GPL5 R284 16 2 31 18
DI (014-12I) A16 A18
TXDENG (012-03C) 15 3 A15 A17 30 17
(011-05F) FNGERR 12 4 A12 A14 29 14
7 5 28 13 VPL5
(011-05F) ENGHEAD TP8 A7 A13
(011-05E) EACKMCPU R283 6 6 A6 A8 27 8
R245 5 7 26 9
(019-07H) HUMRHV RXDENG (012-05E) A5 A9
R249 4 8 25 11
R246 A4 A11
(019-07H) HUMTH2 GRCNT (019-09H) 3 9 A3 OE_ 24 RDE_ R287
2 2 10 23 10 2
R247 R282 A2 A10
(019-07H) TONERSENS 1 11 A1 CE_ 22
0 12 21 7
100
A0 D7
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
R248 0 13 D0 D6 20 6
(019-07I) THSIG 1 14 D1 D5 19 5
P71_AN1
P72_AN2
P73_AN3
P74_AN4
P75_AN5
P76_AN6
P77_AN7_ADTRIG1
VSS2
AVSS
VREF
AVCC
VCC2
P80_CLKS1_DA0
P81_CLK0
P82_RXD0_CLKS0
P83_TXD0
P84_DA1_INT4_
P85_CLK1
P86_RXD1
P87_TXD1
GPL5 2 15 D2 D4 18 4
C109 C110 C111 C112 GPL5 16 17 3
GND D3
RA89
1 P70_AN0 P00_A0 80 5 4 0
GPL5 (001-07C) OVSYNC_ 2 P95_INT3_ _KI4 P01_A1 79 6 3 1 GPL5
R250 3 78 7 2 2 (014-11H) ADE (7:0)
(003-0H) (003-05I) VTC_ P94_CS4_ _RTP13 P02_A2
R251 4 77 8 1 3
(014-11E) AE22 R252 P93_CS3_ _A22_RTP12 P03_A3 (014-11F) AE (23:0)
(014-11E) AE21 5 P92_CS2_ _A21_RTP11 P04_A4 76 5 4 4
3 (014-11E) AE20
R253 6 P91_CS1_ _A20_RTP10 P05_A5 75 6 3 RA90 5 3
R254 7 74 7 2 6
P90_CS0_ P06_A6
R256
R257
R258
R255 8 73 8 1 7
P67_TB2IN P07_A7 VPL5
(011-05F) ENGMERR 9 P66_TB1IN P10_A8 72 5 4 8 (014-04I) ROMECS_
(011-05F) ENGMHEAD 10 P65_TB0IN P11_A9 71 6 3 RA91 9
R259 11 70 7 2 10 R286
P64_INT2_ P12_A10
(015-11H) TNTSCC2 12 P63_INT1_ P13_A11 69 8 1 11
(011-05F) ENGMACK 13 P62_INT0_ P14_A12 68 5 4 12
R260 14 67 6 3 RA92 13 (014-08I) RDE_
P61_TA4IN P15_A13 (014-04I) RAMECS_
15 P60_TA4OUT P16_A14 66 7 2 14
16 IC35 65 8 1 15 (014-08H) WRE_
GPL5 (017-15E) RESFINSH P57_TA3IN_KI3_ P17_A15
GPL5 (015-15G) RESSCC2_ 17 P56_TA3OUT_KI2_ P20_A16 64 5 4 16
18 63 6 3 RA93 17 AE20 (014-02D)
R261 $001 RESVIC_ P55_TA2IN_KI1_ P21_A17 AE21 (014-02D)
(019-06J) MMOTCLK (017-06K) RESMAIL 19 P54_TA2OUT_KI0_ P22_A18 62 7 2 18 VPL5
4 R263 20 61 8 1 19 AE22 (014-02D) 4
(019-06I) BMOTB_ R264 P53_TA1IN_W_RTP03 P23_A19 NF95
(019-06J) BMOTA_ 21 P52_TA1OUT_U_ _RTP02 P27_A23 60 R280
R265 22 59 IC38
(019-06J) BMOTB R266 P51_TA0IN_V_ _RTP01 P100_D0_LA0
(019-06J) BMOTA 23 P50_TA0OUT_W_ _RTP00 P101_D1_LA1 58
24 57 AE (23:0) 22 OE_ VCC 28
(016-10D) (016-01D) RESIO_ R267 P47 P102_D2_LA2 20
(003-05J) EPVSYNC 25 P46 P103_D3_LA3 56 $004 CE_
R281
26 55 RA94 27 WE_ C123 C124
(003-05J) LDEN_ P45 P104_D4_LA4 0 10
(003-05J) LDON_ 27 P44 P105_D5_LA5 54 5 4 0 A0
R268 28 53 6 3 1 1 9 A1 VSS 14
P43 P106_D6_LA6 2 8
29 P42_CLK P107_D7_LA7 52 7 2 2 GPL5 A2
P40_HOLD_
P33_HLDA_
30 51 8 1 3 3 7 11 0
P31_BHE_
P41_RDY_ P110_D8 A3 DQ0
P117_D15
P116_D14
P115_D13
P114_D12
P113_D11
P112_D10
GPL5
P30_WR_
5 4 4 4 6 12 1
P32_ALE
GPL5
P111_D9
E_ _RD_
A4 DQ1
RESET_
CNVSS
VPL5 6 3 RA95 5 5 5 A5 DQ2 13 2
XOUT
VCC1
BYTE
VSS1
7 2 6 6 4 A6 DQ3 15 3
XIN
5 (014-02H) CLK_E R269 R270 8 1 7 7 3 A7 DQ4 16 4 5
8 25 A8 DQ5 17 5
KCDB0 (019-06K) 9 24 18 6
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
VPL5 A9 DQ6
KCDB1 (019-06K) 10 21 A10 DQ7 19 7
R271 11 23
NF91 KCDB2 (019-06K) A11
VPL0 KCDB3 (019-06K) 12 2 A12
VPL5 (014-04J) VTCRDY_ KCDB4 (019-06K) 13 26 ADE (7:0)
A13 (014-11H)
C115 C116 KCDB5 (019-06K) 14 1 A14
R275 KCDB6 (019-06K)
KCDB7 (019-06L)
VPL5 AE (23:0)
(014-04G) CLK_E (011-06B) RESENG_ (014-06B) ADE (7:0) (014-11F)
15 GPL5 VCCCPUE NF93 $002
16 R272
20
19
6 6
3
2
1
C119 C120
I2
I1
I-CLK
VCC
IDQ1
5 4 RA87 ROMECS_(014-15D) GPL5 VPL5

17 4 I3 IOQ2 18 6 3 RAMECS_ (014-12E)
18 5 17 7 2 R279
I4 IOQ3 XIO1_ (016-02G) R273 WRE_$005
19 6 IC36 16 8 1 NF96
I5 IOQ4 XIO2_ (016-10G) GPL5
20 7 I6 IOQ5 15 3 2 SCC2CS_ (015-08H) IC39
21 8 I7 IOQ6 14 4 1 RA88
1 D0 VCC 14
I-OE_
2 13
IOQ8
IOQ7
GND
(014-09B) LD LD VDD
(014-09B) DACLK 3 CLK A06 12
I8
R278 4 11 C125
R274 RDE_$003 (014-09B) DI DI A05
R277 (019-09H) TCCNT 5 A01 A04 10
VTCRDY_ (014-05G) 6 9
22 (019-09H) TONERCNT A02 A03 SBCNT (019-09I)
7 23 7 GND VSS 8 7
R276 A B
AE (23:0) GPL5 GPL5
(014-11F) X6
GPL5 GPL5
C117 C118
$001 RESVTC_ (001-11H) (003-02C) (003-02E) $005 WRE_ (003-05J) (014-12E) (015-08G)
$002 ADE (003-01I) (014-12C) (014-14G) (016-10F) (016-02F)
(015-10G) (015-12C) (016-10E)
GPL5 GPL5
(016-02E)
$003 RDE_ (003-05I) (003-01H) (014-14B)
8 (014-12E) (015-08G) (016-02F) 8
(016-10F)
$004 AE (003-04H) (014-01J) (014-12D)
(014-12G) (015-14C) (015-10E)
(016-02F) (016-10F)
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-26
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 15/20
A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5 VPL5
VPL5
19 9
R300 R310
1 1
18 8
7 R301 R311
R292
17 7
6 R302 R312
R293
16 6
5 R303 R313
R294
15 5
4 R304 R314
R295
14 4
3 R305 R315
2 R296
13 3
2
2 R306 R316
R297
12 2
1 R307 R317
R298
11 1
0 R308 R318
R299
10 0
R309 R319
(014-11H) ADE(7:0)
R320 R321 (014-11H) AE(23:0)
3 3
GPL5 GPL5
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
(014-11F) AE(23:0)
R322
49 32
50 A7 P00 31
7
51 A6 P01 30
6
4 5 52 A5 P02 29 GPL5 4
VPL5 53 A4 P03 28
4
54 A3 P04 27
NF97 3
A2 P05 R323
2 55 26
23 A1 P06
CN4 1 56 IC41 25
PGDI A0 P07 GPL5
0 57 24 X8
CN4 22 VCC VSS
RA96 7 58 23
6 3 PGDO D07 XOUT
C128 C129 6 59 22 1 3
7 2 CN4 21 D06 XIN
PGCLK 5 60 21
8 1 4 61 D05 P10 20
5 5 4 20 D04 INTP11 5
CN4 3 62 19
PGEN D03 RESET_
2 63 18
P16CTS3_
P15CTS2_
2
P14CTS1_
GPL5 D02 CNVSS
1 64 17
P13CLK
GPL5 VPL5 D01 P12
RXD3
RXD2
RXD1
TXD3
TXD2
TXD1
INTR
DO0
VPL5
W_
BM
R_
S_
R289 GPL0
R325
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
R290 R324
XEOE_(004-02I)
R291 (014-11H) RESSCC2_(014-04E)
R326
6 (014-08H) WRE_
ADE(7:0) GPL5 6
(014-08I) RDE_ R327
(014-04I) SCC2CS
GPL5
GPL5
TP11
(014-05E) INTSCC2 R329
TP9 TXDLCM(017_07D) (017-06I)
TP12
7 (017-15B) RXDF INISH RXDLCM(017-07E) 7
TP10 TP13
R328 R330
(017-15C) TXDF INISH TXDMMD(017-03B)
TP14
R331
2 1 RXDMMD(017-03B)
IC42
8 8
R332
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-21
3-7-27
E E
A A
E A A E A E
Main PCB 16/20 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
VPL5 VPL5
NF98 NF99
2 C130 C131 C134 C135 2

(019-14E) KC1SET
(019-14F) TCOUNTSET
(019-14F) MMDSET R341
(017-15D) SETFINISH
GPL5 GPL5
(019-14F) FCOVERSW
(019-06E) BRANCH2REM SBLIFTCLREM (019-06C) (019-14F) FEEDLSW
4
3
(019-06F) REGCLREM SCREM (019-06C) (019-14F) FEEDHSW
RA101
(019-06F) BRANCH1REM ICREM (019-06B) (019-14F) JOBSET
8
7
6
5
(019-06F) BRANCHFANREM ICCHANG (019-06B)
RA100
(019-06F) TMOTP DBREM (019-06B)
1
2
(019-06F) TMOTP_ MCREM (019-06B) 1 IC44
LOSIGLIFTR 7 (019-06B)
1
2
3
4
(016-05H) 2 LOLIFTREM
3 3
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
VPL5 VPL5
IC44
PF7
PF6
PF5
PF4
PF3
PF2
PF1
PF0
VDD2
GND3
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
PF7
PF6
PF5
PF4
PF3
PF2
PF1
PF0
VDD2
GND3
PD7
PD6
PD5
PD4
PD3
PD2
R334 R342
1 64 6 1 64
MODE PD1 UPSIGLIFTR 3 (019-06B) MODE PD1
2 63 UPLIFTREM 2 63
RESIO_ RESET_ PD0 (016-05I) 5 RESIO_ RESET_ PD0
3 62 3 62 RA102
(014-04F) R333 SELECT Y3_ (014-04F) SELECT Y3_
0 4 61 0 4 61 1 8
AD0 PE7 PORTO (019-06D) AD0 PE7 GPL5
1 5 60 1 5 60 2 7
AD1 PE6 KC1COUNTREM (019-06D) AD1 PE6 DEVSIG (019-14D)
2 6 59 2 6 59 3 6
AD2 PE5 KCDREM (019-06D) AD2 PE5 PORTI2 (019-14D)
GPL5 3 7 58 3 7 58 4 5
AD3 PE4 TCOUNTREM (019-06D) AD3 PE4 PORTI1 (019-14D)
4 8 57 4 8 57 1 8
AD4 PE3 COPYINGSIG (019-06D) AD4 PE3 MCALM (019-14D)
5 9 56 5 9 56 2 7
AD5 PE2 EJECTCOUNT (019-06D) AD5 PE2
6 10 55 6 10 55 3 6
4 7 11
AD6 PE1
54
FEEDCOUNT (019-06D)
7 11
AD6 PE1
54 4 5 DUPSET (019-14D) 4
AD7 PE0 MMDREM (019-06D) AD7 PE0 MMLOCK (019-14D)
12 53 12 53
IC43
IC45
GND GND2 GND GND2 RA103
0 13 52 0 13 52
(014-11H) ADE(7:0) A0 PC7 SBFEEDCLREM (019-02F) (014-11H) ADE(7:0) A0 PC7 HEATREMS (019-09F)
1 14 51 1 14 51
A1 PC6 FEED3CLREM (019-02F) A1 PC6 HEATREMM (019-09F)
2 15 50 2 15 50
A2 PC5 FEED2CLREM (019-02F) A2 PC5
3 16 49 3 16 49
A3 PC4 FEED1CLREM (019-02F) A3 PC4 COFANREMH (019-09F)
4 17 48 4 17 48
A4 PC3 DUPREM (019-02F) A4 PC3 COFANREMF (019-09F)
5 18 47 5 18 47
A5 PC2 SBPFCLREM (019-02F) A5 PC2 PCFANREM (019-09F)
6 19 46 6 19 46
A6 PC1 LOPFCLREM (019-02F) A6 PC1 JOBREM (019-09F)
7 20 45 7 20 45
A7 PC0 UPPFCLREM (019-02E) A7 PC0 MMREM (019-09E)
21 44 R335 21 44 RA104
ALE INITD ALE INITD
(014-11F) AE(23:0) 22 43 (014-11F) AE(23:0) 22 43 1 4
RD_ PA7 RD_ PA7 COINEN (019-10C)
5 23 42 23 42 2 3 5
GPL5 WR_ PA6 GPL5 WR_ PA6 KCDCOPYEN (019-10C)
GND1
GND1
24 41 24 41
VDD1
VDD1
(014-08I) RDE_ CS PA5 (014-08I) RDE_ CS PA5
CS_
CS_
GPL5
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
(014-08H) WRE_ R336 (014-08H) WRE_
VPL0 JOBSIG (019-03C) VPL0
SETMAIL (017-06J)
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
R343
BRANCHSET (019-10B)
(014-04I) XIO1_ (014-04I) XIO2_
C132 C133 C136 C137
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA105
RA106
RA107
RA97
RA98
RA99
GPL5 GPL5
6 6
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
(019-03D) FEED1SW JOBEJECTSW (019-03B) (019-10D) LOSIGLEN
(019-03D) FEED2SW LOSIGPF (019-03B) (019-10D) LOCSSW0
(019-03D) FEED3SW UPSIGPF (019-03B) (019-10D) LOCSSW1
(019-03D) SBSIGFEED SBSIGPF (019-03B) (019-10D) LOCSSW2
R337
(019-03D) EJECTSW LOSIGLIFT (019-03B) (019-10D) UPSIGLEN
R338
(019-03D) REGSW UPSIGLIFT (019-03B) (019-10D) UPCSSW0
(019-03D) BRANCHSWSIG VPL5 (019-10D) UPCSSW1
(019-03D) DUPSIG (019-10D) UPCSSW2
R339
LOSIGLIFTR (016-07C) (019-10B) SBSSW2
7 UPSIGLIFTR (016-07D) R340 (019-10B) SBSSW1 7
(019-10B) SBSSW0
(019-10B) SBSIGLEN
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-28
Main PCB 17/20 2AR
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
D7
A30 CN2
G(5 V)
A29 CN2 NF100
MMD TXD TXDMMD(015-14I) VPL5
1 A28 CN2 R334
A COM K 1
G(5 V) MMD I/F
A27 CN2 NF101 FINISHER I/F
MMD RXD RXDMMD(015-14I) R358
1 NF111 R360 R361 11 10 5 6
CN10
F RXD RXDFINISH(015-10H)
GPL5
A24 CN2 R359 IC42 IC42
C140
A23 CN2 NF102
2 1
GPL5
A26 CN2 R345 IC46
VPL5
2 A25 CN2 NF103 GPL5 2
2 R363
CN10
G(5 V)
3 NF112 R362
CN10 6 5
F TXD TXDFINISH(015-10I)
GPL5 4 K 3 IC46
CN10
G(5 V)
R364 D8 VPL5
NF104 A
1 CN11 R346 12 13 2 R366
DECK TXD/DESK TXD TXDLCM(015-14H)
2 6 NF113 GPL5 R367 R368
CN11 K 3 IC46 CN10 GPL5
G(5 V) D3 F DET SETFINISH(016-11B)
3 D4 3
A C141
5 NF114 R365 8 9
2 CN10
VPL5 LCF I/F F RESET
A COM K GPL5 K 3
IC46
D9 GPL5
R347 A RESFINISH(014-04E)
2
3 NF105 R349 R350 13 12 3 4 R446
CN11
DECK RXD/DESK RXD RXDLCM(015-14H) GPL5
R348 IC42 IC42
C138 GPL5
4 4
GPL5
4 R351
CN11
G(5 V) GPL5
GPL5
5 NF106
CN11
FSW3 SIG FEEDSW(019-14H)
5 5
MAILBOX I/F
7 NF107
CN10
M RXD
6 6
8
CN10
G(5 V)
9 NF108 R352 4 3
CN10
M TXD TXDLCM(015-14H)
10 K 3 IC46
CN10
G(5 V)
7 R353 D5 VPL5 7
A R355
2
11 NF109 GPL5 R356 R357
CN10 GPL5
M DET SETMAIL(016-15F)
C139
12 NF110 R354
CN10
M RESET
K 3 IC46
D6 GPL5
8 A RESMAIL(014-04E) 8
2
R445
GPL5
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-29
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 18/20
A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5
R369
1 1
NF115 R370
17 CN3 R377 R378
PRT_SCLK
19 CN3 NF116 R375 R376 VPL5
PRT_CMD_
R397
VPL5
R371 C142 C143 R398
R372
PRINTER I/F
R399
R373
2 GPL5 GPL5 2
NF117 R374 R400
9 CN3 R381 R382
PRT_CBSY
7 CN3 NF118 R379 R380 1 R390
PRT_PRINT NF129 CN3 18
NF119 19 _DE1 SCLKPRT (011-09B) R392
20 CN3 _DE2 PRT_STS_
PRT_SET_ GPL0 2 18 R391
16 CN3 NF120 C144 C145 NF130 CN3 8
4 1A1 1Y1 16 RXPRT (011-10C) R393
PRT_PORT1 6 1A2 1Y2 14 PRT_SBSY_
8 1A3 1Y3 12 CBSY (011-03D)
NF131
3 GPL5 GPL5 (011-18C) TXPRT
11 1A4 1Y4 9 PRINT_ (012-09D) R394 CN3 10
PRT_ENGRDY_
3
13 2A1 2Y1 7
(011-05C) SBSY_ 15 2A2 2Y2 5
(011-05C) REQCMD_ NF132 CN3 5
17 2A3 2Y3 3 R395
(012-18E) PRTRST_ 2A4 2Y4 PRT_RESET_
R396 NF133 CN3 6
VPL5 IC47 (012-10E) P2_ PRT_PORT2_
1 CN3 NF121 R385 R386
PRT_5V SETPRT_ (012-09D)
11 CN3 C149 C150 C151 C152 C153
NF122 R383 R384
PRT_5V P1_(012-09D)
12 CN3 NF123
4 PRT_5V
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
4
C146 C147
2 CN3 R387
PRT_GND
3 CN3 R388
PRT_GND GPL5 GPL5
13 CN3 R389 GPL5
PRT_GND
GPL5
GPL5
5 5
VPL5
R420
CN4
R401 FAX_GND 1 CN4
3 CN4 NF124 R403 R404 FAX_GND 2 CN4
FAX_MAINRXD FAX_GND 4
R402 CN4
FAX I/F FAX_GND 6 GPL5
CN4
FAX_GND 13
VPL5 C148 CN4
FAX_GND 15 CN4
6 FAX_GND 17 CN4 6
GPL5 R416 FAX_GND 24 CN4
R405 RXDFAX (012-13J) FAX_GND 26 CN4
8 CN4 NF125 R409 FAX_GND 28 CN4
FAX_SET_ SETFAX_ (012-09D) FAX_GND 34 CN4
FAX_GND 36
1 CN4
SCANFAX_ (012-09D) FAX_GND 38
R406 19 _DE1 FAX_GND 40 CN4
9 CN4 NF126 R410 _DE2 CN4
FAX_SCAN_ PRITFAX_ (012-09C) FAX_GND 42
GPL0 2 18 CN4 R421
FAX_GND 44
4 1A1 1Y1 16 FAX_GND 45 CN4
R407 6 1A2 1Y2 14
7 10 CN4 NF127 R411 8 1A3 1Y3 12 FAXRDY_ (012-09D) 7
FAX_PRINT_ 11 1A4 1Y4 9 NF134
13 2A1 2Y1 7 R417 CN4 5
N.C 19 CN4
GPL5
R408 TXDFAX (012-13I) 15 2A2 2Y2 5 FAX_MAINTXD
11 CN4 NF128 R412 R413 17 2A3 2Y3 3
FAX_READY_ MAIN_STS_ (011-06B) 2A4 2Y4
R418 NF135 CN4 7
RESFAX_ (012-10D) R414 IC48 FAX_MAINSTS_
R415 R419 NF136 CN4 12

FAX_RESET_
8 8
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-22
3-7-30
E E
A A
E A E A A E
E A A E A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 19/20
A B C D E F G H I J
XIO1 PA XIO1 PD XIO2 PA XIO2 PD

CN2 A2 BYPPWSW(DIG2) B24 CN2 SBSSW2 (016-11H)
LICSW-U B9 CN2 UPSIGLIFT (016-07H) (016-08D) UPLIFTREM CLM-U B23 CN2
CN2 A3 BYPPWSW(DIG1) SBSSW1 (016-11I)
B11 CN2 (016-08C) LOLIFTREM CLM-L
1 LICSW-L
BYPPSW B21 CN2
LOSIGLIFT
SBSIGPE
(016-07H)
(016-07H) (016-06C) MCREM
CN2 B58
MC REM BYPPWSW(DIG0) B22
B19
CN2
CN2
SBSSW0 (016-11I) 1
CN2 B55 BYPPLSW SBSIGLEN (016-11I)
PSW-U B8 CN2 UPSIGPE (016-07H) (016-06C) DBREM DB REM B34 CN2
CN2 B52 FS DET BRANCHSET (016-15G)
PSW-L B10 CN2 LOSIGPE (016-07H) (016-06C) TCCHANG CN2 B53
JBESW B27 CN2 JOBEJECTSW (016-07H) (016-06C) TCREM TC REM A19 CN2
CN2 B50 COINEN (016-15F)
JOFSW B29 CN2 JOBSIG (016-07F) (016-06C) SCREM A34 CN2
CN2 B25 KCDCOPYEN (016-15F)
(016-06C)SBLIFTCLREM BYPLCL
2 XIO2 PE 2
XIO1 PB XIO1 PE XIO2 PB B32 CN2
DM LOCK MMLOCK (016-15E)
A15 CN2 CN2 A32 B14 CN2 DUP DET A12 CN2 DUPSET (016-15E)
FSW1 FEED1SW (016-03H) (016-07E) MMDREM REM(METER PULSE) PWSW-U(DIG2) UPCSSW2 (016-11H)
A16 CN2 CN2 A20 PWSW-U(DIG1) B13 CN2 UPCSSW1 (016-11H)
FSW2 FEED2SW (016-03H) (016-07E) FEEDCOUNT B12 CN2 B56 CN2
A17 CN2 CN2 A21 PWSW-U(DIG0) UPCSSW0 (016-11H) MC ALM MCALM (016-15E)
FSW3 FEED3SW (016-03H) (016-07E) EJECTCOUNT B6 CN2 B18 CN2
B20 CN2 CN2 A22 PLSW-U UPSIGLEN (016-11H) BYP DET PORTI1 (016-15D)
BYPFSW SBSIGFEED (016-03H) (016-07E) COPYINGSIG B17 CN2 B60 CN2
B44 CN2 CN2 A49 PWSW-L(DIG2) LOCSSW2 (016-11H) R24 V PORTI2 (016-15D)
ESW EJECTSW (016-03H) (016-07D) TCOUTREM TC B16 CN2 A57 CN2
A60 CN2 CN2 A33 PWSW-L(DIG1) LOCSSW1 (016-11H) DEV DET DEVSIG (016-15D)
RSW REGSW (016-03H) (016-07D) KCDREM B15 CN2
B35 CN2 CN2 A52 PWSW-L(DIG0) LOCSSW0 (016-11H)
FSSW BRANCHSWSIG (016-03H) (016-07D) KC1COUNTREM KC COUNT B7 CN2
A11 CN2 CN2 A43 PLSW-L LOSIGLEN (016-11H) R422
DUPPCSW DUPSIG (016-03H) (016-07D) PORTO
3 3
R423
GPL5
XIO1 PC XIO1 PF XIO2 PC XIO2 PF

CN2 A8 CN2 B36 CN2 B31 KC SET SIG A51 CN2 KC1SET (016-11B)
(016-07F) UPPECLREM PFCL-U REM (016-03C) BRANCH2REM FSSOL2 ON REM (016-15F) MMREM DM REM/CL REM
CN2 A9 CN2 B37 CN2 B30 TC DET A50 CN2 TCOUNTSET (016-11B)
(016-07F) LOPECLREM PFCL-L REM (016-03C) REGCLREM RCL (016-15F) JOBREM LED REM
CN2 B26 CN2 B38 CN2 B45 A31 CN2
4 (016-07F)
(016-07E)
SBPECLREM
DUPREM
CN2 A10
BYPPFCL
DUPCL
(016-03C) BRANCH1REM CN2 B39 FSSOL1 ON REM (016-15F) PCFANREM
(016-15E) COFANREMF
CN2 A47
PCFM REM
CFM1 HI/CFM2 HI
SET SIG MMDSET (016-11B) 4
CN2 A5 (016-03C) BRANCHFANREM CN2 A55 FSSOL OFF REM CN2 A48 B47 CN2
(016-07E) FEED1CLREM FCL1 (016-03C) TMOTP TFM+ (016-15E) COFANREMH CFM1 LOW/CFM2 LOW SSW1 ECOVERSW (004-02C) (016-11C)
CN2 A6 CN2 A56 SSW3 B46 CN2 FEEDLSW (016-11C)
(016-07E) FEED2CLREM
CN2 A7
FCL2 (016-03C) TMOTP_ TFM– CN2 B5 B48 CN2
(016-07E) FEED3CLREM FCL3 (016-15E) HEATREMM H1 SSW2 FEEDHSW (016-11C)
CN2 A4 CN2 B4 JOB DET B28 CN2 JOBSET (016-11C)
(016-07E) SBFEEDCLREM BYPFCL (016-15E) HEATREMS H2
5 ENGINE CPU 5
MAIN CPU EHUMSEN
A14 CN2
HUMRHV(014-02B) (014-11C) GRCNT
CN2 B57
GRID CONT
A18 CN2
A13 CN2 CN2 B54 FSW3 SIG FEEDSW (017-03G)
ETTH HUMTH2(014-02C) (014-11B) DBCNT DB CONT
B59 CN2
TWTHSIG(011-03E) A58 CN2 CN2 B51
TNS SIG TONERSENS(014-02C) (014-12I) TCCNT TC CONT
CN2 A59
(014-12I) ONERCNT TNS CONT
A46 CN2
FTH THSIG(014-02C)
B1 CN2
CN2 B49 R24 V R24 V (004-11A)
6 I/F CPU1
(014-14I) SBCNT 6
CN2 A53
(012-10D)MSWOFF MSW OFF
A54 CN2 CN2 B40
FUSW SIG MSWSIG(012-09D) (014-03E) BMOTB_ FSM B
CN2 B42
(014-03F) BMOTA_ FSM A
CN2 B41 N.C A1 CN2
(014-03F) BMOTB FSM B
CN2 B43 N.C B2 CN2
(014-03F) BMOTA FSM A
N.C B3 CN2
7 7
A44 CN2
CN2 B33 N.C R437
(014-02E) MMOTCLK DM CLK A45 CN2
N.C
GPL5
CN2 A35
(014-09G) KCDB0
CN2 A36
(014-09G) KCDB1
CN2 A37
(014-09G) KCDB2
CN2 A38
(014-09G) KCDB3
8 (014-09G) KCDB4
CN2
CN2
A39
A40
8
(014-09G) KCDB5
CN2 A41
(014-09G) KCDB6
CN2 A42
(014-09H) KCDB7
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-23
3-7-31
E E
A A
E A A E A E
E A E A A E
A A
E E
2AR
Main PCB 20/20
A B C D E F G H I J
VPL5
NF201
1 1
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5
14 VCC 14 VCC 14 VCC 14 VCC 14 VCC 20 VCC 8 VCC
C154
C155
C156
C157
C158
C159
C160
C161
C162
C163
C164
C165
C166
C167
2 2
7 GND 7 GND 7 GND 7 GND 7 GND 10 GND 4 GND
GPL5 IC29 GPL5 IC31 GPL5 IC1 GPL5 IC32 GPL5 IC42 GPL5 IC47 GPL5 IC44
VPL5
NF202
3 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 3
14 VCC 14 VCC 14 VCC 14 VCC
C174
C175
C168
C169
C170
C171
C172
C173
4 7 GND 4
7 GND 7 GND 7 GND
GPL5 IC33 GPL5 IC34 GPL5 IC46 GPL5 IC48
VPL0
5 10 5
11
TP15 VCC3 8
1 CN1 NF137 IC34 9
3.4 V 12
TYPICAL 0.8A C176
+ 13 IC42
C177 C178 IC34 12
13
13 12
2 CN1 R438 IC1
6 GND VCC3 VPL5 IC33 6
C179 GPL0
GPL5 R431
R429 R430 R432
R425 GMI5
A A
TP16 VPL5
4 CN1 R426 LED1 LED2 R433 GMI5
5.1 V K K
7 TYPICAL 5.6A R427 7
R434 GMI5
GPL5 GPL5
+ + R435 GMI5
C180 C181
C182 C183
R439 GMI5
R436
TP17
3 CN1 R440
8 GND GPL5 GMI5 8
R441
GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-24
3-7-32
E E
A A
E A E A A E
Scanner control PCB 1/4 2AR
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
SCANNER START R1 S
RA60 RA61
CN9_A7
IC1
TXD SCANNER 1 8 8 1 1 2
1 CN9_B4
R4
2 7 7 2 4
TR3 1
R7 3 6 6 3 2E
IC1 IC1
4 5 5 4 3 4 5 6 5 2B 2C 3
FMOT_ENE
MAIN SCAN HEADER R8
CN9_A8 2 1B 1C 6
IC1 CN7_12
MAIN SCAN ACK C4 C3 C2 C1 9 8
R11 1E FMOT ENABLE
R12 1
CN9_A9 S G
R15 11 10 13 12 S G
IC1 IC1
S G
CN2_1 8 1
8
7
6
5
CN2–1 ODSW
CN2_2 LA1 7 2 CN2–2 SM Verf
RA62
S S 6 3
S R40 CN2_3 CN2–3 SM M1
TR1 IC8 S CN2_4 5 4
TR4 CN2–4 SM M2
1
2
3
4
2 4
2E
4
1
R41 8 1
CN2–5 SM M3 2
2E
C119
3 2C 2B 5 Vdd CN2–6 SM M4
C16
5 2B 2C 3 2 5 4
GND S G CN2–7 SM M5
R33
R39
3 IC2 LA2 7 2
SCANNER ACK S OUT TP15 CN2_8 CN2–8 SM CLK
CN9_A11 6 1C 1B 2 1C 6 CMOT ENABLE 6 3
TR2 2 1B S G CN2_9 CN2–9 SM CWB
CN6_4 5 4
1E 4 S 11 10 1 1B 1C 5 CN2–10 SM RET
1E LA3 8 1
1 2E CN2_11 CN2–11 SM ENABLE
3 2C 2B 5 1 TR5 R34 R35 7 2
4 2 E CN2_12 CN2–12 EL ON REM
S G S _RESET 6 3
S G 2E CN2_13 CN2–13 SHPSW
5 2B 2C 3 S G 3 2B 2C 4
RXD SCANNER 6 1C 1B 2 S G _RESET CN2–14 G(5 V)
CN9_B2 S R170 R36 IC2 L42
REV PRS SOL(RET) S G
1E TR6 2 1B 1C 6 SCANNER RESET
HEADER OUT
1 4 CN7_4 B 13 12
S RA1 2E CN9_B6
5 2B 1E R37 R38
RA64 IC2 S G 2C 3
RA63 1 E
EJ_JCT
SC TIM
FD SW 2 7 R16 7 2 1 2 TR16
CN5_3
RSV1
S G C18
6 3
3 CN5_2 REV SW 1
HP SW 3
8
6 5 4 3
IC2
4
8 1 2 1B 1C 6 REV PRS SOL(ACT)
CN7_5 S G S G S S CN6_1 8 1 CN6–1 OFM RET 3
CN2_13 7 2 LA4 7 2
TMG SW 4 5 8 1 1E CN6_2 CN6–2 OFM CLK
CN5_12 IC2 6 3 1 6 3
5 6 CN6_3 CN6–3 OFM CWB
R42
R43
5 4 5 4
IC2 S G CN6_4 CN6–4 OFM ENABLE
SZ DET R44 5 4
9 8 CN6–5 OCM RET
C8 C5 C6 C7
TP13 CN5_8 LA5 8 1
R21 R45 CN6_6 CN6–6 OCM CLK
C13 7 2
TP15 TP14 CN6–7 OCM CWB
S G _RESET S G R46 6 3
RA2 CN6_8 CN6–8 OCM Verf
S 8 1
S CN6–9 OCM M3
R47 LA6 7 2
CN6_10 CN6–10 OCM M2
L40 IC6 6 3
1 4 CN6_11 CN6–11 OCM M1
R48
R49
A9 1 15 5 4
2 3 A _Y0 MIPCS_
C19
2 14 R23
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
FD SOL (RET) S G A10 B _Y1 SHDCS_
CN7_10 IC3 + 3 R24 S G S G
C11
C12
2 1 C 13
_Y2
P52
P51
P50
P43
P42
P41
P40
P37
P36
P35
P34
P33
P32
P31
P30
AVSS
AVDD
P23
P22
P21
P20
/WORD
/BUSGT
/BUSRO
/RST
12
76 S _Y3
P53 6 11 5 4
4 CN7_11
FD SOL (ACT)
4
IC3
3
77 P60 VDD 50 S G 4
G1
_G2A
_Y4
10 CN7_2 LA7 8 1
CN7–1
CN7–2
N.C
OSLED(RED)
4
78 P61 VSS 49 _Y5
FMOT_ENB LED (GN) 5 _G2B 9 CN7_3 7 2 CN7–3
4 1 79 P14 _Y6 OSLED(GN)
P62 48 7 6 3
3 2 80 /CS2 S G _Y7 CN7_4 CN7–4 SBPSOL2
RA3 S G P63 47 R188 8 1
FMOT RET 81 P12 LED (RED) CN7_5 CN7–5 SBPSOL1
CN6_1 IC3 P64 46 LA8 7 2
6 5 82 /CS0 ROMCS_ CN7_6 CN7–6 OFCL
P65 45 R189 6 3
FMOT CWB 83 P10 CNS_3 SIG CN7_7 CN7–7 EFSSOL
CN6_3 IC3 P66 44 1 8 D7 5 4
8 9 84 D15 43 CN7–8
P67 2 7 D6 8 1
CMOT M2 85 D14 CN7_9 CN7–9 SBFSSOL
CN6_10 IC3 P70 42RA9 3 6 D5 LA9 7 2
10 11 86 P71 D13 41 CN7_10 CN7–10 OFSOL2
4 5 D4 6 3
CMOT M1 87 D12 CN7_11 CN7–11 OFSOL1
CN6_11 IC3 P72 40 1 8 D3 5 4
12 13 88 P73 D11 39 2 7 CN7_12 CN7–12 OFM ENABLE
D2
89 P74 D10 38RA8 3 6 S
D1
90 P75
IC5 D9 37 4 5
SM_ENB D0
91 P76 D8 36 TR17
REV_JCT FD CL E LAMP ON REM
92 P77 P07 35
5 S MOT CWB
NO MOUNT 93 SYSCLK P06 34 B C
CN2_12 5
TP 94 P05 CN5_4 SET SW
CN2_9 IC4 VDD 33
2 1 95 P04 CN5_7 DF SHORT
/X1 32
S MOT M2 96 P03 CN5_9 COV SF SW
CN2_4 IC4 X0 31
4 3 97 P02 CN5_10 DF SF SN
VDD 30
S MOT M1 98 P01 CN5_11 SZ SW A
CN2_3 IC4 /OSC 29
6 5 X1 99 OSCO P00 28 S
S MOT CLK 100 /WEH
CN2_8 IC4 VSS 27
8 9 /WEL 26 R25 CH2_1 DF OC SW
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A10
A09
A08
A07
A06
A05
A04
A03
A02
A01
A00
A11
/RE
FMOT CLK R26
C10
C9
CN6_2 IC4 S G D(7:0)

10 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
_WR
S G R27
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
S S
CMOT CLK _WR
R19
CN6_6 IC4 _RD
R18 12 13 R20 R28
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
5
A18 6
A17 7
A16 8
A15 5
A14 6
A13 7
A12 8
A11 5
A10 6
A9 7
A8 8
A7 5
A6 6
A5 7
A4 8
A3 5
A2 6
A1 7
A0 8
6 6
4
3
C117
_RD
C118
RA14
RA15
RSV2
RA12
A(8:0)
A9 S RA18
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
S G
1
2
A10
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
1 8 4 1
N.C CN5–1
S LA10 2 7 CN8_3 3 2 CN8–3 OSS
S S OSBSW CN5–2 CN5_2
RAI0 3 6 R53
OFSW CN5–3 CN5_3
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
TR7 TR8 A0 12 13 1 8 D0 4 5 RA13

4 4 A0 D0 OSS CN5–4 CN5_4
A1 11 14 2 7 D1 1 8 R166 CN8–2 5V
2E 2E A1 D1 L43
RA65
A2 10 15 3 6 D2 CN5–5 RSV1
RA4
RA5
RA6
RA7
EJ_JCT 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 A2 D2 LA11 2 7 1 4
LED(GN) CN5–6 RSV2 CN5_7
A3 9 17 4 5 D3 3 6 2 3 RA17
A3 D3 DF_SHORT CN5–7 CN5_8 CN8–1 G(5 V)
EJ_JCT SOL LED(GN) A4 8 18 4 5 D4 4 5 1 8 S G L44
2 1B 1C 6 2 1B 1C 6 A4 D4 OSWSW CN5–8
CN7_7 CN7_3 A5 7 19 3 6 D5 1 8 2 7
A5 D5 DESSW2 CN5–9 CN5_9
1E 1E A6 6 20 2 7 D6 LA12 2 7 3 6
A6 D6 DFSSW1 CN5–10 CN5_10
1 1 A7 5 21 1 8 D7 3 6 4 5
A7 D7 OSLSW CN5–11 CN5_11
S G A8 27 4 5
7 S G
A9 26
A8
A9 _CE
22 RAI1
POMCS_
DFTSW CN5–12 CN5_12 7
S S S A10 23 24 N.C CN5–13
A10 _OE
TR9 TR10 TR11 A11 25 S G S
4 4 4 A11
A12 4
2E 2E 2E A12
REV_JCT 5 2B 2C 3 LED(RED) 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 A13 28 L41
SC TIM A13
A14 29 1
A14 Vpp
REV_JCT SOL LED(RED) A15 3 32
2 1B 1C 6 2 1B 1C 6 2 1B 1C 6 A15 Vcc
CN7_9 CN7_2 CN9_A5 A16 2 16
A16 GND
1E 1E 1E A17 R51 30
SCANNER ENABLE A17 S G
1 1 1 A18 31
A18 C14 C15
S G S G S G R52
S
S S S
TR12 TR13 TR14
4 4 4 R31
2E 2E 2E
5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 5 2B 2C 3 R32 S G
8 SM_ENB FD CL HEADER OUT 8
2 1B 1C 6 S_MOT ENABLE 2 1B 1C 6 FD CL 2 1B 1C 6
CN7_11 CN7_6 CN9_A6
1E 1E 1E SCANNER HEADER
1 1 1
S G S G S G
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-33
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
R172
S
VO_O CN4–1 + R174
3 IC21 C61
– 1
R171
R57 2 C62
R58 S G S
C63
R173
1 S_MOT Vref + S G 1
C163
R83
DA7
3 R59 C64
R60
CN2_2 IC9
1 A G
–
2 R176 S
DA6
R61 VO_E CN4–3 + R178
5 IC21
R62
C131
– 7
R175
L9
6
DA5
R63 +12 CN4–5
R64
L38
L64 S G R177
C164
A G
DA4
C132
R65
A G S
C46
R66 S G
A.GND CN4–2
L39
+
25 C99
3.3D
CN4–4
R84
A.GND
A G
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
L65
2 2
AVCC
CLP1
SHPE
SHDE1
SHDE2
SHPO
SHDO
CLP2
CLP3
S A.GND CN4–6 3.3D S
L77 RA66
S G 1 4
R67 ODDIN2 ODDOUT
37 24 2 3
L5
ODDIN1 AGND
38 23
DA7
DA6
DA5
DA4
DA3
DA2
DA1
DA0
R68 S G
C162
T2 MPXOUT
L8
A G 39 22
T3 VRT
CMOT Vref + DA3 40 21
5 R69 EVENIN2 VRB
R91 41 20
L6
R70
CN6_8 IC9
IC12
7 14 8 EVENIN1 CLPOC1
– 42 19 + +
C49
R87
6 S G DVCC CLPEC1
43 18
R92
C50
C51
C52
DA2 +
C47
C42
CLPOC2 TDA
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
R71 3.3D 3.3D
44
R191
R193
R195
R197
17
R72
C123
C48
S NC GND
R94
CLPEC2 AIN5
C23
S 45
1 7 X2 16
DGND AIN4
C41
46 15 A G A G
1
RA24 2
3
4
1
RA25 2
3
4
R190
R192
R194
R196
C43
A G L0
_RESET
DA1 AIN3
R70 47 14
R74
S G L1 AIN2
L4
C124
L2
L3
L1
C24
C25
AIN1
48 13
C44
C45
WR
RD
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
L2
C22
3 DA0 C21 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
R75 S
S G
R76 S G
C120
C122
A G 5 4
S G RA34 6 3
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
119
117
116
115
114
113
112
110
118
111
7 2
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
L75 S G S G
8 1
G(5 V) CN3–2
5 4
REFHO7
REFHO6
REFHO5
REFHO4
REFHO3
REFHO2
REFHO1
REFHO0
REFLO7
REFLO6
REFLO5
REFLO4
REFLO3
REFLO2
REFLO1
REFLO0
REFLE7
REFLE6
REFLE5
REFLE4
REFLE2
REFLE1
REFLE0
CXAL0
REFLE3
G(5 V) CN3–4
VDD3V
VDD5V
SHDE2
SHDE1
STOP2
STOP1
AVDD2
AVDD1
AVSS2
AVSS1
INCLK
RA35 6
SHPO
3
CLP3
CLP2
CLP1
CXAL1
HPX
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
G(5 V) CN3–6
CXAL2 7 2
G(5 V) CN3–8 RA70
8 1
G(5 V) CN3–10 6 3
CXAL0 REFHE0 SHPE
S G 7 2 133 88
CXAL1 REFHE1 SHD0
5 4 134 87 1 8
CXAL2 REFHE2 CXADT7
8 1 135 86 RA29 2 7
REFHE3 CXADT6
136 85 3 6
L60 REFHE4 CXADT5
C39
4 S 137
138
VSS VSS
84
83
C26
4 5
4
5V CN3–9 VDD3V VDD3V S G
L20 139 82
REFHE5 CXADT4
140 81 1 8
REFHE6 CXADT3
141 80 RA30 2 7
REFHE7 CXADT2
IC10 142 79 3 6
S SHIFT CXADT1
143 78 4 5
1 VDD5V VDD5V
1000p
_1G 144 77
19 _CCDCLK1 CXADT0
2G 145 76
C38
C27
LA13 S G _CCDCLK2 CXAL2
RA19 RA20 146 75
8 1 8 1 18 2 8 1 CCDCLK1 CXAL1
SHIFT CN3–7 1Y1 1A1 147 74
7 2 7 2 16 4 7 2 CCDCLK2 CXAL0
CLK CN3–1 1Y2 1A2 148 73 RA26
6 3 6 3 14 6 6 3 VSS VSS
RS CN3–3 1Y3 1A3 149 72 1 4
5 4 5 4 12 8 5 4 _BCLAMP CXARD IC13
CLP CN3–5 1Y4 1A4 150 71 2 3
9 11 RS1 _CXAWR
2Y1 2A1 151 70 1 5 10 12
R95 7 13 RS2 EVEN7 D7 CLK
IC11
2Y2 2A2 152 69 RA31 2 6 9 17
5 15
5 SOVST
R104
3
2Y3
2Y4
2A3
2A4
17
S
153
CLAMP1
OVSS EVEN6
EVEN5
68 3 7 8
D6
D5
VRT
VRB
23 5
154 67 4 8 7 19
CLAMP2 EVEN4 D4 VIN
155 66 1 5 6 16 S S
OVDDS EVEN3 D3 VRTS
156 65 RA32 2 6 5 22
RA67 SPHOLD1 EVEN2 D2 VRBS
C37
157 64 3 7 4 14
1 4 SPHOLD2 EVEN1 D1 AVDD L14
158 63 4 8 3 15
CLKIN 2 3 _PCLK EVEM0 D0 AVDD
_PCLK 159 62 20 18
L19 VSS VSS RA30 AVSS AVDD L15
C136
160 61 21 11
C56
1 4
R102
C36
PCLK ADCCLK2 AVSS DVDD

161 60 2 3 24 13
C55
OVSS ADCCLK1 DVSS DVDD
R100 162 59 2 1
S G SVSYNC ODDM7 DVSS _OE
R101 163 58
_SHSYNC ODDM6 A G
164 57 C28
RA21 S G
VDD5V VDD5V
MIPIN0 1 8 165 56 C53
SHDOUT0 ODDM5 A G
MIPIN1 2 7 166 55
SHDOUT1 ODDM4 S G
R108
SVSYNCIN MIPIN2 3 6 167 54 C54
SHDOUT2 ODDM3
6 MIPIN3 4 5 168
169
SHDOUT3 ODDM2
53
52 S G
6
VDD3V VDD3V
C29
170 51 IC14
SHSYNCIN RA22 VSS VSS
MIPIN4 1 8 C35 171 50 RA57
SHDOUT4 ODDM1 1 5 10 12
MIPIN5 2 7 172 49 D7 CLK
SHDOUT5 ODDM0 2 6 9 17
MIPIN6 3 6 173 48 D6 VRT
SHDOUT6 _PHSYNC 3 7 8 23
MIPIN7 4 5 174 47 D5 VRB
SHDOUT7 PVSYNC 4 8 7 19
175 46 D4 VIN
MRE TEST7 1 5 6 16
R169 176 45 D3 VRTS S
_SHDCS
_RESET
2 6 5 22
VDD3V
VDD5V
VDD3V
_IOWR
XTCK0
XTCK1
TEST0
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
TEST4
TEST5
TEST6
D2 VRBS
_IORD
3.3D S
MMS0
MMS1
SMCK
XTST
MST
3 7 4 14
XSH
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
L16
IPD
D1 AVDD
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
S
D0
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
MIPIN(7:0) 4 8 3 15
D0 AVDD
20 18
RA33 AVSS AVDD L17
C139
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
15
21 11
C60
RA28 AVSS DVDD
L10
L11
1 4 24 13
DVSS DVDD
C55
MREIN 2 1
2 3 DVSS _OE
7 S G
A G
7
_RESET 3.3D C57
S A G
C33
_RESET C32
C31 S G
R108
C58
C129
C128
L12
L13
S
C126
S G
C125
S G S G
R106
S G
S G
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A(8:0)
8 SHDCS_ 8
_WR
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
_RD
D(7:0)
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-34
A B C D E F G H I J
RA48
SD27 1 8 IO27
SD26 2 7 IO26
SD25 3 6 IO25
SD24 4 5 IO24
SD23 1 8 IO23
1 SD22
SD21
2
3
7
6
IO22
IO21
1
SD20 4 5 IO20
RA49
3.3D
L30
RA68 22 _OE 28
2 3 Vcc
20 _CE
1 4 RAMEN_ IC18
C90
C91
27 _WE
SA20 10 A0
SA21 9 A1 14
GND
SA22 8 A2 S G
RA50
SA23 7 A3 11 IO20 1 8
I/O0
2 SA24 6 A4
I/O1
12 IO21 2 7 2
SA25 5 A5 13 IO22 3 6
I/O2
SA26 4 A6 15 IO23 4 5
I/O3
SA27 3 A7 16 IO24 1 8
I/O4
SA28 25 A8 17 IO25 2 7
I/O5
SA29 24 A9 18 IO26 3 6
I/O6
SA210 21 A10 19 IO27 4 5
I/O7
SA211 23 A11
RA51
SA212 3 A12
SA213 26 A13
S 1 A14
S G
SD27
SD26
SD25
SD24
SD23
SD22
SD21
SD20
SA213
SA212
SA211
SA210
SA29
SA28
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
SA23
SA22
SA21
SA20
L26
3 3
RA37
RA38
4
3
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
RA36
C85
C160
RA39
1
2
C86 1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
3.3D
C84
3.3D
SD17
SD16
SD15
SD14
SD13
SD12
SD11
SD10
S G L83 RA44
L21 L25 SD17 1 8 IO17
SD16 2 7 IO16
SD15 3 6 IO15
C87
C140
VDD5V3 120
SD27 119
SD26 118
SD25 117
SD24 116
SD23 115
SD22 114
VSS18 113
SD21 112
SD20 111
WR2_ 110
OE2_ 109
SA213 108
VDD3V11 107
SA212 106
SA211 105
SA210 104
SA29 103
SA28 102
VSS17 101
VDD5V2 100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
SD14 4 5 IO14
SD13 RA45 1 8 IO13
C141
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
SA23
VSS16
SA22
SA21
SA20
SD17
SD16
VDD3V10
VSS15
SD15
SD14
VS13
VS12
VS11
VDD3V9
SD12 2 7 IO12
SD11 3 6 IO11
S G
S G SD10 4 5 IO10
121 VSS19 VSS14 80 RA69
3.3D 1 4
122 VSS20 VSS13 79 2 3
4 L27
R79 RAMEN_ 123 PORT0 SD10 78
3.3D
4
C88 124 PORT1 MR1_ 77
R119 125 PORT2 OE1_ 76 RA40 L31
1 4 SA113 22 _OE Vcc 28
126 MRETHIN SA113 75 2 3 SA112 20 _CE
C89 RAMEN_ IC19
127 MREOUT SA112 74
C92
C93
27 _WE
RA41
128 MREMIP VSS12 73 1 8 SA111 SA10 10 A0
IC16 129 VDD3V12 SA111 72 2 7 SA110 SA11 9 A1 GND 14
C66
1 16 130 MIPCLK SA110 71 3 6 SA19 SA12 8 A2 S G
A1 VCC
R120 131 VSS21 SA19 70 4 5 SA13 RA46 1
R179
2
Y1 A4
15 SA18 7 A3 I/O0 11 IO10 8
SOHSYNC+ CN9–A1 3 14 132 MIPOUT0 SA18 69 SA17 SA14
1 R180 Z1 Y4 RA42
6 A4 I/O1 12 IO11 2 7
SOHSYNC– CN9–A2 133 MIPOUT1 SA17 68 1 8 SA16 SA15
3 R181
4
G Z4
13 5 A5 I/O2 13 IO12 3 6
SMRE– CN9–A3 134 MIPOUT2 SA16 67 2 7 SA16
5 R182
5
Z2 _G
12 4 A6 I/O3 15 IO13 4 5
SMRE+ 135 VDD3V13 VDD3V8 66 RA47 1
C81
CN9–A4 3 6 SA17
7 6
Y2 Z3
11 3 A7 I/O4 16 IO14 8
136 MIPOUT3 VSS11 65 4 5 SA15 SA18
I/O5 17 IO15
C67
7 10 25 A8 2 7
A2 Y3
IC17
137 MIPOUT4 SA15 64 SA14 SA19
8
GND A3
9
_PCLK RA43
24 A9 I/O6 18 IO16 3 6
5 S G
138
139
MIPOUT5
VSS22
SA14 63
SA13 62
1
2
8
7
SA13
SA12
SA110
SA111
21
23
A10
A11
I/O7 19 IO17 4 5 5
R183
SCLK+ 20 CN9–B10 140 VDD3V14 SA12 61
R184 NO MOUNT 3 6 SA11 SA112 2 A12
SCLK– 18 CN9–B9 141 MIPOUT6 SA11 60 4 5 SA10
C68
R185 SA113 26 A13
SID+ 22 CN9–B11 142 MIPOUT7 SA10 59
R186 1 A14
SID– 24 CN9–B12 R121 143 FVSYNC VDD3V7 58
S G
C80
144 FHTHIN_ VSS10 57
CLKIN
145 FHSYNC INCLK 56
146 VSS23 VSS9 55
147 VDD3V15 MIPIN7 54 MIPIN7
148 TESTD0 MIPIN6 53 MIPIN6
C69
LA16 149 TESTD1 MIPIN5 52 MIPIN5

1 8 3.3D
SCN ENABLE 9 CN9–A5 CN9_A5 150 TESTD2 MIPIN4 51 MIPIN4
2 7
SCN HEADER 11 CN9–A6 CN9_A6 151 TESTD3 MIPIN3 50 MIPIN3
3 6 L22
SCN START 12 CN9–A7 CN9_A7 152 VSS24 VSS8 49
4 5
MAIN SCN HEADER 15 CN9–A8 CN9_A8 153 VDD3V16 VDD3V6 48
6 MAIN SCN ACK 17 CN9–A9 154 TESTD4 MIPIN2 47 MIPIN2 6
C144
G(5 V) 19 CN9–A10 155 TESTD5 MIPIN1 46 MIPIN1
C79
LA17
C71
SCN ACK 21 CN9–A11 156 TESTD6 MIPIN0 45 MIPIN0

1 8
G(5 V) CN9–A12 CN9_A9 157 TESTD7 MREIN 44
23 2 7
CN9_A11 S G 158 MRED SHSYNC_ 43
3 6 MIPIN(7:0)
CN9_B2 159 VSS25 VSS7 42
G(5 V) 2 CN9–B1 4 5
CN9_B4 160 VSS26 VSS6 41
RXD SCN 4 CN9–B2
39 SVSYNC
1 VDD5V1
12 VDD3V1
20 VDD3V2
27 VDD3V3
32 VDD3V4
40 VDD3V5
G(5 V) CN9–B3
13 MIPCS_
19 TFSEL0
22 TFSEL1
23 TFSEL2
6 S G
17 RESET
15 IOWR_
36 TEST0
37 TEST1
38 TEST2
S
14 IORD_
11 VSS1
16 VSS2
21 VSS0
28 VSS4
33 VSS5
TXD SCN CN9–B4
18 SCN
8
24 D0
25 D1
26 D2
29 D3
30 D4
31 D5
34 D6
35 D7
2 A0
3 A1
4 A2
5 A3
6 A4
7 A5
8 A6
9 A7
10 A8
G(5 V) 10 CN9–B5 L28
SCN RESET CN9–B6 CN9_B6 MREIN
12
L23
G(5 V) 14 CN9–B7 L29 SHSYNCIN

SOVST 16 CN9–B8 SOVST
C143
C72
SVSYNCIN
S G
7 S G
C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 3.3D 7
L76
L49
S G L24
S
R123
C78
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
S G
A(8:0) S G
MIPCS_
_RD
_WP
_RESET
8 8
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D(7:0)
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-35
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
L66
L34
2 +12 V CN1–1 D1 B S S S
2
L62 IC20
I G O
R187
R151
L50
L52
+
C166
C103
5.1 V CN1–2
C97
C165
C167
C168
L67 SG
C169
C106
C107
C110
C111
C112
C145
L36
G(5 V) CN1–3
3 L63 AG + 3
IC21
A G S G S G S G
S S S S
S
R152
R153
R154
4 5.1 V CN1–6 4
L32
C94
+ C170
C95
C96
C98
C100
C113
C146
C114
C147
C115
C148
C116
L33
G(5 V) CN1–4
SG
L68
5 C69 3.3D C151 5
3.4 V CN1–5 C152 S G S G S G S G

L35
+ AG SG
C101
C102
C104
C105
6 SG 6
R158
R160
R166
R164
R162
NO MOUNT
L70
L71
L74
L73
L72
SG AG
SG
7 F G F G F G F G F G 7
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-36
Scanner motor PCB 2AR
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
C19
C20
2 2
SG TP1 L3
IC1 7 NO MOUNT SHPSW CN4–2 CN1–2 SHPSW
SM Vref CN1–13 R9 8 Vref VDD A 6 CN2–4 SM A
R8 C9 9 5 C1
SM M1 CN1–12 M1 _A CN2–6 SM A
R7 C8 10 M2 B 2
SM M2 CN1–11 CN2–3 SM B
R6 C7 11 M3 _B 1 S G
SM M3 CN1–10 CN2–1 SM B SG
JP101 JP8 12
SM M4 CN1–9 M4
SGSG C6 13 M5 MOI 19
SM M5 CN1–8
R3 JP100 JP7 14 CLK MO1 20
3 SM CLK CN1–7 L4 3
R2 C13 15 CWB MO2 21
SM CWB CN1–6 16 ODSW CN5–2 CN1–14 ODSW
S D1 C12 _RES C21
R16 17 RET 3 C3
R15 + C22 PG CN2–5 24 V
18 4 +
EN SG PG CN2–2 24 V
SM RET CN1–5 SG SG 22 S G
R1 S G
C100
S PG
DT1
R12 B C SG
SM ENABLE CN1–4
4 E 4
SG
DT2 L5 CN3–1 EL
B C
EL ON REM CN1–3 CN3–2 EL
E
P G
S
CN4–1 5V
5 L1 S 5
CN5–1 5V
5.1 V CN6–4
C11
C10
C101
C5
+
CN4–3 G(5 V)
L2 CN5–3 G(5 V) P G
G(5 V) CN6–3 CN1–1 G(5 V)
SG JP 102
S G C118 C119 C120 C121
S G
C110
C111
C112
C113
C114
C115
C116
C117
6 6
JP5 JP9 CN3–3 24 V
24 V CN6–2 CN3–4 24 V
JP15 +
C102
C23
C18
C17
C16
F G F G F G F G
JP6
G(24 V) CN6–1 CN3–5 G(24 V)
PG JP11 CN3–6 G(24 V)
JP16
7 7
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-37
CCD PCB 2AR
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
IC1 IC3
1 6P–SAN F12
10P–SAN 1
F2 18 F3 14 6
11 VDD CP1_EVEN CK_out CK_in CN1–1 CLK
CN2–5 10 F6 13
17 VDD CP1_ODD _CK_out CN1–2 G(5 V)
23 20 F4 11 CK_out R19
VDD CP2_EVEN F14
25 9 F5 12 _CK_out CN1–3 RS
VDD CP2_ODD 2
C17 26 16 2B_out 2B_in CN1–4 G(5 V)
CP_LH_EVEN R9 R20
C22 C20 3 1 _2B_out
CP_LH_ODD 8 F15
6 27 9 RS_out RS_in CN1–5 CLP
F8 C14 C13 C5 C6 VGG CP_RS_EVEN
2 R11 15 CP_out CP_in 3 CN1–6 G(5 V)
C7 CP_RS_ODD
A.GND CN2–6 28 10 SH_out SH_in 7 R21
2 CP_CLP_EVEN F16 2
A G 1 R10 CN1–7 SHIFT
A G CP_CLP_ODD 4
F7 12 GND Vcc CN1–8 G(5 V)
CP_ROG 5 R22
24 R12 GND Vcc
VOUT_EVEN
NC 7
8 F13
5 VOUT_ODD NC
13 CN1–9 5V
C11 C10 C8 C9 NC
14
NC C31 C30 C29
4 15
GND NC F17
16 21
3 GND NC 3
F1 19 22 CN1–10 G(5 V)
GND NC
A G A G S G
8 F18
F11
IC2
C24 C25
C4 C3
4
4 4
A G A G
TR2 R8
R16
F10 R17 R18
3
VO_E CN2–3 R6
1
A.GND CN2–4 IC2 2
A G
5 C18 5
R14
R13
RA1
C19
C27 C20
C1 C21
A G
R1 C23 A G
6 6
A G
TR1 R7
R5 C15
F9 R15 R3
5 R4
VO_O CN2–1
7
A.GND CN2–2 IC2 A G S G
6
A G
C2
R2
7 7
A G S G
C16 C12
A G F G A G S G
C32 C28
8 8
A G F G A G S G
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-38
Operation unit main PCB 1/3 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
LCDCON
THX ACK-for-Main
S
L15
RxD-Main _WR
VEE-cntr1 TxD-Main
S
_MMI-STS VCC Error-from-Main S
1 R141
RY/_BY Error-for-Main R140
3
C27
_END 2 IC6 _FWR
2 RxD-Fax FLASH 2
R105
C26
FLASH TxD-Fax
R134
R104
_CSSEL
S G
S
L4
100
_Reset
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
S S
ACK_from_Main
AN1
P72
P73
P74
P75
P76
P77
Vss
AVss
Vref
AVcc
Vcc
PB0/CTS0
P81
P82/RxD0
P83/TxD0
P84/_INT4
P85
RxD1
TxD1
_DET_Fax_Option 1 AN0 A0 R46 A0
2 80 R48 A1 R47
P95/_INT3 A1 R49 L14
3 P94 A2 79 R50 A2
3 R51 S 3
R128 4 78 R52 A3
R103
A22 A22 A3 R53 1 NC Vcc 44 Vcc-ROM
R102
A21 R131 R129 5 A21 A4 77 R54 A4 2 43
R132 R130 6 76 R56 A5 R55 _RES _CE _CE-ROM-Main
A20 A20 A5 R57 A11 3 42 A12 22
A11 A12 Vcc 29
R101 C25
R133 7 P90 A6 75 R58 A6 A10 4 41 A13 _RD _OE
int_CFLREM R59 A10 A13 20
8 P67/TB2in IC5 A7 74 R60 A7 A9 5 40 A14 _CE-RAM _CE
int_SCAN7 R61 A9 A14 27
9 73 R62 A8 _WR _WE
C24
int_SCAN6 P66/TB1in A8 R63 A8 6 39 A15 A0 10
S G 10 72 R64 A9 A8 A15 A0
int_SCAN5 P65/TB0in A9 R65 A7 7 38 A16 A1 9
11 P64/_INT2 A10 71 R66 A10 A6 8
A7 A16
37 A17 A1 GND 14
int_SCAN4 R67 A6 A17 A2 8 S G
12 P63/_INT1 A11 70 R68 A11 A5 9 36 A18 A2
int_SCAN3 R69 A5 A18 A3 7 11 D0
13 P62/_INT0 A12 69 R70 A12 A4 10 35 A19 A3 I/O0
int_SCAN2 R71 A4 A19 A4 6 12 D1
14 P61/TA4in A13 68 R32 A13 11 34 A4 I/O1
int_SCAN1 R72 NC NC A5 5 13 D2
15 P60/TA4out A14 67 R33 A14 12 33 A5 I/O2
int_SCAN0 R74 NC IC2 NC A6 4 15 D3
4 16 P57/TA3in A15 66 R34 A15 A3 13 32 A6 I/O3 4
Key-sense7 R76 A3 NC S A7 3 16 D4
17 P56/TA3out A16 65 R35 A16 A2 14 31 A7 I/O4
Key-sense6 R78 A2 NC A8 25 17 D5
18 P55/TA2in A17 64 R36 A17 A1 15 30 A8 I/O5
Key-sense5 R80 A1 _WE _FWR A9 24 18 D6
19 P54/TA2out A18 63 R37 A18 A0 16 29 R23 A9 I/O6
Key-sense4 R82 A0 _OE _RD A10 21 19 D7
20 P53/TA1in A19 62 R38 A19 D0 17 28 A10 I/O7
Key-sense3 R84 DQ0RY/_BY RY/_BY A11 23
21 P52/TA1out A23 61 R39 A20 D1 18 27 D7 A11
Key-sense2 R86 DQ1 DQ7 A12 2
22 P51/TA0in D0 60 R110 D0 D2 19 26 D6 A12
23 P50/TA0out D1 59 R111 D1 D3 20 25 D5 A13 IC4
24 P47 D2 58 R112 D2 21 24 D4 A14
Key-sense10 R77 Vss DQ4
25 P46 D3 57 R113 D3 22 23
Key-sense9 R79 Vss Vcc
26 P45 D4 56 R114 D4
Key-sense8 R81
27 P44 D5 55 R115 D5
int_LDONX9 R83
28 P43 D6 54 R116 D6 C12
5 int_LDONX8 R85 Vcc-ROM 5
_RESET
29 53 R117 D7
_HOLD
D7
_HLDA
MPUCLK
CNVss
30 R87
BYTE
_BHE
R136 52 S G
P117
P116
P115
P114
P113
P112
P111
_WR
P110 R22 C13

Xout
_Wait
_RD
ALE
Vss
Vcc
51
Xin
A_BUS
31
R138 32
33
34
35
36
37
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
S
R137
D_BUS
R135
R107
_Reset VCC S
int_LDONX0
6 int_LDONX1 6
int_LDONX2
C28
L7
int_LDONX3
C29
R139 int_LDONX4
R108
R106
int_LDONX5
X1 int_LDONX6 C17 R45 C16
int_LDONX7
S G S
C37 C30 10 20
GND Vcc
S G
A15 1 I0 IC3 O1 13 R31
_CE-ROM-Main
A16 2 I1 O0 12 R30
7 S G _CE-RAM 7
A17 3 I2 O2 14 R24
_WR
_WR
_CE-LCD
A18 4 I3 O3 15 R25
_CE-ROM-OPT
A19 5 I4
_RD
_RD
6 I5 O5 17 R26
A20 _CE-VRAM
7 I6 O6 18 R27
A21 _CE-jigROM-4M
8 I7
A23 A22
9 I8 O4 16 R28
11 I9 I/07 19 R29
_CSSEL
S G
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-39
A B C D E F G H I J
B13B-PH-K-S
G(24 V) CN6-13
L25 P G
G(5 V) CN6-12
L26 SG
1 1
Vo CN6-11 VO
L27
S
S
R150 18 2
LP CN6-10 IC9 LP C38
L28
C61 R149
SG 6 –
7 R142 2
5 IC8 – 1
R151 3 17 LCDCON + 3 IC8 VO
DISP OFF CN6-9 IC9 LCDENB +
L29
2 C60 C59 2
SG SG SG
R152 16 4
FLM CN6-8 IC9 FLM LCDVEE
L30
C62
SG
R153 S
5 15
CP CN6-7 IC9 CP
L31 R127
C63
D1
SG TH1 R126 P G R4 F G R3 SG
3 THX 3
R125
R154 14 6 C35 C36
UD0 CN6-6 IC9 UD0
L32 P G R18 F G R17 SG
SG SG SG
R155 7 13
UD1 CN6-5 IC9 UD1
L33
P G R8 F G R9 SG
R156 12 8
UD2 CN6-4 IC9 UD2
L34
VEE-cntrl R1 R2
P G F G SG
R123
R157
9 11
UD3 CN6-3 IC9 UD3
4 L35 S 4
SG
L21
VEE CN6-2 S
L36
S C34 9 Vin+
LCDVEE Filter 1
LCDVdd1 L12 8 _Control
5V CN6-1 + Vout 2
L37 LCDVdd2 L6 C3 DC1 C1 L19
LCDVdd3 L5 C33 Vset 3 +
LCDVdd4 L1 7 Vin– GND 4
LCDVdd1 LCDVdd5 L2 R124 R122 LCDVEE
+
C2 C21 LCDVdd6 L3
5 SG
5
LCDVdd7 L13
UD3
UD2
UD1
UD0
FLM
R97 C20
CP
LP
S
MPUCLK
S LCDVdd7
R99
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
SG C18 C19
_Wait
Vss
OSC2
OSC1
VDD
NC
NC
NC
NC
UD3
UD2
UD1
UD0
FLM
LP
CP
Vss
R96
R100 S L16 L20 L22 L24 L23
1 Vss Vss 64
2 63 C31 C32 C39 C40 C41 C42 C45 C46 C43 C44
6 _CE-LCD _IOCS VDD SG 6
3 _HWR M 62 20
_WR 4 _LWR LCDENB 61
5 60 LCDENB
_RD 6 _RD D15 59
_CE-VRAM _MCS D14 IC6 IC9 IC10 IC12 IC11
7 _WAIT D13 58
LCDVdd2 8 VDD D12 57 D_BUS
9 MPUCLK D11 56 1,10,19
C23 10 55
Vss D10 S
C22 _Reset 11 _RESET D9 54 R109 R143 R146 R148 R147
S 12 MPUSEL D8 53 LCDVdd6
13 IC1 52
R98 Vss VDD C14 C15
14 _BHE Vss 51 SG
SG A0 15 A0 D7 50 D7
A1 16 A1 D6 49 D6 R44
A2 17 A2 D5 48 D5 S
7 A3
A4
18 A3 D4 47 D4 SG 7
19 A4 D3 46 D3
A5 20 A5 D2 45 D2
A6 21 A6 D1 44 D1
A7 22 A7 D0 43 D0
LCDVdd3 23 VDD VDD 42 LCDVdd5
24 41 1,8, 9,16 1,8, 9,16
Vss Vss
VDD
C10
A10
A11
A12
A13
Vss
Vss
Vss
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A8
A9
C11
C6 C7 IC13
R21 IC7
A8 25
A9 26
A10 27
A11 28
A12 29
A13 30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
R19 C58 C51

SG
4,5,12,13, 17,18 4,5,12,13, 17,18
A_BUS
SG SG
8 C8 8
C9 R20
SG
LCDVdd4
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-40
A B C D E F G H I J
SCAN0 CN1-1 _SCAN0 SCAN0 CN3-1 _SCAN0 SCAN0 CN5-1 _SCAN0
S
SCAN1 CN1-2 _SCAN1 SCAN1 CN3-2 _SCAN1 SCAN1 CN5-2 _SCAN1 R12 E TR9
LDONX0 int_LDONX0
SCAN2 CN1-3 _SCAN2 SCAN2 CN3-3 _SCAN2 SCAN2 CN5-3 _SCAN2 C B

1 S 1
SCAN4 CN1-5 _SCAN4 SCAN4 CN3-5 _SCAN4 SCAN4 CN5-5 _SCAN4 E TR8
R11
SCAN5 CN1-6 _SCAN5 SCAN5 CN3-6 _SCAN5 SCAN5 CN5-6 _SCAN5 LDONX1 int_LDONX1
C B
S
SCAN7 CN1-8 _SCAN7 SCAN7 CN3-8 _SCAN7 SCAN7 CN5-8 _SCAN7 E TR7 IC13
R10
S R186 2 3
S LDONX2 int_LDONX2 _SCAN0 int_SCAN0
CN5-Key-sense5 C B
KEY SENSE3 CN5-9 Key-sense3 C57
S L64 R185
R187
KEY SENSE0 CN4-1 Key-sense0 S G
R183 KEY SENSE4 CN5-10 Key-sense4 S
KEY SENSE5 CN2-1 Key-sense5 L61 R182 L63 R184
L17 R121 KEY SENSE1 CN4-2 Key-sense1 E TR12 IC13
R119 R181 KEY SENSE5 CN5-11 CNS-Key-sense5 R16
L60 R180 L62 7 8
2 KEY SENSE6 CN2-2
L18 R120 Key-sense6
KEY SENSE2 CN4-3 Key-sense2
LDONX3
C B
int_LDONX3 _SCAN1 int_SCAN1 2
R118 R179 LDONX3 CN5-12 LDONX3 C56
KEY SENSE7 CN2-3 Key-sense7 L59 R178
R95 R89 LDONX0 CN4-4 LDONX0 S G
L11 LDONX4 CN5-13 LDONX4 S
L10 R93 LDONX1 CN4-5 LDONX1 R15 E TR13 IC13
R91 LDONX5 CN5-14 LDONX5 10 11
KEY SENSE9 CN2-5 R94 Key-sense9 LDONX4 int_LDONX4 _SCAN2 int_SCAN2
L9 R88 LDONX2 CN4-6 LDONX2 C B
LDONX6 CN5-15 LDONX6 C55
L8 R92 LDONX3 CN4-7 S G
R90 S
LDONX7 CN2-7 LDONX7
24 V CN4-8 E TR10 IC13
R14
LDONX8 CN2-8 LDONX8 L58 LDONX5 15 14
int_LDONX5 _SCAN3 int_SCAN3
CFL REM CN4-9 C B
S
LDONX9 CN2-9 LDONX9 C54
3 TR5
S
S G 3
L57 TR6
int_CFLREM R13 E TR11 IC7
R176 C B 10 11
LDONX6 int_LDONX6 _SCAN4 int_SCAN4
R177 C B
G(5 V) CN7-b1 C53
S S G P G S S G
5V CN7-b2
A_BUS R5 E TR2 IC7
7 8
LDONX7 int_LDONX7 _SCAN5 int_SCAN5
A0 C B
A0 CN7-b3 C52
A1
A1 CN7-b4 S S G
A2
A2 CN7-b5 A3
A3 CN7-b6 R6 E TR3 IC7
A4 2 3
A4 CN7-b7
4 A5 CN7-b8
A5 TP1
LDONX8
C B
int_LDONX8 _SCAN6 int_SCAN6 4
A6 S C50
A6 CN7-b9
A7
A7 CN7-b10 R158 IC10 IC10 S S G
A8
A8 CN7-b11 A9 R145 R144
1 2 3 4 E TR4 IC7
A9 CN7-b12 RXD MAIN CN8-15 RxD-Main R7
A10 15 14
A10 CN7-b13 L38 LDONX9 int_LDONX9 _SCAN7 int_SCAN7
A11 R159 C64 C B
A11 CN7-b14 A12
A12 CN7-b15 S G S G C49
A13 S G
A13 CN7-b16
A14
A14 CN7-b17 A15
A15 CN7-b18 G(5 V) CN8-14
A16
A16 CN7-b19 L39 S G
A17
A17 CN7-b20 A18
A18 CN7-b21 TP2
5 _RD CN7-b22 _RD
IC11 5
TXD MAIN CN8-13 TxD-Main IC11
N/C CN7-b23 2 1
L40 MMI STS CN8-6 _MMI-STS
N/C CN7-b24 10 11
S L47
5V CN7-b25 24 V CN9-1
S
L55 +
G(5 V) CN7-b26 G(5 V) CN8-12 R170
G(5 V) CN7-a1 L41 C48 C5
S G S G IC12
S
5V CN7-a2 1 2 G(24 V) CN9-4
RESET MAIN CN8-5 _Reset
D_BUS R169 R167 L56 P G
IC11 L48
C67
D0
D0 CN7-a3 ACK FOR MAIN CN8-11 ACK-for-Main
D1 4 3
6 D1 CN7-a4
D2 L42 S G 6
D2 CN7-a5 TP6
D3
D3 CN7-a6 S
D4 G(5 V) CN8-4 S
D4 CN7-a7
D5 R162 IC10 IC10 S G
D5 CN7-a8 L50
D6 R161 R160 5
D6 CN7-a9 6 9 8 5.1 V CN9-2
D7 ACK FROM MAIN CN8-10 ACK-from-Main
LED1
D7 CN7-a10
L43 S L54 +
R163 C65 TP3
N/C CN7-a11 C47
N/C CN7-a12 S G S G R171 IC12 IC12 C4
R175
N/C CN7-a13 R172 R174 3 4 5 6 G(5 V) CN9-3
N/C CN7-a14 IC11 RXD FAX CN8-3 RxD-Fax L53
N/C CN7-a15 L49 C68 TP5
ERROR FOR MAIN CN8-9 Error-for Main R173
N/C CN7-a16
L44 6 5 S G
N/C CN7-a17 S
7 N/C CN7-a18 R41
S
S G S G 7
_CSSEL CN7-a19 _CSSEL
R42 R166 IC10 IC10
R164 R165 11 10 13 12 G(5 V) CN8-2
C B ERROR FROM MAIN CN8-8 Error-from-Main L52 S G
_END CN7-a20 _END
E TR1 L45 C66
S G R168
S G S G TP4
S
R40
IC11 IC11
_DET CN7-a21 _DET-Fax-Option
R43 DET SIG CN8-7 _CSSEL TXD FAX CN8-1 TxD-Fax
12 13
_CE1 CN7-a22 _CE-ROM-OPT L46 8 9 L51
N/C CN7-a23
8 8
_CE3 CN7-a24 _CE-Jig-ROM4M
S
5V CN7-a25
G(5 V) CN7-a26
S G
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-41
Operation unit PCB 2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
1 1
24 V CN2–2 1 3 CN1–1
4
CFL REM CN2–1 2 5 CN1–5
2 2
CN1–2 NC
LCD inverter PCB CN1–3 NC

CN1–4 NC
3 3
key1 key4 key7 key12 key10 key15 key17 key22 key29 key33 key37 key40 key26 key32 key25
KEY SENS0 CN4–1 CN4(PCB)–9 KEY SENS3 CN5–9 CN5(PCB)–7
key2 key5 key8 key13 key11 key16 key18 key23 key30 key34 key38 key41 key27 key36 key0
key3 key6 key9 key14 key21 key20 key19 key24 key31 key35 key39 key42 key28 key43
4 4
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
SCAN7 CN3–8 CN3(PCB)–1 SCAN7 CN5–8 CN5(PCB)–8

5 SCAN3 CN3–4 CN3(PCB)–5 SCAN3 CN5–4 CN5(PCB)–12 5
L1 L8 L10 L15 L22 L26 L3 L30 L34
LDONX0 CN4–4 CN4(PCB)–6 LDONX3 CN5–12 CN5(PCB)–4

L2 L9 L11 L16 L23 L27 L4 L20 L43 L46 L38 L41 L50 L51 L31 L35
6 6
L6 L13 L12 L17 L24 L28 L5 L21 L44 L47 L39 L42 L52 L53 L32 L36

L7 L14 L18 L19 L25 L29 L45 L48 L40 L49 L77 L78 L33 L37
7 7
24 V CN4–8 CN4(PCB)–2 CN6(PCB)–1 CN6–2
CFL REM CN4–9 CN4(PCB)–1 CN6(PCB)–2 CN6–1

Operation unit left PCB Operation unit right PCB
8 8
A B C D E F G H I J
3-7-42
A
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Lower primary Upper primary
220-240 V
120 V
Paper feed unit Paper feed unit
24 V
1
2
10–A1 FCPCB Finisher Finisher OMPCB SMPCB SCPCB MPCB
CLM–U
2
1
10–A2
CLM–U
k j e d c b a
LIVE
LIVE
COM
COM
24 V
1
2
10–A3
CLM–L
2
1
10–A4
CLM–L
CN7
A
A
LICSW–L LICSW–U
RCL PSW–L PSW–U
1
3
24 V
24 V
10–A5
5.1 V
5.1 V
5.1 V
3.4 V
5.1 V
5.1 V
5.1 V
3.4 V
+12 V
+12 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
PLSW–L PLSW–U PWSW–L PWSW–U
G(24 V)
F3 5.1 V
G(5 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
2
2
RCL
24 V
3
1
10–A6
7–3
7–4
7–5
7–6
5–6
5–5
5–4
5–3
4–1
4–2
4–3
4–4
3–7
5–8
TB5
5–18
5–10
3–24
3–22
3–13
3–15
3–14
3–27
3–26
3–25
3–30
3–16
3–17
3–28
3–29
5–12
TB 2
TB 1
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
FCL1
1
3
10–A7 F3 5.1 V 3–5
FSW3 FSW2 FSW1 RSW
General connection diagram
F3 5.1 V
2
2
3–6
FCL1
24 V G(5 V)
3
1
10–A8 3–10
G(5 V)
3–11
f
G(24 V)
3–18
SRDF
7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 G(24 V)
FCL2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 3–19
1
3
10–A9 2 1 2 1 F2 24 V
Noise filter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3–1
2
2
F2 24 V
3–2
FCL2
24 V DF11(8P) DF11(8P)
3
1
10–A10
PSPCB
8 7 6 5 4 3 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 F1 24 V 5–1
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 1 4 3 6 5 2 1 4 3 6 5 F1 24 V
3 2 1 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 5–2
FCL3 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 G(24 V)
1
3
10–A11
g
G(24 V)
5–14
2
2
G(5 V)
Mail box
FCL3
24 V 5–15
24 V
24 V
3
1
5V
5V
5V
5V
10–A12 F3 5.1 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
RSW
FSW3
FSW2
FSW1
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5–13
5V
5V
5V
5V
circuit
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
PSW–L
PSW–U
5–7
PLSW–L
PLSW–U
LICSW–L
LICSW–U
PWSW–L DIG 2
24 V
PWSW–U DIG 2
PWSW–U DIG 1
DC supply
PFCL–U 5–9
G(24 V)
1
3
10–B1 5–16
h
G(5 V)
2
2
5–11
12–1
12–2
12–3
12–4
12–5
12–6
12–7
12–8
12–9
14–1
14–2
PWSW–L DIG 1 14–3
PWSW–L DIG 0 14–4
14–5
14–6
14–7
14–8
14–9
5 15–9
6 15–8
7 15–7
8 15–6
9 15–5
NC 8–28
8–27
8–26
8–25
B
B
5.1 V
feed desk
12–10
12–11
12–12
12–13
12–14
12–15
12–16
PWSW–U DIG 0 14–10
14–11
14–12
1 15–13
2 15–12
3 15–11
4 15–10
24 V 10–B2 5–17
3
1
Large paper
PFCL–U
deck / Paper
G(24 V) 6–2
i
24 V 6–1
LSU
PFCL–L
1
3
10–B3 F2 24 V
1 –1 3–4
2
2
1–2 G(24 V) 3–20
24 V 10–B4 G(24 V)
PFCL–L
3
1
1–3 3–21
G(5 V)
circuit
1–4 3–12
5.1 V
1–5 3–23
Heater control
DM CLK
9
11–A1 H2 REM
1–6 2–3
DM LOCK H1 REM
8
11–A2 1–7 2–2
1–4
1–3
1–2
1–1
8–2
8–1
TB 3
TB 4
5V
3–8
DM REM 1–8 2–1
7
11–A3
5V
6
NC
11–A4 G(5 V)
G(5 V) 1–15
DM
11–A5 24 V
1–13
G(24 V)
4
11–A6 MSW OFF REM
5
3
1
1–14
G(24 V)
3
EPCB
11–A7 FUSW SIG
1–16
R24 V
2
11–A8 SSW2
1 1
R24 V
1
11–A9
NC
11–A10
24 V
2 1
2 1
6
16–1
4
2
24 V
C
C
8–1
16–2
NC
CFM1
CFM1 REM 16–3
MSW
3 1 2 4
3 1 2 4
8–2
SSW1
1 2 3
1 2 3
16–4
FUSW
(Option)
24 V 16–5
8–3 NC
16–6
SSW3
16–7 NC
CFM2
CFM2 REM
A
3 1 2 4
3 1 2 4
8–4 16–8
B
FTH
13–2
24 V
1
1
16–10 FTH 5 V
2
1
13–1
2
2
2
1
PCFM
PCFM REM
3
3
16–9
10–B5
10–B6
10–B7
10–B8
10–B9
4–1
4–2
4–3
4–4
4–5
4–6
4–7
4–8
4–9
2–1
2–2
2–3
2–4
2–5
2–6
2–7
2–8
2–9
10–B11
10–B10
10–B12
4–11
2–11
2–19
2–24
4–10
4–12
4–13
4–14
4–15
4–17
4–18
4–19
4–20
4–21
4–22
2–10
2–12
2–13
2–14
2–15
2–16
2–17
NC
NC
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
CH
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
3A
2A
1A
ESW
R24 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
FSSW
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
FSM A
FSM A
FSM B
FSM B
DUPCL
G(24 V)
FS DET
G(5 V)
BYPLCL
BYPFCL
1
4
4–16 BYPFSW
BYP DET
8–7
BYPPSW
DUP DET
BYPPFCL
5 V(200Ω)
BYPPLSW
DUPPCSW
FSFM REM
TC DET 8–8
2
3
TC
24 V
3
2
8–5
BYPPWSW DIG 2
BYPPWSW DIG 1
BYPPWSW DIG 0
FSSOL OFF REM
FSSOL2 ON REM
FSSOL1 ON REM
ILSW
TC
4
1
8–6 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
11–B10
11–B9
11–B8
11–B7
11–B6
11–B5
11–B4
11–B3
11–B2
11–B1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3B
2B
1B
D
D
5V
15–4 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 3 2 1
EHUMSENS 1 2 3 2 1
15–3
FG
3 2 1
G(5 V) 3 2 1
15–2 1 2 3
1–3
1–2
1–1
1–7
3 2 1
HUMPCB
3 2 1
1–11
1–15
1–17
1–13
1–18
1–20
1–14
1–16
1–12
ETTH
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 1 2 3 3 2 1
10 11 12 13
15–1 1 2 3
TFM+ FSPCB
1
1
8–17
A–2 A–1 1 2 3 4
TFM
TFM–
2
2
8–18 BYPPWSW DUPCL A–3 A–4 1 2 3 4
BYPLCL
1–8
1–6
1–4
1–9
1 –5
BYPPSW BYPFSW DUPPCSW

1–10
1–25
1–27
1–24
1–22
1–26
1–28
1–19
1–21
1–23
24 V
1
2
13–3 2 1 1 1
BYPFCL
NC
NC
CL
CL REM
2
1
13–4 BYPPFCL BYPPLSW 1 2 1 1
FG
Bypass table (Standard for

JBESW
5V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
JOB DET
G(5 V)
JOFSW
5V
LED REM
5 V(200Ω)
220-240 V specs and optional 19 6 20 11 16 17 18 9 10 8 14 7 12 5 13 4 3 2 15 1

12 12 Bypass unit (Standard for 220-240 V specs and optional for 120 V specs.) for 120 V specs.) Duplex unit (Option) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DB
19 6 20 11 16 17 18 9 10 8 14 7 12 5 13 4 3 2 15 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
11 11
5V
5V
10 10
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
ESW
(Option)
TH
H1
H2
FTH
R24 V
FSSW
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
FSM A
FSM A
FSM B
FSM B
550W
400W
9 9
3 2 1
Fixing unit
Feedshift unit
8 8
FSFM REM
FSSOL OFF
FSSOL1 ON
FSSOL2 ON
LED
7 7 2 1
7–9
7–8
7–7
7–6
7–5
7–4
7–3
7–2
7–1
DEV DET
7–10
6 6 8–19 1 2
G(5 V) 5 4 3 2 1 JBESW
5 5 8–20 1 3 2 1 3 2
G(5 V) 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
E
E
4 8–21 1 1
4 4

TNS SIG 8–22 1 1
3 3 3
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
TXD
G(5 V)
RXD
G(24 V)
24 V
24 V
TNS
SET SIG
2 2 2 8–23
TNS CONT 8–24 JOFSW
1 1 1 FSFM ESW FSSOL1 FSSOL2 FSSW
GRID FSM Job separator
Transfer (Option)
24 V (METER PULSE)
MC
REM (METER PULSE)
roller
DB
c
h e g
MC REM 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1–1 10 1 9–14
GRID CONT
24 V
5.1 V
1–2 9 2 9–13
G(5 V)
MMD
G(24 V)
MC ALM
24 V
5.1 V
1–3 8 3 9–12 (Optional for 120 V specs only.)

G(5 V)
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
G(24 V)
F3 5.1 V
G(5 V)
DB REM
C
b
B
A
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
1–4 7 4 9–11
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
F1 24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
DB CONT
1–5 6 5 9–10
1 2 3 4 5 6
TC REM
1–6 5 6 9–9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
6–1
6–2
6–3
6–4
SM B
HVTPCB
6
NC 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 2–1 6 1
5.1 V
3.4 V
5.1 V
1–7 4 7 9–8 1 2 3 4 12 6 4 3 2 1
+12 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
24 V
5
6 5 4 3 2 1 2–2 5 2
G(24 V)
TC CONT 24 V
1–8 3 8 9–7
1
8–11 SM B
4
G(24 V) 2–3 4 3
1–9 2 9 9–6 KC COUNT
2
8–12
SM
SM A
only.)
3
R24 V 2–4 3 4
1–10 1 10 9–5 KC SET SIG
(Option)
8–9
3
Large paper Paper feed Finisher Mail box 24 V

Key card
2
2–5 2 5
1–1
1–2
1–3
1–4
1–5
1–6
8–10 G(5 V) deck (Option) desk (Option) (Option) (Option)

4
Key counter
120 V specs
(Optional for
SM A
F
F
2–6 1 6
FG
NC 11 9–4 G(24 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 3–6 1–1
NC 12 9–3 G(24 V)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 G(5 V) 1–2
a 2–14 1 SHPSW 14 1–1 3–5
NC 13 9–2 2–13 2 13 1–2 24 V
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 EL ON REM 1–3
CN3 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 2–12 3 SM ENABLE 12 1–3 3–4
NC 14 9–1 2–11 4 11 1–4 24 V 2–1 EL
1 120 SM RET
INPCB
6 5 4 3 2 1 2–10 5 10 1–5 3–3 1–4

F3
SM CWB
2–9 6 SM CLK 9 1–6 EL
2–8 7 8 1–7 3–2 1–5
5.1 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
3.4 V
SM M5
SMPCB
2–7 8 SM M4
7 1–8 EL 2–4
F TXD
F DET
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5.1 V 1–6
F RXD
3–1
j
2–6 9 SM M3
6 1–9
2–5 10 5 1–10
F RESET
SM M2
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
M TXD
M DET
M RXD
2–4 11 4 1–11
DECK TXD/DESK TXD
G(5 V)
DECK RXD/DESK RXD
G(5 V)
FSW3 SIG
SM M1 5V
12 3
3
2–3 1–12
M RESET
SCAN7 SM Vref 4–1

3–8 3–1 2–2 13 ODSW
2 1–13
6–1
6–2
G(24 V) SCAN6 SHPSW
CFL REM
14 1
2
9–4 3–7 3–2 2–1 1–14 4–2

SCAN5
3–6 3–3 G(5 V)
SHPSW
G(5 V) SCAN4
1–4
1–3
1–2
1–1
1
9–3 3–5 3–4 4–3

11–1
11–2
11–3
11–4
11–5
10–1
10–2
10–3
10–4
10–5
10–6
10–7
10–8
10–9
SCAN3
2–1
2–2
10–11
10–10
10–12
3–4 3–5
d
5.1 V SCAN2 1 120 5V
9–2 3–3 3–6
1
SCAN1 5–1
LCDIN
24 V
3–2 SCAN0
3–7
9–1 3–8 CN2 ODSW
1–5
1–4
1–3
1–2
24 V PCB 1–1
3–1
2
5–2
CFL REM
ODSW
4–9 4–1 G(5 V)

3
24 V 5–3
OLPCB
4–8 LDONX3
4–2
G(24 V) 4–7 LDONX2
4–3
6–13 4–6 4–4
G(5 V) LDONX1
6–12 4–5 LDONX0
4–5
Vo 4–6
6–11 4–4 KEY SENSE2
LP 4–3 4–7
6–10 KEY SENSE1
DISP OFF 4–2 KEY SENSE0
4–8
6–9 4–1 4–9
FLM
6–8
CP
LCD
CFL
6–7 LDONX6
UD0 5–15 5–1
6–6 LDONX5
G
G
UD1 5–14 LDONX4

5–2
6–5 5–13 5–3
UD2 LDONX3 G(5 V)
6–4 5–12 KEY SENSE5
5–4 5–B12 9–B1
UD3 5–11 5–5 RXD SCN A.GND
6–3 KEY SENSE4 4–6 2–6
VEE 5–10 5–6 5–B11 9–B2 +12 V
6–2 KEY SENSE3 G(5 V)
5V 5–9 5–7 4–5 2–5
13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SCAN7 5–B10 9–B3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213
6–1 5–8 5–8 TXD SCN A.GND

SCAN6 5–B9 9–B4 4–4 2–4
5–9
ORPCB
5–7 SCAN5 G(5 V) VO_E

5–6 SCAN4
5–10 5–B8 9–B5 4–3 2–3
5–5 5–11 SCN RESET A.GND
SCAN0 SCAN3 5–B7 9–B6 4–2 2–2
1–8 SCAN1
1–1 5–4 SCAN2
5–12 G(5 V) VO_O
1–7 SCAN2
1–2 5–3 SCAN1
5–13 5–B6 9–B7 4–1 2–1
1–6 SCAN3
1–3 5–2 SCAN0
5–14 SOVST
1–5 1–4 5–1 5–15 5–B5 9–B8
SCAN4 SCLK–
1–4 SCAN5
1–5 5–B4 9–B9
1–6 SCLK+
OMPCB
1–3 SCAN6
1–2 1–7 5–B3 9–B10
SCAN7 SID+
MPCB
1–1 1–8 5–B2 9–B11

TXD MAIN SID–
KEY SENSE5 8–15 1 15 9–1 9–B12
2–9 KEY SENSE6
2–1 G(5 V) 5–B1
2–8 2–2 8–14 2 14 9–2 SOHSYNC+
KEY SENSE7 RXD MAIN 5–A12 9–A1
2–7 KEY SENSE8
2–3 8–13 3 13 9–3 SOHSYNC–
2–6 KEY SENSE9
2–4 G( 5 V) 5–A11 9–A2
2–5 2–5 8–12 4 12 9–4 SMRE– f
KEY SENSE10 ACK FOR MAIN 5–A10 9–A3
2–4 LDONX7
2–6 8–11 5 11 9–5 SMRE+
2–3 LDONX8
2–7 ACK FROM MAIN 5–A9 9–A4
2–2 2–8 8–10 6 10 9–6 SCN ENABLE
CCDPCB
LDONX9 ERROR FOR MAIN 5–A8 9–A5

2–1 2–9
(Option)
8–9 7 9 9–7 SCN HEADER

5–A7 9–A6
CN7
CN6
ERROR FROM MAIN

SIMM
SIMM
8–8 8 8 9–8 SCN START G(5 V)

(Option)
F2 24 V
F2 24 V
DET SIG 5–A6 9–A7 3–10 1–10

F3 5.1 V
F3 5.1 V
MAIN SCN HEADER 5V

G(5 V)
G(5 V)
8–7 9 7 9–9 5–A5 9–A8 1–9

G(24 V)
G(24 V)
MMI STS 3–9

FG
8–6 10 6 9–10 MAIN SCN ACK G(5 V)

RESET MAIN 5–A4 9–A9 3–8 1–8
8–5 11 5 9–11 G(5 V) SHIFT
G(5 V) 5–A3 9–A10 3–7 1–7
8–4 12 4 9–12 SCN ACK G(5 V) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
RXD FAX 5–A2 9–A11 3–6 1–6
8–3 13 3 9–13 G(5 V) CLP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
G(5 V) 5–A1 9–A12 3–5 1–5
G(5 V)
CN1
CN7
8–2 14 2 9–14 A
FDPCB
TXD FAX 3–4 1–4

8–1 15 1 9–15 RS A
3–3 1–3
H
H
G(5 V) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CN4 3–2 1–2
CN3 CLK 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3–1 1–1
1 45
8–1
8–2
8–3
8–4
8–5
8–6
8–7
8–8
8–9
8–11
8–10
8–12
8–13
1 20
N.C
5–13
i DFTSW
5–12
SP OSLSW
BUBAT 5–11
DFSSW1
5–10
DFSSW2
5–9
OSWSW
5–8
DF SHORT
1 1
2 2
1 2
2 1
5–7
A
A
1 2 3 4 5
SCPCB
1 45 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5–6
(8W)
1 20 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BATT
5–5
G(5 V)
OSS
A.GND
5.1 V CN1 5–4

OFSW
LD
CN2
SPEAKER
5V
S/S
G(5 V)
6–1
CLK
5–3
24 V
R5 V
BD –
BD +
+12 V 6–2 OSBSW

k
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
PCPCB 6–3 5–2

G(24 V)
G(5 V) N.C
VIDEO–
VIDEO+
ADJUST
5–1
5–2
5–3
5–4
ENABLE
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
6–4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
5–1
FCPCB OCM M1
6–11
CN5 OCM M2
6–10
OCM M3
CN2 CN4 6–9
CN3 OCM Vref
6–8
SIMM OCM CWB
1 60 1 60 1 2 3 4 5 6–7
OCM CLK
5 4 3 2 1
B
B
6–6
OCM RET
6–5
I
I
SRDF
OCM ENABLE
6–4
(Option)
CN6 OFM CWB

6–3
OFM CLK
1 60 1 60 6–2
OFM RET
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
6–1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
SIMM
(Option)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OFM ENABLE
5
4
3
2
1
7–12
CN1
OFSOL1
1–9
1–8
1–7
1–6
1–5
1–4
1–3
1–2
1–1
7–11
1–10
MCPCB2 MCPCB1 OFSOL2

CN3 CN4 7–10
SBFSSOL
7–9
1 44
NCUPCB
1 60 LDPCB OSS 7–8

1
EFSSOL
1 60 7–7
B
B
5V OFCL
7–6
2
SBPSOL1
1 60 7–5
G(5 V) SBPSOL2
3
PM BDPCB 7–4
1 60 44 1 OSLED(GN)
7–3
OSLED(RED)
7–2
OSS
N.C
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
7–1
NWPCB
TEL MOD
LSU
LINE MOD
HAND SET
HDD
or
(Option)
J
J
NWPCB
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3-7-43
2AR-1
A
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
G(24 V) 1
G(24 V) 2
24 V 3
LB
BE
RD
GN
GN
YW
SM
24 V 4
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
EL 5
EL 6
C64–19
C64–20
C64–21
C64–22
C64–23
C64–24
C63–1
C63–2
C63–3
C63–4
C63–5
C63–6
C63–7
C63–8
C63–9
C63–10
WE P7
WE P6
BK P5
GY C59–1
GY C59–2
C69
1
2
3
4
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
FSW1
FSW2
FSW3
11 11
RSW
10
12 12
10 10
RCL
1
2
3
4
FCL1
FCL2
C70
DB
NC
WE
A
A
24 V
1
R24 V
G(5 V)
PFCL–L
H1
H2
FG
A2 A3 5 V
PFCL–U
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
A1 A4 FTH
MC ALM
TC REM
DB REM
LIVE
FCL3
TNS SIG
MC REM
INPCB
DEV DET
TC CONT
DB CONT
SSW3
TNS CONT
3
GRID CONT
WE
ODSW
4
SHPSW
General wiring diagram
5V
5V
5V
5V
RSW
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
WE
FSW1
FSW2
FSW3
BK
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
GN
WE
WE
WE
WE
6
5
4
3
2
1
C116
C116
C116
C85
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
2 1
1 2
1 1
1 1
BE
PK
OE
3
2
1
3
2
1
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BE C81–3
BK
WE
BE C81–18
BE C81–11
BE C81–10
BE
PK
GY
GY
GY
OE
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
RCL
–
FCL1
FCL2
FCL3
SIG
R24 V
R24 V
R24 V
R24 V
R24 V
R24 V
3
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
LB
PFCL–L
BE
BE
BE
BN
PFCL–U
OE
OE
OE
GN
SOURCE
C88
EL
EL
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5V
5V
DB
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
4
3
2
1
5.1 V
SM A
SM A
SM B
SM B
1
2
3
1 3
2 2
3 1
1 3
2 2
3 1
1 3
2 2
3 1
1 3
2 2
3 1
1 3
2 2
3 1
1 3
2 2
3 1
1 3
3 1
2 2
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
1 3
2 2
3 1
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
ODSW
P1
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
SHPSW
HVTPCB
TH
H2
H1
550W
400W
C9
C8
C7
C5
C4
C3
C2
C1
C6
FTH
C84
EL
GY C57–1
GY C57–2
GY C57–3
RD C56–5
RD C56–7
GY C57–7
GY C57–8
GY C57–9
GY C57–4
GY C57–5
GY C57–6
BE C64–27
PK C64–25
OE C64–26
GY C62–A5
GY C62–A6
GY C62–A7
GY C62–A8
GY C62–B1
GY C62–B2
GY C62–A9
GY C62–B3
GY C62–B4
GY C62–A11
GY C62–A12
GY C62–A10
MC
SMPCB
BK
WE
TC
DB
MC
TNS
GRID
CN5
CN4
CN3
CN2
CN6
BK
1 1
1 1
GRID
BK
BK
B
B
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
Fixing unit
RD
WE
WE
ILSW
GY GY BK C69–3 BK C33–1
1 1 VO_O ODSW 1 14 1B AC(L) P5 P2 AC(L) 1A
C57–10
C57–11
C57–12
C57–13
GY GY WE C69–2 WE C33–3
C61–A1
C61–A2
C61–A3
C61–A4
C61–A5
C61–A6
C61–A7
C61–A8
C61–A9
2 2 A.GND SMVref 2 13 2B AC(C) P6 P3 AC(C) 2A

GY GY WE C69–1 WE C33–4
3 3 VO_E SM M1 3 12 3B AC(C) P7 P4 AC(C) 3A
GY GY
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
C10
4 A.GND 4 11
CN4
4 SM M2
GY GY
5 5 +12 V SM M3 5 10
5V
5V
GY A.GND GY
6 6 SM M4 6 9
ETTH
R24 V
R24 V
C83
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
GY
SM M5
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
7 8
DM CLK
DM REM
GY GY P8 2 2
DM LOCK
CN2
CN1
1 1 CLK SM CLK 8 7 RD
HUMSENS
RD C56–1
GY GY SIG 1 1 1
2 2 G(5 V) SM CWB 9 6 RD RD C37–8
GY GY SIG 2 1 1
Transfer roller
3 3 RS SM RET 10 5
GY GY
4 4 G(5 V) SM ENABLE 11 4 C82
DM
CCDPCB
GY GY
5 5 CLP EL ON REM 12 3
GY GY
6 6 G(5 V) SHPSW 13 2
CN3
7
GY
7 SHIFT G(5 V) 14
GY
1
SSW2
C11
GY
8 8 G(5 V)
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
9 9 5V
HUMPCB
GY
10 10 G(5 V)
C86
C5–1
C5–3
C7–1
C7–3
C1–1
C1–3
C6–1
C6–3
C8–1
C8–3
C9–1
C9–3
C27–1
C27–2
C27–3
C27–4
C27–5
C27–6
C27–7
C14–1
C14–2
C16–1
C16–2
WE W2
BK W1
2
1
1 23 23 12 1
B9
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
GY
B11
A11
B12
B10
A12
A10
2 22 22 11 2 OSBSW
GY
3 21 21 10 3 OFSW
GY
CH
RCL
4 20 20 9
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
4 OSS
FCL3
FCL2
FCL1
GY
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
CLM–L
DUPCL
5 19 19 8 5
CLM–U
PFCL–L
PFCL–U
GY
DUP DET
C
C
6 18 18 7 6
DUPPCSW
A
A
GY
SCPCB
7 17 17 6 7 DF SHORT
GY
(Service part)
CN5
8 16 16 5 8 OSWSW
GY
9 15 15 4 9 DFSSW2
GY
10 14 14 3 10 DFSSW1
GY GY C11–9
11 13 13 2 11 OSLSW C62 CN10 DM CLK A1
GY GY C85–10 GY C11–8
PSW–L
OSS
12 12 12 1 12 DFTSW 1 MC REM DM LOCK A2
PSW–U
GY C58–7
GY C58–8
GY C58–9
GY C58–1
GY C58–2
GY C58–3
GY C58–4
GY C58–5
GY C58–6
GY C85–9 GY C11–7
GY C58–10
GY C58–11
GY C58–12
13 2 GRID CONT DM REM A3

LICSW–U
LICSW–L
GY C85–8 GY C11–6
3 MC ALM 5V A4
GY GY C85–7 GY C11–5
1 11 11 11 1 OFM RET 4 DB REM G(5 V) A5
GY GY GY C85–6 GY C11–4
GY C62–A4
GY C62–A3
GY C62–A2
GY C62–A1
2 10 10 10 2 OFM CLK G(5 V) 1 1 5 DB CONT G(24 V) A6

C17
C16
C15
C14
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
3 9 9 9 3 OFM CWB 5V 2 2 6 TC REM G(24 V) A7

CN8
5V
5V
5V
5V
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
4 8 8 8 4 OCM ENABLE OSS 3 3 7 NC R24 V A8

GY GY C85–3 GY C11–1
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
Upper primary
Lower primary
5 7 7 7 5 OCM RET 8 TC CONT R24 V A9

PSW–L
Paper feed unit

Paper feed unit
LB
LB
PSW–U
BE
PK
BE
PK
RD
RD
GY GY
YW
YW
C85–2
6 6 6 6 6 OCM CLK 9 G(24 V) NC A10
2 1 R24 V
2 1 R24 V
C63 CN9
B
B
CN6
GY GY
1 2 CLM–U
GY C85–1 C27–10
1 2 CLM–L
1
2
3
1
LICSW–U 2
3
1
2
3
1
LICSW–L 2
3
7 5 5 5 7 OCM CWB 10 R24 V 5V B1

GY GY C51–A12 GY C27–9
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
8 4 4 4 8 OCM Vref SOHSYNC+ A1 11 LED REM B2

9 3 3 3 9 OCM M3 SOHSYNC– A2 12 5V B3
10 2 2 2
GY
10 OCM M2 SMRE– A3
GY C51–A10
13
C61 CN11 JOFSW B4
GY C27–7
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
–
–
11 1 1 1 11 OCM M1 SMRE+ A4 14 G(5 V) B5
GY C51–A8 GY C27–5
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
SCN ENABLE A5 JOB DET B6

GY C51–A7 RD C20–3 GY C27–4
PWSW–L DIG 2
PWSW–L DIG 1
PWSW–L DIG 0
23 12 1
PWSW–U DIG 2
PWSW–U DIG 1
PWSW–U DIG 0
1 23 SCN HEADER A6 24 V G(5 V) B7

2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
1
GY GY C51–A6 GY C20–4 GY C27–3
2 22 22 11 2 OSLED(RED) SCN START A7 2 CFM1 REM G(5 V) B8
GY
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GY C51–A5 RD C21–3 GY C27–2

3 21 21 10 3 OSLED(GN) M.SCN HEADER A8 3 24 V 5V B9
GY GY C51–A4 PE C21–4 GY C27–1
4 20 20 9 4 SBPSOL2 M.SCN ACK A9 4 CFM2 REM JBESW B10
GY GY C51–A3 RD C79–2
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
5 19 19 8 5 SBPSOL1 G(5 V) A10 5 24 V

GY GY C51–A2 GY C79–1 BE C12–6
6 18 18 7 6 SCN ACK A11 TC G(5 V) 1
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
OFCL 6
B
B
GY GY C51–A1 BE BN
D
D
C12–5
SRDF(Option)
17 6 C79–4
7 17 7 EFSSOL G(5 V) A12 7 G(5 V) LICSW–L 2
CN7
GY GY OE
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
C51–B12 BN C79–3 C12–4
CN9
8 16 16 5 8 G(5 V) B1 8 TC DET 5V 3
GY GY C51–B11 GY C30–3 BE C12–3
9 15 15 4 9 SBFSSOL RXD SCN B2 9 KC SET SIG G(5 V) 4
PWSW–L
PWSW–U
LB
BE
BE
BE
BE
BN
OE
OE
OE
OE
C13
C12
GY
GN
GY C51–B10 BE C30–4 YW C12–2

YW
10 14 14 3 10 OFSOL2 G(5 V) B3 10 G(5 V) PSW–L 5

GY GY C51–B9 RD C30–1 OE C12–1
C71
11 13 13 2 11 OFSOL1 TXD SCN B4 11 24 V 5V 6
CLM–L
GY GY C51–B8 PK C30–2 BE C13–6

CLM–U
12 12 12 1 12 OFM ENABLE G(5 V) B5 12 KC COUNT G(5 V) 7

C60–6
C60–5
C60–4
C60–3
C60–2
C60–1
C60–9
C60–8
C60–7
GY C51–B7 RD C86–1 GN C13–5

C60–12
C60–11
C60–10
SCN RESET B6 13 24 V LICSW–U 8

OE C81–6 GY C51–B6 GN C86–2 OE C13–4
1 5.1 V G(5 V) B7 14 MSW OFF REM 5V 9
YW C81–9 GY C51–B5 BE P16 BE C13–3
2 3.4 V SOVST B8 15 S.G G(5 V) 10
BE C81–4 GY C51–B4 LB P17 LB C13–2
C60 CN12
3 G(5 V) SCLK– B9 16 FUSW SIG PSW–U 11
C64 CN8
BE C81–1 GY C51–B3 GY C75–1 OE C13–1
CN1
4 G(5 V) SCLK+ B10 17 TFM+ 5V 12 GY C60–13
OE C81–7 GY C51–B2 GY C75–2 GY C18–2 PLSW–L 2
5 5.1 V SID+ B11 18 TFM– PLSW–L 13 BE C60–14
PK C81–8 GY C51–B1 GN C70–6 BE C18–1 G(5 V) 1
6 +12 V SID– B12 19 DEV DET G(5 V) 14
PLSW–L
C72
GN C70–5 PE C19–2
20 G(5 V) PLSW–U 15 C18
BE C70–4 BE C19–1
21 G(5 V) G(5 V) 16 PE C60–15
LB C70–3 PLSW–U 2
22 TNS SIG BE C60–16
RD C70–2 GY C69–A2 G(5 V) 1
23 24 V FTH 5 V 1
YW C70–1 GY C69–A1
1 11 11 11 F.GND 24 TNS CONT FTH 2 C19
PK C84–1 GY C74–2
PLSW–U
C59
2 10 10 10 F.GND
FG
25 RSW 24 V 3
CN13
OE C84–2 GY C74–1
3 9 9 9 26 5V CL REM 4
BE C81–17 BE C84–3
4 8 8 8 G(5 V) 27 S.G 1 1
BE C81–16 GY C15–2
5 7 7 7 G(5 V) 28 G(5 V) 1 2 2
OE C81–5 GY C15–1 GY C56–9 RD C64–1 RD
6 6 6 6 5.1 V 29 PWSW–L DIG 2 2 PCFM REM 3 3 3 3 R24 V
B
B
OE C81–2 GY C15–4 GY C64–2 BK
7 5 5 5 5.1 V 30 PWSW–L DIG 1 3 2 2 4 4 CFM1 REM
BE C81–15 GY C15–3 RD C56–10
CFM1
8 4 4 4 G(24 V) PWSW–L DIG 0 4 R24 V 1 1

BE C81–14 RD GY C15–6
PCFM
9 3 3 3 G(24 V) C42–1 24 V 24 V C20

1 5
RD C81–13 BE C42–2 GY C15–5
10 2 2 2 24 V 2 G(24 V) 24 V 6 C22
E
E
RD C81–12 RD C42–3 GY C17–2

11 1 1 1 24 V 3 RXD G(5 V) 7
WE C42–4 GY C17–1
4 G(5 V) PWSW–U DIG 2 8
GY C17–4
C58 CN14
RD C42–5 TXD
5 PWSW–U DIG 1 9 1 1
C73
WE C42–6 GY C17–3
6 G(5 V) PWSW–U DIG 0 10 2 2
BE C42–7 GY C17–6 RD C64–3 RD
C65 CN7
7 G(5 V) 24 V 11 3 3 R24 V
GN C42–8 GY C17–5 BE C55–13 BE C26–5 PE C64–4 BK
8 SET SIG 24 V 12 1 G(5 V) G(5 V) 1 1 4 4 CFM2 REM
RD C42–9 RD C55–12 PK C55–2
CFM2
C74 9 24 V 2 24 V FSSW 2 2
YW C42–10 GY C2–3 YW C55–1 YW C26–23 C21
CFL
CFL
24 V
10 REM(METER PULSE G(5 V) 3 3 3
EPCB
GY C59–4 1 FS DET FSSOL2 ON

1 GY C2–2 RD C25–13 BN C26–21
GY C59–3 5V 2 4 24 V FSSOL OFF 4 4
GY C2–1 BE PK
CFL REM
2 C25–1 C26–19
FSW3 3 5 G(5 V) FSSOL1 ON 5 5
GY C3–4 RD C25–12 GN C55–4
G(5 V) 4 6 24 V FSFM REM 6 6
CL 5V
GY C3–3 OE C55–14
7 7 7
LB C26–28
1
5 5V FSM B
GY C3–2 RD C25–14 PE C26–26 BE C68–21
FSW2 6 8 24 V FSM B 8 8 2 G(5 V)
LCDINPCB
GY C4–5 OE C25–15 GY C26–24 GY C68–20
G(5 V) 7 9 5V FSM A 9 9 3 BYP DET
C75 GY C4–4 RD C25–19 YW C26–22 BE C68–19
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
5V 10 10 10 4
C23
8 24 V FSM A G(5 V)
Bypass unit
GY C64–17 BK GY C4–3 PK C55–5 RD C55–19 GY C68–18

1 TFM+ FSW1 9 11 FSSOL1 ON REM 24 V 11 11 5 BYPPLSW
C57 CN15
GY C64–18 BK TFM GY C10–4 BE C55–11 RD C26–6 OE C68–17

2 TFM– 5V 10 12 G(24 V) 24 V 12 12 6 5 V(200Ω)
GY C10–3 BN C55–6 RD C26–4
HUMSENS 13 13 13
1
2
11 FSSOL OFF REM 24 V
GY C10–2 GY C55–9 RD C26–8
G(5 V) 12 14 FSM A 24 V 14 14
GY C10–1 YW C55–3 OE C26–9 PK C68–16
ETTH 13 15 FSSOL2 ON REM 5V 15 15 1 BYPFSW
CFL
YW C55–10 GN C55–15 OE C68–15
16 FSM A ESW 16 16 2 5V
RD C83–1 OE C55–16 BE C68–14
SSW2 1 17 5V 17 17 3 G(5 V)
GY RD C78–1 LB C55–7 BE C55–17 BE C68–13
1 13 1 G(24 V) SSW1 2 18 FSM B G(5 V) 18 18 4 G(5 V)
GY PK C25–5 RD C26–10 BN C68–12
2 12 2 G(5 V) P11 P12 3 19 FSSOL1 ON 24 V 19 19 5 BYPPSW
GY P20 P21 RD C78–3 PE C55–8 RD C55–24 OE C68–11
3 11 3 VO SSW1 4 20 FSM B R24 V 20 20 6 5V
GY RD P1–2 BN C25–4 BN C68–10
4 10 4 LP SSW3 5 21 FSSOL OFF 7 BYPPWSW DIG 0
GY YW C25–10 GN C68–9
F
F
5 9 5 DISP OFF FUSW 6 22 FSM A 8 BYPPWSW DIG 1

GY RD P1–1 YW C25–3 PE C68–8
C25
6 8 6 FLM SSW3 7 23 FSSOL2 ON 9 BYPPWSW DIG 2

C24
GY GY C25–9 BE C68–7
C56 CN16
7 7 7 CP 8 24 FSM A 10 G(5 V)
CN6
GY GY C22–3 RD C68–6
LCD
8 6 8 UD0 PCFM REM 9 25 11 24 V
C26
(Option)
1
1
GY RD C22–1 PE C25–8 LB C68–5

9 5 9 UD1 24 V 10 26 FSM B 12 BYPFCL
GY GN C68–4
10 4 10 UD2 27 13 BYPLCL
Feedshift unit
GY YW C26–3 LB C25–7 RD C68–3

11 3 11 UD3 FS DET 1 28 FSM B 14 24 V
GY PK C25–2 RD C68–2
CN7
12 2 12 VEE OMPCB FSSW 2 15 24 V

GY YW C26–15 GN C68–1
13 1 13 5V FSSOL2 ON REM 3 16 BYPPFCL
FDPCB
GN C25–6
(Standard for 220–240 V specs and optional for 120 V specs.)
FSFM REM 4
52
52
PK C26–11
FSSOL1 ON REM 5 C27
BN C26–13 GY C62–B5
1
2
FSSOL OFF REM 6 7 1 DUPCL
WE LB C26–18 GY C62–B6
8 1 SCAN0 FSM B 7 6 2 24 V
BK PE C26–20 GY C62–B7
7 2 SCAN1 FSM B 8 5 3 DUPPCSW
BK GY C26–14 GY C62–B8
6 3 SCAN2 FSM A 9 4 4 24 V
BK YW C26–16 GY
120 V
C62–B9
5 4 SCAN3 SCAN0 1 8 FSM A 10 3 5 G(5 V)
(Option)
BK BE C26–12 GY C62–B10
Option
4 5 SCAN4 SCAN1 2 7 G(24 V) 11 2 6 G(5 V)

CN3
Duplex unit
BK GN C24–16 RD C26–2 GY C62–B11

220–240 V
3 6 SCAN5 SCAN2 3 6 1 BYPPFCL 24 V 12 1 7 DUP DET

BK RD C24–15 BE C26–1
2 7 SCAN6 SCAN3 4 5 2 24 V G(5 V) 13
BK RD C24–14 OE C26–7
1 8 SCAN7 SCAN4 5 4 3 24 V 5V 14
CN1
GN
C55 CN2
GN C24–13 C25–16
SCAN5 6 3 4 BYPLCL ESW 15
WE LB C24–12 OE C25–17 GY C61–1
9 1 KEY SENSE0 SCAN6 7 2 5 BYPFCL 5V 16 10 1 5V
C28
BK RD C24–11 BE C25–18 GY C61–2

8 2 KEY SENSE1 SCAN7 8 1 6 24 V G(5 V) 17 9 2 LED REM
OLPCB
BK BE C24–10 GY C61–3
7 3 KEY SENSE2 7 G(5 V) 18 8 3 5V L N
BK PE RD C25–11 GY C61–4
INLET
C24–9
6 4 LDONX0 KEY SENSE5 1 9 8 BYPPWSW DIG 0 24 V 19 7 4 JOFSW
only.)
C30
BK GN C24–8 RD C64–11 GY C61–5

5 5 LDONX1 BYPPWSW DIG 1 24 V 1 6 5 G(5 V)
(option)
KEY SENSE6 2 8 9 20
FAPCB
Key card
BK BN PK GY
CN4
C24–7 C64–12 C61–6

4 6 LDONX2 KEY SENSE7 3 7 10 BYPPWSW DIG 2 21 KC COUNT 2 5 6 JOB DET
BK OE C24–6 GY GY C64–9 GY C61–7
G
G
(Option)
Key counter
120 V specs
(Optional for
3 7 LDONX3 KEY SENSE8 4 6 11 5V 22 KC SET SIG 3 4 7 G(5 V)

BK BN C24–5 BE C64–10 GY C61–8
2 8 24 V KEY SENSE9 5 5 12 BYPPSW 23 S.G 4 3 8 G(5 V)
BK BE C24–4 RD C25–20 GY C61–9
GN
CN2
1 9 CFL REM KEY SENSE10 6 4 13 G(5 V) R24 V 2 9 5V

Job separator
24
BE C24–3 GY C61–10
GN/YW
C68 CN4
LDONX7 7 3 14 G(5 V) 1 10 JBESW

OE C24–2 RD C37–4
LDONX8 8 2 15 5V 24 V 1
PK C24–1 BE C37–20
LDONX9 9 1 16 BYPFSW G(24 V) 2
WE OE C23–6 BE C37–21
15 1 SCAN0 17 5 V(200Ω) G(24 V) 3
BK GY C23–5 BE C37–12
BK
BK
WE
14 2 SCAN1 18 BYPPLSW G(5 V) 4

WE
BK BE C23–4 OE C37–23
C54
CN1
13 3 SCAN2 19 G(5 V) 5.1 V 5

BK GY C23–3 GN C34–3
12 4 SCAN3 20 BYP DET H2 REM 6
BK BE C23–2 GY C34–2
11 5 SCAN4 21 G(5 V) H1 REM 7
BK CN3 OE C34–1
10 6 SCAN5 22 5.1 V 8
BK
9 7 SCAN6
BK
8 8 SCAN7
WE W2
BK W1
CN5
BK
7 9 KEY SENSE3
BK GY C53–1 GY C76–15 YW C37–29
6 10 KEY SENSE4 TXD MAIN 15 1 TXD MAIN 3.4 V 1
ORPCB
BK GY C53–2 GY C76–14 CN2 BE C37–16

5 11 KEY SENSE5 S.G 14 2 S.G G(5 V) 2
BK GY C53–3 GY C76–13 BE C37–17
4 12 LDONX3 RXD MAIN 13 3 RXD MAIN G(5 V) 3 P13 TB5 P9 TB1
C52
C32
CN1
BK GY C53–4 GY C76–12 OE C37–28 GN P20

3 13 LDONX4 S.G 12 4 S.G 5.1 V 4 1 G(24 V) LIVE 1
BK GY C53–5 GY C76–11
2 14 LDONX5 ACK FOR MAIN 11 5 ACK FOR MAIN
BK GY C53–6 GY C76–10 GY C71–A12 RD C80–12
1 15 LDONX6 ACK FROM MAIN 10 6 ACK FROM MAIN G(5 V) A1 1 24 V P10 TB2
C76
C53
GY C53–7 GY C76–9 GY C71–A11 RD C80–13

ERROR FOR MAIN 9 7 ERROR FOR MAIN SCN ACK A2 2 24 V COM 1
1 HEATER LIVE
2 HEATER COM
GY C53–8 GY C76–8 GY C71–A10

ERROR FROM MAIN 8 8 ERROR FROM MAIN G(5 V) A3 3 N.C.
GY C53–9 GY C76–7 GY C71–A9 RD C54–1
C77 DET SIG 7 9 DET SIG M.SCN ACK A4 4 24 V P11 TB3
CN8
CN9
RD GY GY GY C71–A8 OE C80–2 BK P18

CN8
C35–1 C53–10 C76–6

1 24 V MMI STS 6 10 MMI STS M.SCN HEADER A5 5 5.1 V LIVE 1
OE C35–4 GY C53–11 GY C76–5 GY C71–A7 OE C80–5 (P20)
2 5.1 V RESET MAIN 5 11 RESET MAIN SCN START A6 6 5.1 V
BE C35–3 GY C53–12 GY C76–4 GY C71–A6 RD C80–11
CN9
3 G(5 V) S.G 4 12 S.G SCN HEADER A7 7 24 V P12 TB4

H
H
BE C35–2 GY C53–13 GY C76–3 GY C71–A5 RD C82–1 BK P19

4 G(24 V) RXD FAX 3 13 RXD FAX SCN ENABLE A8 8 24 V LIVE 1
GY C53–14 GY C76–2 GY C71–A4 (P21)
S.G 2 14 S.G SMRE+ A9 9 N.C.
GY C53–15 GY C76–1 GY C71–A3 BE C80–16 BK P2
TXD FAX 1 15 TXD FAX SMRE– A10 10 G(5 V) LIVE 1
GY C71–A2 BE C80–17
SOHSYNC– A11 11 G(5 V) N.C. 2
C33
GY C71–A1 BE C54–4 WE P3
SOHSYNC+ A12 12 G(5 V) H2 COM 3
GY C71–B12 BE C80–18 WE P4
CN1
SID– B1 13 G(5 V) H1 COM 4

C51 CN5
WE C87–2
WE C86–2
WE C32–2
BK C87–1
BK C86–1
BK C32–1
GY C71–B11 BE C80–1
C37
SID+ B2 14 G(5 V)
W2
W1
GY C71–B10 BE C80–4 OE C54–8

SCLK+ B3 15 G(5 V) 5.1 V 1
GY C71–B 9 BE C52–2 GY C54–7
SCLK– B4 16 G(5 V) H1 REM 2
C34
GY C71–B8 BE C52–3 GN C54–6

CN3
SOVST B5 17 G(5 V) H2 REM 3

GY C71–B7 BE C80–14
CN2
G(5 V) B6 18 G(24 V)
(Option)
NWPCB
GY C71–B6 BE C80–15 RD
CN7
C77–1
CN6
SCN RESET B7 19 G(24 V) 24 V 1

GY C71–B5 BE C54–2 BE C77–4
C40
G(5 V) B8 20 G(24 V) G(24 V) 2

C35
MPCB
GY C71–B4 RD C38–1 GY BK BE C54–3 BE C77–3

1
1
1
1
TXD SCN B9 1 5 1 5 24 V 21 G(24 V) G(5 V) 3

GY C71–B3 BE C38–2 GY BK BE C80–10 OE C77–2
CN4
G(5 V) B10 2 4 2 4 P.G 22 G(24 V) 5.1 V 4

PSPCB
GY C71–B2 GY BK OE C54–5
RXD SCN B11 3 3 3 3 23 5.1 V
GY C71–B1 GY BK OE C80–3 RD C47–6
PM
SIMM
SIMM
40
40
40
40
G(5 V) B12 4 2 4 2 24 5.1 V 24 V 1

GY BK OE C80–7 RD C47–5
TC
5 1 5 1 25 5.1 V 24 V 2
GY OE C80–6 RD C45–2
S/S 1 26 5.1 V 24 V 3
GY YW C80–9 RD C45–3
LD 2 27 3.4 V 24 V 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GY OE C52–4 RD C45–4
(Option)
CLK 3 28 5.1 V 24 V 5
CN3
BE BK YW C52–1 RD C45–5
G(5 V) 1 10 1 29 24 V 6
LB
4 3.4 V
BK
BK
BE
LSU
OE BK PE C80–8 OE C47–4
SOURCE
PCPCB
5V 5 2 9 2 30 +12 V 5.1 V 7
(Option)
SIG
GY BK OE C44–7
3 8 3
P11
BD+ 6 5.1 V 8
P12
SSW1
P15
GY BK RD C43–1
BK
BK
BK
BD– 7 4 7 4 BK 24 V 9
GN C64–14
RD C64–13
C64–16
C64–15
1
2
3
BE BK 5V 1 1 RD C40–1 BE C45–6
G(5 V) 8 5 6 5 BK 1 24 V G(24 V) 10
TC
GY BK BD 2 2 BE C40–3 BE
I
I
C43–3
S.G
C38
C50 CN8
C36 CN5
6 5 6 2 G(5 V) 11
CN6
VIDEO– 9 BK G(24 V)
RD
RD
C86
GY BK GND 3 3
R24 V
BE C44–8
VIDEO+ 10 7 4 7 G(5 V) 12
TC DET
C49 CN10 GY BK C89–1 BE C47–3

P19
P18
P17
P16
BDPCB
ENABLE 11 8 3 8 1 24 V G(5 V) 13
1
1
C90
C89
GY BK C89–2 BE C47–2
LD
1 24 V
ADJUST 12 9 2 9 2 G(24 V) G(24 V) 14

24 V
5.1 V
OE BK C90–2 BE C47–1
S.G
PCB
+12 V
S.G
S.G
S.G
S.G
1
2
3
4
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
LIVE
LIVE
R5 V 13 10 1 10 3 G(5 V) G(24 V) 15
G(24 V)
C90–4 BE
F TXD
F DET
C43–2
F RXD
4
3
2
1
M TXD
M DET
M RXD
4 G(5 V) G(24 V) 16
RD C90–1
CN4
F RESET
C43–7 OE C43–4
M RESET
MSW
DESK TXD/DECK TXD 5 5.1 V 17

FUSW SIG
1 5.1 V
C79
1
2
3
C41
C39 CN7
BE
BN
WE C90–3
RD
GY
C43–8 BE C45–7
2 MSW OFF REM
S.G 6 G(24 V) 18
C78
2 +12 V
RD C43–9
DESK RXD/DECK RXD 3
45
45
WE C43–10
2
1
4
3
2
1
S.G 4
C64–7
C64–8
C64–5
C64–6
YW C43–11
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
C48 CN11
FSW3 SIG 5
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RD C56–2
RD C56–4
LB
LB
LB
LB
C39–2
C39–1
C39–4
C39–6
C39–3
C39–5
RD
RD
RD
RD
WE
WE
WE
WE
C46–1
C46–2
C46–3
C46–4
C46–5
C46–6
C44–1
C44–2
C44–3
C44–4
C44–5
C44–6
LB
LB
BE
BE
BE
BK
BE
BE
BE
BE
OE
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
OE
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
GN
WE
WE
WE
YW
WE
WE
YW
WE
WE
BE C72–4 BE C37–14
G(5 V) 1 1
W2
W1
OE C73–5 OE C37–5
5.1 V 2 2
C36–7
C36–2
C36–1
C49–9
C49–8
C49–7
C48–5
C48–4
C48–3
C48–2
C48–1
C36–9
C65–9
C65–8
C65–7
C65–6
C65–5
C65–4
C65–3
C65–2
C65–1
OE C88–4 OE C37–24
LB
LB
BE
BE
BE
C49–11
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
C36–11
OE
C36–15
C36–14
C36–13
C49–12
C49–10
C36–17
C36–16
C65–10
WE
WE
5.1 V 3 3
BE C72–3 BE C37–15
G( 5 V) 4 4
OE C73–6 OE C37–6
5.1 V 5 5
GN P13
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
OE OE
C36–3
C36–4
C36–5
C36–6
C49–6
C49–5
C49–4
C49–3
C49–2
C49–1
C36–8
C72–1 C37–26
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
C36–10
C36–18
C36–12
5.1 V 6 6
C43
OE C72–5 OE C37–25
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
5.1 V 7 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P.G
S.G
S.G
S.G
PE C72–6 PE C37–30
24 V
TXD
24 V
24 V
5.1 V
RXD
8 8
REM
+12 V
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
YW YW
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
C72–2 C37–27
G(24 V)
3.4 V 9 9
SET SIG
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
–
–
BE BE
FSW3 SIG
C88–1 C37–22
P20
J
J
G(24 V) 10 10
TXD
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
RXD
RD C88–2 RD C37–7
HEATER LIVE
HEATER COM
F DET
24 V 11 11
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
E 5.1 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
RD RD
1 G(24 V)
C73–1 C37–1
F RESET
24 V 12 12
RD RD
RED
C73–2 C37–2
PINK
BLUE
GRAY
24 V 13 13
WHITE
BLACK
DESK TXD/DECK TXD
GREEN
BROWN
P.G
P.G
DESK RXD/DECK RXD
PURPLE
S.G
YELLOW
BE BE
ORANGE
C73–3 C37–18
Wire color
TXD
24 V
24 V
RXD
5.1 V
G(24 V) 14 14
RED/WHITE
LIGHT BLUE
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
M DET
BE C73–4 BE C37–19 C45 C44

GY
G(24 V) 15 15 C42
GREEN/YELLOW
M RESET
BE C73–7 BE C37–10
G(5 V) 16 16 Finisher
BE C73–8 BE C37–11 Paper feed desk
G(5 V) 17 17 (Option)
F.G. 1
BE C88–3 BE C37–13 C47 C46 Large paper deck MMD

G(5 V) 18 18
(Option) (Optional for 120 V
GN
Mail box
LB
PE
PK
BE
BK
BN
GY
OE
RD
GN
WE
YW
specs only.)
Mark
(Option)
C81
C80
RD/WE
GN/YW
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3-7-44
2AR-1
MITA COPYSTAR AMERICA, INC.
Headquarters: Western Region:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008 14101 Alton Parkway,
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008 P.O.Box 57006, Irvine,
TEL : (973) 808-8444 California 92618-7006
FAX : (973) 882-6000 TEL : (949) 457-9000
FAX : (949) 457-9119
New York Show Room:
149 West 51st street, Southeastern Region:
New York, NY 10019 1500 Oakbrook Drive,
TEL : (212) 554-2679 Norcross, Georgia 30093
FAX : (212) 554-2625 TEL : (770) 729-9786
FAX : (770) 729-9873
Northeastern Region:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008 Southwestern Region:
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008 2825 West Story Road,
TEL : (973) 808-8444 Irving, Texas 75038-5299
FAX : (973) 882-4401 TEL : (972) 550-8987
FAX : (972) 570-4704
Midwestern Region:
225 Spring Lake Drive, Dallas Parts Distribution Center
Itasca, Illinois 60143 & National Training Center:
TEL : (630) 250-7447 2825 West Story Road,
FAX : (630) 250-8787 Irving, Texas 75038-5299
TEL : (972) 659-0055
FAX : (972) 570-5816
MITA COPYSTAR CANADA, LTD.

6120 Kestrel Road,
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1S8
TEL : (905) 670-4425
FAX : (905) 670-8116
MITA COPYSTAR MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.

Av. 16 de Septiembre #407
Col. Santa Inés,
Delegación Azcapotzalco
México, D.F. C.P. 02130
TEL : 3-83-27-41
FAX : 3-83-78-04
MITA COPYSTAR SOUTH AMERICA S.A.

Av. Mitre 1345 Florida (1602)
Pcia, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
TEL : (54) 11-4730-1070
FAX : (54) 11-4760-2071
©1999 MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.

MITA and are registered trademarks of MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
Printed in U.S.A.

Service Ai-2301l 3010l

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Ai-2301l 3010l

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

R

3010 S/M (MCA)

WARNING : Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient

CAUTION : Bodily injury or damage to property may result from

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature.

indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is

General prohibited action.

General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding

• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.

• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner

2. Precautions for Maintenance

• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service

• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features

• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................

• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service

• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a

• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a

• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.

• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as

• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away

• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be

• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage

• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If

• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................

• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or

• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions

• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause

• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents

I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

(4) Scanner control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-32

3-6-5 Mechanical problems ....................................................................... 3-6-55

3010 S/M (MCA)

Type ............................................... Desktop

Continuous copying ....................... 1 – 999 sheets

Options ........................................... SRDF, duplex unit, job separator, mailbox,

1-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-2 Developer and toner

1-3 Mechanical Construction

1-3-1 Part names and their functions

1 Original cover 8 Toner cartridge % Original size scales ¤ Insert guides*1

Metric 1 Start key

Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel

1-3-2 Machine cross section

Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section

1 Paper feed section (page 1-3-6)

1-3-3 Drive system

As viewed from the machine front

Figure 1-3-4 Drive system

1 Drive motor gear ! Gear 32

⁄ Gear 25 Ø Feed clutch 2 gear

1-3-4 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed section

Figure 1-3-5 Paper feed section

1 Forwarding pulley ⁄ Transfer guide

Figure 1-3-6 Paper feed section block diagram

Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the upper drawer

(2) Main charging section

Main charger assembly